News Cut

News Cut Category Archive: Media

Dog bites TV anchor

Posted at 12:05 PM on February 8, 2012 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This was such a nice story....

Until the TV station tried to keep the story alive one more day...

The TV anchor, Kyle Dyer, is in the hospital. The incident happened this morning in Denver.

Comment on this post

The gentleman journalist

Posted at 4:12 PM on February 3, 2012 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

If there has ever been a nicer person in the journalism business than the Associated Press' George Esper, not many people know about him. Esper, who toiled for the Associated Press, died last night at age 79.

He spent 10 years reporting in Vietnam, the last two as the Associated Press bureau chief. He was the guy who told you about the fall of Saigon. But most of us old people in the business -- especially those near his Boston base in the '80s -- remember him better as the person who could get positively wide-eyed at our stories of covering the mundane city hall and cop shop beats that young reporters are required to cover.

I spent several evenings as a pup reporter telling him about my work, while simultaneously thinking, "why would someone like you care?" But he did.

And that's where we learned a valuable lesson: You don't have to be a jerk to get the story, but you do have to be a great storyteller. Oh, and it won't kill anyone to care a bit about people. When the North Vietnamese rolled into Saigon, he offered them poundcake and Coke. Not just anyone can meet an invading army.

At a time when the world of journalism needs more George Espers, it sadly has one fewer.


Comment on this post

Dewey defeats Truman II

Posted at 1:30 PM on February 2, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Remember when the Associated Press was winning plaudits a couple of weeks ago for its ironclad system of checking and double-checking sources, a system that kept the AP from reporting the premature death of Joe Paterno?

trump_gingrich.jpg

Comment on this post

Reporters and Twitter often a bad mix

Posted at 11:34 AM on January 27, 2012 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Former Pioneer Press top editor Thom Fladung is in the center of a journalistic firestorm -- or what passes for one -- in his native Cleveland.

Fladung, who left Minnesota for the Cleveland Plain Dealer a year ago, removed a reporter from his beat -- covering the Cleveland Browns -- because Tony Grossi thought he was sending a direct message to someone when he tweeted to the world that team owner Randy Lerner is "a pathetic figure, the most irrelevant billionaire in the world"?

"It's a testament to the fact that, in this day and age, where social networks make people more accessible than ever, public figures must be especially careful as to how they present themselves," a writer for the Dawg Pound Daily says.

It also rekindles an old debate: Is the crime here that the reporter has an opinion? Or is it that now you know what it is?

Fladung called a local sportstalk station to explain it...

In other Cleveland football news, the Browns are about to hire former Vikings coach Brad Childress. In the interest of job security, it might not be a bad idea for football beat writers in that city to go ahead and shut down their Twitter accounts now.

Comment on this post

TV news shows that try too hard

Posted at 12:15 PM on January 24, 2012 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

For people in the media, it's always interesting to watch news organizations try to do something new. There just aren't a lot of "new" ways to do "old" media, not that CBS hasn't tried dozens of times over the decades with its perennial third-place-finishing morning news program.

A few weeks ago, it wiped away its last host team, adding Charlie Rose and Oprah-pal Gayle King.

When the announcement of the Oscar nominees was made this morning, the show tried something new: a Mystery Science Theater 3000-like commentary-fest.

"The 2012 nominees for actress in a supporting role are....." the Oscar ceremony host started...

"I assume this is being seen around the word," Charlie Rose interjected.

"It depends on the time zone," another guest intoned as the nominees were named.

"Jessica Chastain in 'The Help'," the Oscar official said...

"Jessica," Rose added.

"Ahhhh," another host said.

It didn't get much better. It was like the people behind you in a movie theater.

Comment on this post

The MPR News Hall of Fame

Posted at 2:42 PM on January 20, 2012 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Icons, Media

There are plenty of places on the website to catch the last show and various festivities of Gary Eichten Day (have you seen these pictures), so let's wrap things up with this nugget.

After today's final broadcast, the employees of MPR held a gathering in his honor in the UBS Forum. The employees -- the "little people" -- sent him and his wife to Hawaii. It was Cathy Wurzer's idea.

And then Eichten was presented with his softball jersey.

"We know you always wanted to be in the Baseball Hall of Fame," managing director of regional news Chris Worthington said.

"It doesn't look too good," Eichten said.

"It will hang on the wall of the MPR newsroom forever," Worthington said.

eichten_jersey.jpg

It's the MPR News Hall of Fame. It has one member.

Comment on this post

Hastings newspaper changes policy on suicide coverage

Posted at 8:50 AM on January 20, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

The pleas of some mental health professionals in Minnesota to change the way newspapers and news organizations cover suicides has apparently not fallen on deaf ears.

Today, the Hastings Star Gazette announced a change in its policy of not covering suicides that happen in private, while reporting on those that happen in public. The paper acknowledged the mostly discredited assertion that covering suicides encourages more suicides (the Star Tribune maintains this policy), which is mostly an incorrect interpretation of what experts say. "Glorifying" suicides risks leads to more suicides. Details. Details.


That was short-sighted on our part. Essentially, we were sweeping the problem under the rug.

This week we changed that policy. We will write about mental health issues in the police report - again, the issues are not criminal, but police are often called to help mediate the situations and in some cases they transport the affected person for evaluation. It's a significant use of police resources, and the public ought to know how their department is spending its time.

Please know we will not be publishing the names of those who are affected. Nor will we publish addresses.

The greater good in this, we hope, is that by telling you about these instances you'll see how prevalent it is. You will have greater awareness about the ongoing struggles taking place in your community. Once you are armed with that information, we hope you'll do what you can to help your fellow residents.

Our guess is that if the people who need this care feel like they are the only ones with the problem, they could feel ashamed. They may refuse to be treated. They could become even more isolated, and that would likely just exacerbate the problem.

Comment on this post

A day of Gary

Posted at 3:25 PM on January 19, 2012 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Icons, Media

It's over, then.

Gary Eichten has hosted his last Midday call-in program, this one with guest Gov. Mark Dayton.

At the beginning of the Midday program, the governor presented Eichten with a proclamation, naming tomorrow Gary Eichten Day in Minnesota. "Holy cow!" Eichten said. "I'm deeply honored, but I'm a little worried we're going to have a blizzard." And that was that. Eichten went to his first question, and ran the governor right to one o'clock.

WHEREAS Minnesota Public Radio program host and producer, Gary Eichten has shared his talents with Minnesota for over forty-five years, serving in many capacities: news director, special events producer, and station manager, and

WHEREAS Gary graduated from Saint John's University in Collegeville, Minnesota, and began his career at Minnesota Public Radio as a student announcer at KSJR, Minnesota's first public radio station, in 1967, and

WHEREAS For the past twenty years, Gary has served as the host of "Midday." He is known for his election coverage, hosting MPR's election night broadcasts since 1976, GOP and DFL State Convention broadcasts since 1984, and political debates since 1992. Beginning in 1998, Gary has been on stage at the Fitzgerald Theatre to host the traditional "final debate" in statewide elections, and

WHEREAS Gary has received numerous awards throughout his illustrious career, including the Corporation for Public Broadcasting award for best local news programs and the prestigious Graven Award in 2011 for contribution to excellence in the journalism profession. He also assisted in the development of two Peabody award-winning documentaries, and in 2007, was inducted into the Pavek Museum of Broadcasting Hall of Fame, and

WHEREAS Gary's guiding principle has always been that for the American democracy to work, the people must be informed -- there is nothing more precious to a citizen than truth; and

WHEREAS Gary always saw himself as a proxy and advocate for his listeners, and never as an entertainer, pundit, or sage. Over the past forty-five years, Minnesotans have come to trust Gary and view him as one of the state's most diligent and fair-minded journalists. He is a broadcasting legend and the sound of his voice on radio nearly every day will be sorely missed

NOW, THEREFORE, I, MARK DAYTON, Governor of the great State of Minnesota , offer heartfelt congratulations to Gary Eichten on his forty-five wonderful years at Minnesota Public Radio and wish him luck in retirement by proclaiming Friday, January 20, 2012 as

GARY EICHTEN DAY

in the State of Minnesota

gary_proclamation.jpg

There are lots of people with lots of awards who throw just one more up on the shelf, but -- and stop me if you've heard this before -- Eichten isn't that type of person.

There was no danger, of course, that Gary would get a big head about a day in his honor, but sometimes you just can't take the chance. "So that's why we don't have light rail out to Woodbury," I said to him. "How much did that cost?"

Minutes later, he was sitting in the daily 1:15 news meeting, where we go over what stories are coming up and what's going to be on the radio.

eichten_news_meeting.jpg

"A lot of you don't have the luxury of what I've experienced in the last few months and certainly in the last few days," he said. "But what we do really matters to people. The news is a big part of their lives. And I can remember when we'd call people up and say 'Minnesota Public Radio,' and they'd say 'Who?' We make a difference," he said.

At the end of our working days, don't we all dream of knowing that we mattered and made a difference? Thanks to the audience he treated with the respect it deserved, Eichten is living the dream, and things are as they should be.

So maybe it wasn't entirely coincidental that before starting his regular gig today, two of the songs he picked for The Current's Theft of the Dial series were about dreams.

Comment on this post

Vanity Fair on NPR

Posted at 2:22 PM on January 18, 2012 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

No doubt, the execs at NPR can exhale now that Vanity Fair's long piece on NPR is out. It reportedly has been in the works for more than a year ("National Public Rodeo"),
To summarize:

1) Not liberal enough.


In the process, it's gone decidedly mainstream. True, in story selection and sound, NPR retains a tincture of elite liberalism. (Anyone seeking evidence need only listen to the insufferable "Wait Wait . . . Don't Tell Me!") But as its critics on the left contend (yes, there are lots of them too, every bit as over-heated as those on the right), on NPR these days there's far more comforting the afflicted than afflicting the comfortable. NPR has traded much of its early edginess and eccentricity for reach and respectability, stability, and an almost compulsive inoffensiveness. (When, not long ago, Leon Panetta called Osama bin Laden a "son of a bitch," NPR felt compelled to bleep out the "bitch.") Apart from the occasional stories about gays or Palestinians (and maybe even gay Palestinians), there's precious little on NPR these days for conservatives really to hate. For them, despising NPR and cutting off what amounts to the few pennies it collects from the federal budget has increasingly become more a matter of pandering, or habit, or sophomoric sport, than of conviction or serious policy. The editor of the Weekly Standard, Bill Kristol, once confessed to former NPR ombudsman Jeffrey Dvorkin that he really didn't believe NPR was liberal; he just said so "to keep you guys on the defensive." And that still seems true.

2) Pushed around by Juan Williams:


Three times in our hour-long interview, (Tell Me More host Michael) Martin called Williams "the most skillful manipulator of white people's anxieties that I have ever met." Sure enough, when I asked Williams whether he had spread himself too thin at NPR, he came back at me the next time we talked claiming I'd called him "lazy," a lethally incendiary word in a racial context I'd neither used (the interview was taped) nor implied, nor had ever heard anyone else use or imply. (Williams is quite the opposite of lazy: he's hyperkinetic.) Many journalists are surprisingly thin-skinned: to Williams, just about any criticism is ridicule, and personal, and maybe just a bit bigoted. "There's no way that I could be me and be a phony," he said. "It's just too public, too highprofile. If I was in fact a charlatan who knew nothing and was over-extended and was a pretender, it would just be so transparent."

3) And Juan Williams is asking tough questions at Fox that NPR should be asking:


In the Wall Street Journal/Fox News-sponsored debate among the Republican presidential candidates in South Carolina on January 16, the dilemma was on perfect display. In fact, to those who continue to follow him, Williams's performance gave rise to an interesting sideshow, a debate within a debate. It was Martin Luther King Jr. Day, and Williams was a panelist alongside Bret Baier and two representatives from The Wall Street Journal. The topics ranged from foreign affairs to tax policy to "super PACs," but with a couple of exceptions, virtually every question Williams asked that night dealt with minorities and their problems in an especially troubled economy.

In a hotbed of "states rights," he asked Rick Perry whether the federal government should continue to scrutinize the voting laws of states that have historically discriminated against minorities. He asked Mitt Romney--whose father, he noted, was born in Mexico--whether his opposition to the Dream Act threatened to alienate Hispanics. He asked Rick Santorum if now was the time to address the extraordinarily high poverty rate among black Americans. He asked Ron Paul to acknowledge racial disparities in drug-related arrests and convictions. Whenever a candidate answered that blacks and Hispanics should receive no preferential treatment whatsoever, he received lusty applause, while Williams sat there glumly. Then, in a question that brought hoots of derision from the hand-picked, wealthy, white Republican crowd, Williams accused Newt Gingrich of belittling the poor by suggesting, essentially, that their poverty was their fault: they really didn't like to work. Then, over more boos, he asked it again.

Summary: There's not a lot of "new" in the piece, though it will rekindle previous debates.

Comment on this post

Behind every great host

Posted at 12:28 PM on January 18, 2012 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There are two days left now before Gary Eichten calls it a career, and although I've written at least two tribute pieces to the man in the last year, I feel compelled to join the (highly appropriate) media tributes to the long-time Midday host. Instead, I'm going to pay tribute to him in a way only Eichten would appreciate -- throwing the spotlight on his colleague who can't stand the spotlight.

One of the pitfalls of radio is the audience only knows the existence of the voices, not the considerable infrastructure behind the scenes. Sara Meyer is part of that infrastructure. This photo, taken by David Brauer today (he was in to interview Gary), is one of the few pictures she allowed to be taken of her. (Update: Sara says she didn't know David took the picture. I knew it!)

sara_meyer_jan_18_2011.jpg

Meyer is the producer of Midday and every deserved tribute that Mr. Eichten is getting as he concludes his career, should live in the shadow cast by Meyer as well. For as larger-than-life a person as Eichten is to the audience, Sara Meyer is to this newsroom, too.

She, like Gary, is the model of professionalism and integrity. She, like Gary, is unflappable in the face of mishaps and breaking news. Every guest you've heard on Midday in the last several decades (she fled to Minnesota from her native Massachusetts in 1985 1975), you heard because Sara made the phone calls to potential guests who were smart enough not to say "no."

There's nothing easy about producing a two-hour talk show with multiple guests or live coverage at state political conventions, live broadcasts from the Capitol, or election nights that go into the next morning. The smoother it all sounds on the air, and the more it sounds like the host is doing it himself, the harder a producer is working. The reward is often only the tongue lashing from the would-be caller who couldn't get on the air because he wanted to deliver a speech that had nothing to do with the topic being discussed.

Like Eichten, her passion is politics. She can tell you where most political districts are, and who lost the election in them 20 years ago.

She is not without blemishes; she maintained that Jim Rice belonged in the Baseball Hall of Fame until everyone got so tired of hearing about it, they put him in.

Gary will retire on Friday and the sun will come up by 11:06 on Monday morning. Sara is staying, as far we know. The plans for Midday will not be announced until after Gary's final show on Friday, presumably because the management (appropriately) doesn't want to distract from the spotlight on Gary.

Whoops.

Comment on this post

Eichten, my Eichten

Posted at 11:13 AM on January 17, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Gary Eichten has just started today's Midday show in his usual style. There'll be only two more such occasions until he retires to the good life.

His retirement has brought out the literary genius -- more or less -- in his audience, which has been submitting messages to him for the last few weeks.

Today's highlight, courtesy of "Steve R." is worthy of mention:

O CAPTAIN! my Commentator! Your wonderful trip is done;
The ship has weather'd every rack, the prize we sought is won;
The port is near, the bells I hear, the people all exulting,
While follow eyes the steady keel, the vessel of news has been grim and daring:
But O heart! heart! heart!
O the bleeding drops of real news,
Where on the deck my Captain now resides,
Retired and much missed.

O Captain! my Commentator! rise up and hear the bells;
Rise up-for you the flag of honest news is flung-for you the bugle trills;
For you bouquets and ribbon'd wreaths-for you the shores a-crowding;
For you they call, the swaying mass, their eager faces turning;
Here Captain! dear Newsman!
This Network beneath supported your clear head;
It was a dream that you were on the air,
You've captured our hearts and heads.

My Commentator does not answer the call in lines anymore;
My Commentator does not feed my head and now I have no pulse nor will;
His news was anchor'd safe and sound, now the voice closed and done;
From fearful trip, the victor ship, comes in with object won;
Exult, O shores, and ring, O bells!
But I, with mournful tread,
I walk the dial my Commentator left,
Now shallow, empty and with dread.

If we only had a name for this society of Midday fans.

Comment on this post

Death of a fact-checker

Posted at 2:38 PM on January 13, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Richard Threlkeld was killed in a car crash in New York this morning. A few people -- news junkies, mostly -- will recognize him as a former network news correspondent for CBS and ABC News. He cut his journalistic teeth as a TV reporter in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

More than likely, though, few people will remember that it was Threlkeld who made fact-checking political candidates a standard of network news. He started doing so with the famous Dukakis "tank" ad in the 1988 presidential election.

Very little of the ad was actually true, Threlkeld pointed out in a piece that took the assertions apart one by one. But it didn't matter, because it was enough that Dukakis simply looked silly,.

Threlkeld and journalism expert Kathleen Hall Jamieson discussed the technique during a seminar at Jamieson's Annenberg School for Communications in 1992. You can find a copy of the presentation here and it's worth watching again.

During it, he lamented his company's definition of balance: that if he found falsehoods in a campaign ad for then (vice) president George Bush, he had to find falsehoods in challenger Mike Dukakis. "The problem ... you always want to find two sides of a story. In this case there was only one side of the story, and I was unsuccessful in convincing them that sometimes there's only one side of a story."

Coincidentally, Threlkeld's death came on the same day that the New York Times, which sees itself as the defining standard of journalism, caused a ruckus in the journalism community by asking whether it's OK in 2012 to point out the falsehoods of political candidates.

Also coincidentally, his death came the week that his former company, CBS, launched a new morning TV news show that it claimed -- mostly, incorrectly -- would put the "news back in morning news shows." He and Leslie Stahl were the anchors of the CBS morning news show from 1977 to 1979. It tanked in the ratings.

Comment on this post

Should reporters point out lies?

Posted at 10:56 AM on January 12, 2012 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The New York Times' ombudsman, Arthur Brisbane, asks an interesting question today that many people will consider a slam dunk, and others will consider: Should reporters point out when someone is lying?


As an Op-Ed columnist, Mr. Krugman clearly has the freedom to call out what he thinks is a lie. My question for readers is: should news reporters do the same?

If so, then perhaps the next time Mr. Romney says the president has a habit of apologizing for his country, the reporter should insert a paragraph saying, more or less:

"The president has never used the word 'apologize' in a speech about U.S. policy or history. Any assertion that he has apologized for U.S. actions rests on a misleading interpretation of the president's words."

Or should reporters simply write what they're told? If this question sounds familiar, you're probably a regular NewsCut reader.

Comment on this post

MPR's 'naked lady'

Posted at 3:51 PM on January 10, 2012 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Media

6512608693_6afbe63463.jpg

There are only 8 broadcasts of MPR's Midday left before Broadcasting Hall of Fame host Gary Eichten retires; this is a massively depressing fact for a sizable part of the MPR audience and 100 percent of the people who work here.

We've enjoyed reading the messages that people have been submitting, but few have elicited the guffaws that the imagery from one did today.

A woman who moved here from Germany 18 years ago reminisced about her introduction to Midday, closing with this:

"In centuries past, big proud saling ships had statues of naked ladies mounted to the front that showed them the way through the oceans. I sure hope that MPR is still going to find its way after its very own naked lady, Gary Eichten, has gone home."

Of course, we put our best and brightest on that one...

eichten_figurehead_3.jpg

Mr. Eichten has worked at MPR for nearly 45 years, but it wasn't until his last two weeks in the business that he picked up a nickname that might just stick.

(h/t: Michael Wells)

Comment on this post

Former Strib editor stood on principle, and larger than life

Posted at 5:00 AM on January 5, 2012 by Eric Ringham (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Regional history

Charles W. Bailey, the former editor of the Minneapolis Tribune and its successor paper, the Star Tribune, died Tuesday in a New Jersey nursing home. He was 82.

For the generation of young reporters and editors who entered the journalism business during Watergate, Chuck Bailey was the perfect editor in chief. He came from the East Coast and brought with him an air of old money. He reminded us a little of the Washington Post's Ben Bradlee. He could wear a bow tie and make it work.

Once during the news huddle he asked why the Tribune was giving so much attention to a Lutheran convention. One of the editors pointed out that Minnesota had substantial numbers of Lutherans. Chuck replied, "No, Episcopalians are substantial. Lutherans are merely numerous."

That was the story, anyway. Chuck was larger than life, and it was sometimes hard to tell the legend from reality. He wrote "Seven Days in May," a major political thriller that got made into a movie. He was there when Bobby Kennedy was killed. He was on Air Force One when LBJ took the oath of office. He went with Nixon to China.

That last one I was sure of, because I'd seen a photo from the trip in Chuck's office. Even at the bottom of the Tribune's food chain, I was often in that office, answering questions about my life and career plans. Once, when he found out I was planning to visit London on vacation, he pressed on me the home phone number of a famous foreign correspondent who he insisted would have me to dinner. He made me promise to call. I did, and though no dinner invitation came of it, I did have a memorable conversation.

It says something about a boss: that he would go to such lengths to make a young employee feel like a colleague.

Chuck wrote an occasional column for the editorial page of the Tribune. All too often these days, executive editors and publishers use columns like that to promote a coming series of news articles or to celebrate circulation gains or an iPad app. But Chuck never wrote promotional copy, and instead based his columns on the news. He was implicitly stating a principle: that he would hold himself to the same standards he expected of anyone else.

When he left the paper, it was again to state a principle, explicitly this time. After the Tribune merged with the afternoon Minneapolis Star -- a merger that Star employees compared to the merger of a bug with a windshield -- Chuck promised that staff reductions would go only so far. When the publisher told him he would have to break that promise and make more cuts, he quit. He announced his reasons in one of those somber shirtsleeves meetings that newsrooms always have when something awful is about to happen.

He did pretty well for himself after that, taking a job with NPR in Washington. But as he walked away from a job he clearly loved, he wept, and his staff applauded. In 30 years at the newspaper, I never heard that kind of applause again.

Comment on this post

Facts vs. truth in Bachmann reporting

Posted at 10:21 AM on January 4, 2012 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Every now and again, we'll get an e-mail from somebody who objects to the reporting of anything "but the facts." Some people don't want analysis and they don't want anything but what somebody says. That would be a bad thing.

It's a bad idea for journalists to cover a campaign by merely reporting the words of candidates.

bachmann_big_story.jpg

register_bachmann.jpg

bachmann_big_story_2.jpg

dailynews_bachmann.jpg

abc_bachmann.jpg

It was a fact that Mrs. Bachmann said she'd stay in the race after Iowa no matter what. But it wasn't the truth, and most every political analyst knew it. Facts vs. truth: Which should be in a headline?

"I didn't tell you what I knew to be false," she said today.

How would you headline that?

Comment on this post

Iowa faux pas

Posted at 11:45 AM on January 3, 2012 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Something's missing this afternoon from the front page of the Des Moines Register's website:

dm_1.jpg

It's the cleverly placed ad, purchased by Barack Obama's campaign, that was there this morning:

dmr-3.gif

(From Romenesko)

Comment on this post

Whatever happened to that kid?

Posted at 3:00 PM on December 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The last week of the year is a challenge for anyone in the news business; there's simply very little news going on.

So it's a good time to waste time -- cleaning out the e-mail, for example.

Today, I started chucking e-mails that I've saved in the "Stuff to Save" folder. There are e-mails from colleagues who are dead now, couples who are divorced, and the rare missive from someone who wrote something nice. There are passwords for sites that no longer exist. But some are e-mails I saved for reading later, and then never got around to.

There's this one, for example, from November 2003 from a high school student at Jefferson High School in Bloomington, who attended a symposium MPR had offered for young people who might be interested in a career in journalism. I was managing editor for MPR's online news division then (there were only two of us).

We do very few of these anymore, which is too bad because there's nothing more invigorating for journalists than young people who are interested in the field.

Anyway, she wrote a thank-you note to the person who was my boss back then:

I can honestly say I enjoyed all the speakers, but I was especially intrigued by Mr. Collins' speech about online journalism. I think it's very interesting that radio as a news medium, in particular, has embraced online journalism to the degree that it has. I have heard quite often that online journalism means the end of journalistic reporting as we now know it. Of course, this is true, but Mr. Collins emphasized particularly how that is not a bad thing. He implied that it perhaps makes the job a bit more difficult, but it also allows the public access to more information. That, of course, is what journalism is all about. His speech made me realize that journalism is at a very exciting point right now, evolving and becoming something better than it was before. He also tied his speech in well with Mr. Skolar's talk on Interactive Journalism. I also found this topic particularly interesting. I find that many people my age, myself sometimes included, tend to be quite apathetic about events that are happening around them. By allowing people to, in effect, become the news, it should increase interest. That's simply human nature. What an absolutely ingenious idea.

I wondered whatever happened to that kid? So I "Googled" her and found her... at the Washington Post. She made it to the big time.

Good for you, Hayley Tsukayama!

I wonder what else is in this email folder?


Comment on this post

Reporter: 'Why blogging ain't reporting'

Posted at 3:30 PM on December 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Aviation, Media

It's pretty unusual to see journalists sniping at each other across the country, but that's happening today between aviation reporter Christine Negroni and a blogger at the New York Times.

Negroni, who reported for the Times this year on a story about the electromagnetic interference consumer devices could cause for airplane navigation systems, is hitting Times blogger Nick Bilton hard for a series of posts that pooh poohs the threat.

Negroni makes a rational argument before unleashing the journalistic version of the "nuclear option."

For those who prefer their pilots not to be wetting their pants over suspected EMI flight control issues I'll point out that it is a basic tenet of aviation safety that events are more predictive than accidents. These pilots were reporting on the precursors to crashes.

But Bilton, having spoken to at last count about half a dozen people over the course of four posts tells Times readers its "time to change the rules."

He's wrong. Aviation's remarkable record is the result of eliminating anticipated risks and creating redundant systems for the risks and errors that are unpredictable. The use of portable electronic devices falls squarely in the former.

Bilton would know that if he felt the need to take his reporting even slightly off the path between his hunches and his biases. As a blogger he may not need to do that, but as someone who's opinions fall under the banner of The New York Times, he and his editors certainly ought to.

Ouch.

By the way, it would be "whose opinions."

Comment on this post

Fall of a TV anchor

Posted at 1:54 PM on December 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The Mankato TV station anchor whose "slurred speech" during a newscast made her a YouTube hit has been arrested for DUI.

The Mankato Free Press says Annie Stensrud, 28, was arrested for allegedly driving while intoxicated on Wednesday morning.

KEYC, the TV station where Sensrud works -- or worked, it's still not clear -- has since had the video pulled from YouTube.

But here's how Stensrud performed during better times. This is her "demo reel," a video anchors put together to help them get jobs.

Comment on this post

Who mattered in 2011?

Posted at 10:08 AM on December 14, 2011 by Michael Olson (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There is no shortage of top-ten best-of lists helping us to boil the year down to a blog post. Time's Person of the Year is worth a conversation. The magazine selected "The Protester."

Time: "Once upon a time, when major news events were chronicled strictly by professionals and printed on paper or transmitted through the air by the few for the masses, protesters were prime makers of history. Back then, when citizen multitudes took to the streets without weapons to declare themselves opposed, it was the very definition of news -- vivid, important, often consequential. In the 1960s in America they marched for civil rights and against the Vietnam War; in the '70s, they rose up in Iran and Portugal; in the '80s, they spoke out against nuclear weapons in the U.S. and Europe, against Israeli occupation of the West Bank and Gaza, against communist tyranny in Tiananmen Square and Eastern Europe. Protest was the natural continuation of politics by other means."

Who would you like to see on the cover of the magazine?

Comment on this post

Threaten a boycott, boost the ratings

Posted at 11:15 AM on December 13, 2011 by Eric Ringham (10 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics, Religion

It's a lesson that never gets learned: The best way to generate more exposure for speech is to try to suppress it. People who would never have given an obscure reality show a second look will tune in to "All-American Muslim," now that the Florida Family Association has pressured the Lowe's chain to withdraw its advertising.

The group's executive director, interviewed by CNN's John King, did his cause no credit by first pronouncing the word "imam" as "eye-mom." Or by allowing himself to be interviewed in close conjunction with Rep. Keith Ellison, D-Minn., who did a credible of job of arguing his simple point: Muslims are just regular people. What strange times we live in, that making such a case seems necessary.


Comment on this post

The private lives of TV newspeople

Posted at 10:56 AM on December 9, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Maybe you've noticed the latest local trend in TV news: If something happens to one of the station's "talent," it's news. Have a baby? News. Get a disease? News. Time for the colonoscopy? Health segment.

When is something not news? When most of the nation is laughing at your anchorperson for doing a newscast, apparently, under the influence of.... something.

As an earlier 5x8 post indicated this week, it happened Sunday to an anchor in Mankato.

The TV station hadn't said anything about it until last night, posting a short message on its website at a time when few people are looking at news websites.

"Sunday night's uncharacteristic newscast on KEYC Mankato can hardly be considered private. Nonetheless, in our judgment, the matter represents a personnel issue to be resolved internally."

Dennis M. Wahlstrom
Vice President and General Manager, KEYC

Fair enough. Even though the person is obviously in the public eye, privacy is demanded, even if it makes news. It's not a policy often extended by the news media to people not in the news media.

keyc_drunk.jpg

Later last night, the anchorwoman issued a statement saying she's been sick and on medication.

Perhaps there's a future story here on the need to read the warning labels.

Comment on this post

Where have all the good advertisers gone?

Posted at 3:43 PM on December 6, 2011 by Michael Olson (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This week has presented us with two significant developments in Minnesota's media landscape: 1) The Utne Reader is leaving Minneapolis for Topeka, and 2) The Star Tribune metered pay wall seems to be working.

In both instances loyal readers were there, but finding loyal advertisers continues to be a struggle.

Strib metered pay wall: Web traffic down 10-15 percent, revenue up. MinnPost's David Brauer sees good things in the early numbers on the Star Tribune's metered pay wall system. "Long-term, there's still reason to believe this will help create a durable digital subscriber base that advertisers eventually pay more for," Brauer writes. "That should keep journalists celebrating."

In addition to keeping this momentum going, the Strib is facing a new challenge to convince advertisers that a smaller audience is worth more money.

The Utne Reader of Topeka. The Utne will join its sister publications in Topeka. Marianne Combs asked Utne Reader's editor-in-chief about the move in a post on State of the Arts.

Editor-in-Chief David Schimke and his staff will not be moving to Topeka with the magazine. But he did take the time to answer a few questions.

Combs: In the past six years the Utne Reader hasn't been able to make a profit. Why is that? Have automatic aggregaters like Google Reader replaced digests?

Schimke: I think it's a little bit that. But the fact is, we've been winning awards; we even upped the price and didn't see a decrease in subscribership. But the advertising just isn't there. We have a small loyal audience, but it's a difficult audience to market to.


Comment on this post

Reporting a suicide in the media

Posted at 12:49 PM on December 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

We've had a couple of posts this week on the subject of suicide and over the years, there've been plenty on the question of whether and when should the media indicate a suicide is a suicide.

This week, we got a glimpse into what happens when it's a member of the media who takes his own life.

It happened in Kansas City, when meteorologist Don Harman hanged himself. The station involved asked most of the media in town not to report the death. They didn't.

Peggy Phillip, a news director at a competing news director writes today:

We talked about how we would proceed, first at our weekly manager meeting and then with all reporters, producers and photographers in our daily editorial meeting. Our sources at the police department confirmed that Harman died by suicide. We did not report Harman's suicide on our 11 a.m. newscast. Some have criticized this decision. I understand why but I stand by what we (and most of the other newsrooms in Kansas City) did.

Certainly the management at WDAF was in the most difficult position, balancing the public's right to know with their own significant loss.

And therein lies one of the questions: Should the media treat a story differently because it involves one of their own. Phillip says it wasn't until 4 or 5 p.m. the next day that her station treated the story as a suicide, and provided more information about suicide in general.

From what she writes today, it was a high-volume discussion.

Read more about it here.

Comment on this post

Behind the bedroom door

Posted at 4:33 PM on November 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

How is running a country different than running a corporation? When you run a country, you don't get to make the rules.

Here's the response Herman Cain's attorney, Lin Wood, sent to a Georgia TV station which this evening is running an interview with a woman who claims she's had an affair with the presidential candidate for the last 13 years:


Mr. Cain has been informed today that your television station plans to broadcast a story this evening in which a female will make an accusation that she engaged in a 13-year long physical relationship with Mr. Cain. This is not an accusation of harassment in the workplace - this is not an accusation of an assault - which are subject matters of legitimate inquiry to a political candidate.

Rather, this appears to be an accusation of private, alleged consensual conduct between adults - a subject matter which is not a proper subject of inquiry by the media or the public. No individual, whether a private citizen, a candidate for public office or a public official, should be questioned about his or her private sexual life. The public's right to know and the media's right to report has boundaries and most certainly those boundaries end outside of one's bedroom door.

Mr. Cain has alerted his wife to this new accusation and discussed it with her. He has no obligation to discuss these types of accusations publicly with the media and he will not do so even if his principled position is viewed unfavorably by members of the media."

Fair game? Or is it out of bounds?


Comment on this post

Minnesota Independent closing

Posted at 4:50 PM on November 16, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The Minnesota Independent online news site is closing.

The network of individual locally-targeted "Independent" sites is being eliminated in favor of one big site.

According to a note on the Independent's site:

I am writing today to announce the closure of the Minnesota Independent. After five years of operation in Minnesota, the board of the American Independent News Network, has decided to shift publication of its news into a single site, The American Independent at Americanindependent.com.

This is part of a shift in strategy, towards new forms of journalism made available as technology has advanced, and an increasing emphasis on national coverage and issue-based coverage from our network. Over the coming months, AINN will announce a number of new journalism initiatives that will continue to advance our mission of producing impact journalism in the public interest.

Going forward, an archive of Minnesota Independent's reporting will exist on AmericanIndependent.com.

We are grateful for the loyal readership of the MnIndy, and to the outstanding work of our reporters and editors.

We look forward to keeping you posted on our plans, which will be announced early next year.

Best regards,

David S. Bennahum
CEO & founder, The American Independent News Network

Comment on this post

Walks like a duck, but has no comment

Posted at 12:30 PM on November 11, 2011 by Michael Olson (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

You heard the one about the reporter who heard "dog" when a meat market worker said "duck," right?

The Minnesota Society of Professional Journalists says WCCO has some explaining to do. The MnSPJ has come out in support of demands made by the Asian American Journalists Association that WCCO explain how its unfounded story claiming that dogs from Minnesota were sold in New York as meat made it to air.

We understand that mistakes happen, but we are disappointed that we have yet to see an explanation from WCCO regarding the report in question, which has since been pulled from the website. The report, which perpetuates an Asian stereotype, resulted in a state probe of the meat market in which no evidence was found of dog meat (AAJA).

The City Pages rolled out some new information on what led to the error.

Apparently it wasn't a snap judgement to air the story and publish it online.

"It was approved by multiple middle manager producers, and the CBS lawyer," says the source. "Our news director hasn't said a word, hasn't approached anyone in the newsroom about it. He may make heads roll before his head rolls."

The City Pages source also says that "a reporter from the CBS affiliate in New York was deployed to Chinatown to ask if the meat market in question also sold dogs as pets, according to our source. The question met with a confused 'No.'"

But I-TEAM reporter James Schugel pressed on with the story and in a phone call with a market employee confused "duck" with "dog."

Thanks to a cached version of the story, here is how the exchange was reported on WCCO.com:

The I-TEAM found no sign of dogs, until they called the market directly.

"Do you sell dogs?" asked the I-TEAM'S Schugel.

"Yea. We sell dog," said the man who answered the phone.

"Dogs for people to eat?" asked Schugel.

"Uh, yea," he said. "We sell many kinds of meat."

"Dogs for people to eat?" asked Schugel.

"Yes," said the man.

The I-TEAM questioned the man again, just to be clear. He said he does not sell dogs for pets. He only sells them for food.

After hearing the shocking story New York Agriculture Department investigators went to the market and found no indication the market was selling dog meat.

Comment on this post

When Jon Stewart gets serious

Posted at 10:45 AM on November 11, 2011 by Eric Ringham (2 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media, Religion, Sports

Sooner or later, the two young people interviewed in this segment would have been ashamed of themselves and their comments. When they had children of their own, for example. Last night's "Daily Show" merely hastens the day.


Comment on this post

Anonymous sources and 'Woman A'

Posted at 1:01 PM on November 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

NPR and other news organizations have now identified "Woman A" in the Herman Cain sexual harassment scandal.

(Karen) Kraushaar, 55, a career federal employee and registered Republican, currently works as a communications director at the U.S. Treasury Department.

The release of her name also came after the restaurant association, acting on a request by Kraushaar's lawyer, Joel Bennett, freed her last week from a confidentiality agreement signed when she settled her harassment case against Cain and left the association with a cash payment in June 1999. Bennett on Friday read a statement on behalf of Kraushaar, who alleged the incidents involving Cain were "a series of inappropriate behaviors and unwanted advances from the CEO."

Journalist Dan Gillmor has long maintained that using anonymous sources hurts the credibility of news organizations:

Whether the reporters and editors who so casually violate their institutions' rules are simply arrogant and/or lazy, or whether they genuinely believe they're providing information that readers need to know, they're undermining the credibility of their news organizations almost every time they do this. In reality, whether they understand it or not, they betray contempt for their readers, not respect.

As a reader, I've trained myself to treat anonymously sourced stories with the most extreme skepticism. Unless I can infer a truly compelling reason for the anonymity, I now actively disbelieve -- or, at best, assume a sleazy motive on the part of the source -- what I read in these circumstances.

The question of whether anonymity should be extended to people in a news story is not without the occasional flash of comedic irony. Take this paragraph from Michael Calderone's recent article on Huffington Post.:

"There's no journalistic reason not to name them," said the executive, who spoke on the condition of anonymity. "I think it comes down to a very simple equation: If you name them, the likelihood of your news organization interviewing them probably goes down to zero."

Comment on this post

The new Twins broadcaster

Posted at 12:24 PM on November 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Sports

The Twins have named a new play-by-play radio broadcaster to replace John Gordon, who retired at the end of last season.

Cory Provus gets the job after serving the last few years as the backup to Milwaukee Brewers' legendary broadcaster Bob Uecker.

I haven't listened to an entire season of Milwaukee Brewer baseball but a quick scan today revealed a solid play-by-play style -- nothing particularly flashy and generally whitebread in nature -- with the occasional baseball cliche thrown in...

He's no Ernie Harwell nor Vin Scully, but who is?

You can learn a little more about him and his baseball knowledge by reading his blog at the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel.

Of course, Provus won't have Uecker in the booth with him, so we wont' have exchanges like this, which Provus documented on his blog:

Bob: "Do you know anything about Tony Plush? Where does he come from?"

Cory: "Well, Nyjer Morgan is who you see on the plane and in the clubhouse. However, once he takes the field he becomes Tony Plush."

Bob: "All right."

Cory: "So, tonight's text question tonight is for you. If Tony Plush is Nyjer's alter ego, what is Bob Uecker's?"

-Now, without any hesitation he uttered the following answer....

Bob: "Bette Davis."

-Little background on Bette. Her website, BetteDavis.com, labels her as "The First Lady of the American Screen." She won numerous awards over her legendary acting career incuding a couple of Academy Awards.

Cory: "Why?"

Bob: "Just the way she dressed. Powerful. Good right handed hitter. Looked good in flats, heels and pumps. I do all of that."

Cory: "Really? I haven't seen that side of you yet?"

Bob: "Well, don't come into my room unannounced. Otherwise you'll see me in a dress."

Comment on this post

Cornish to ATC

Posted at 10:43 AM on November 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

What was your favorite Audie Cornish moment on NPR's Weekend Edition Sunday? It's over. At least for now.

Just five months after Cornish took over the program from long-time host Liane Hansen, NPR is tapping Cornish as the new host of the daily All Things Considered program, according to the Two Way blog.

She takes over, at least until next November, from Minnesota native Michele Norris, who is leaving the host position because her husband is taking a job with the Obama re-election campaign.

Norris will continue in a reporting role, but won't do any political stories, according to NPR.

Comment on this post

When journalists protest

Posted at 12:15 PM on October 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's not really hard to understand why some members of the public don't see the problem with journalists taking an active role in a news story, as long as they're taking part on their side.

But it's surprising that some journalists don't see the perception problem doing so presents...

pubrad_fired.jpg

Caitlin Curran, a web journalist, wanted to do a story on reaction to the sign, so she had her boyfriend hold it. When he got tired of holding it, she held it. In the business, this is referred to as "crossing the line."

She revealed it all to the Gawker website:

The next day, The Takeaway's director fired me over the phone, effective immediately. He was inconsolably angry, and said that I had violated every ethic of journalism, and that this should be a "teaching moment" for me in my career as a journalist. The segment I had pitched, of course, would not happen. Ironically, the following day Marketplace did pretty much the exact segment I thought would have been great on The Takeaway, with Kai Ryssdal discussing the sign and the Goldman Sachs deal it alluded to in terms that were far from neutral.

Well, not exactly. The story Marketplace did was with the person who wrote the words, not a reporter who was taking part in a demonstration and then covering herself taking part in a demonstration.

It may well be splitting hairs, but if you write the words that someone else uses in an active news story, is that the same as holding the sign with those words? Here's the original post on The Atlantic's website, which has context and information, and would constitute, as they say, "informed opinion."

Nonetheless, does that make the journalist who wrote the words part of the protest?

Comment on this post

Marriage and the NPR ethics rules

Posted at 11:11 AM on October 24, 2011 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Cue the "we knew it" outrage.

Michele Norris is leaving hosting duties at National Public Radio -- temporarily -- because her husband is joining the national Barack Obama re-election campaign.

In a note to staff posted on the company's Two Way blog, Norris says she's not leaving reporting, just hosting:

I need to share some news and I wanted to make sure my NPR family heard this first. Last week, I told news management that my husband, Broderick Johnson, has just accepted a senior adviser position with the Obama Campaign. After careful consideration, we decided that Broderick's new role could make it difficult for me to continue hosting ATC. Given the nature of Broderick's position with the campaign and the impact that it will most certainly have on our family life, I will temporarily step away from my hosting duties until after the 2012 elections. I will be leaving the host chair at the end of this week, but I'm not going far. I will be wearing a different hat for a while, producing signature segments and features and working on new reporting projects. While I will of course recuse myself from all election coverage, there's still an awful lot of ground that I can till in this interim role.

"This has all happened very quickly, but working closely with NPR management, we've been able to make a plan that serves the show, honors the integrity of our news organization and is best for me professionally and personally.

"I will certainly miss hosting, but I will remain part of the ATC team and I look forward to contributing to our show and NPR in new and exciting ways."

The should amp up the "NPR is just a bunch of liberals" cackling. And it comes days after an opera host, whose show was distributed but not owned by NPR, got into ethical hot water because she also served as a spokeswoman for Occupy protests in Washington

It also shows the tricky aspect of determining ethics where family members are concerned. Sure, there's a fair chance that if Michele Norris married a senior adviser to Barack Obama, that Barack Obama is on her list of favorites. But, prove it. Clearly, she thought the perception of a conflict of interest was an ethical violation, but does moving to reporting duties erase that?

Norris also recused herself in 2004 when her husband worked on the Kerry campaign. But she didn't when he volunteered on the Obama campaign in 2008.

Another NPR host, Linda Wertheimer, is married to Fred Wertheimer, the former president of Common Cause. There's no indication that presented ethical problems for either her or the company for which she works.

Comment on this post

You are editor: The picture

Posted at 11:43 AM on October 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Which one of these images is more newsworthy?

This one?

occupy_burton_1.jpg

Or this one?

occupy_burton_2.jpg

They were both taken by Associated Press photographer Andrew Burton at an Occupy Wall Street protest last week, a protest that has been largely non-violent.

But it was the top photo that was splashed on the front page of newspapers over the weekend.

You are the editor: Which photo do you use?

"We've written several articles and run numerous photographs in the paper and online from Occupy Wall Street protests, Washington Post Managing Editor Liz Spayd told Salon.com. "The vast majority portrayed the animated but generally peaceful demonstrations you describe. The one we ran last Saturday was a powerful, vivid image of a protester clashing with a policeman. Of all the photographs we looked at that day, it was the most original and the most newsy. The cutline made clear there were only 15 protesters arrested, a small number given the total crowd. We remain highly interested in this movement and its potential political power in the future."

There's some speculation, apparently, that maybe the "tackling protester" was just falling. The photographer told Salon he doesn't know. He said he didn't see the moment he'd captured with his camera and doesn't know what happened.

Comment on this post

Are reporters lobbyists?

Posted at 10:41 AM on October 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

What part of the First Amendment don't government officials get? On some days, most of it.

In Broward County, Florida, a mayor says reporters for a local newspaper have to register as lobbyists, the Sun Sentinel reports. At issue is a county code of ethics and Lauderhill Mayor Richard Kaplan's interpretation of it in an email to a reporter.

Though reporters do not necessarily consider what they do is lobbying, their work is provided to the editors who use their research to write editorials. Editors do try to influence the final decision making indirectly (which is communication by an means) which is lobbying according to the new law as I see it. It is this understanding that your research will be used in lobbying activities by editors that pay you, that I believe may include reporters in as lobbyist. I just don't want to risk the situation.

The mayor in this case certainly has the right not to talk to the media, but once reporters are required to register as lobbyists, they subject themselves to regulations and that's the part that probably runs afoul of the Constitution.

No matter to many of the commenters on the paper's site, most of whom invoke a political angle and prove again that many people are willing to defend the constitution right up to the point where it becomes politically distasteful to do so.

Meanwhile, in San Diego, a federal prosecutor is threatening "going after" newspapers, radio and TV stations because of ads they're running for illegal marijuana operations in a state that has legalized medicinal use of marijuana.

According to the Center for Investigative Reporting...


Federal law prohibits people from placing ads for illegal drugs, including marijuana, in "any newspaper, magazine, handbill or other publication." The law could conceivably extend to online ads; the U.S. Department of Justice recently extracted a $500 million settlement from Google for selling illegal ads linking to online Canadian pharmacies.

Duffy said her effort against TV, radio or print outlets would first include "going after these folks with ... notification that they are in violation of federal law." She noted that she also has the power to seize property or prosecute in civil and criminal court.

William G. Panzer, an attorney who specializes in marijuana defense cases, said publishers may have a reason to worry. Federal law singles out anyone who "places" an illegal ad in a newspaper or publication. Nevertheless, Panzer said he is not aware of a single appellate case dealing with this section of the law.

"Technically, if I'm running the newspaper and somebody gives me money and says, 'Here's the ad,' I'm the one who is physically putting the ad in my newspaper," he said. "I think this could be brought against the actual newspaper. Certainly, it's arguable, but the statute is not entirely clear on that."

Duffy, if she carries out her threat, would have a leg to stand on where TV and radio stations are concerned. TV/radio, regulated by the government, doesn't enjoy 1st Amendment protections that extent to an unregulated newspaper industry. But prosecuting a newspaper on the basis of content -- even advertising content -- might invite a constitutional challenge.

In this case, the law against placing illegal ads is equating the person placing the illegal ad with the organizations -- mostly alt-weeklies -- accepting it.

The even larger issue, of course, is a federal government essentially targeting a state's decision to legalize marijuana.

Comment on this post

What now, Facebook?

Posted at 1:31 PM on September 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

So now we know. Timelines are the big deal that Facebook announced today. It's basically an online scrapbook of your life, called Timelines:

But will it replace scrapbooks? A few years ago, my mother surprised me at Christmas with a scrapbook she made of my life. Sure, it had pictures -- the kind you got when you picked them up at the photo store a week after you dropped off the film. It also had a postcard I sent to my grandmother in Florida (announcing some new chickens has laid eggs), a letter I sent to the editor of the local newspaper at age 12 warning against pollution (I grew up in a mill town; there's no pollution anymore because all the mills have closed), the program at my high school graduation. In other words, a lot of non-digital items that withstand archiving in the digital age.

There's another aspect of an online timeline/scrapbook: You're more likely to actually "scrapbook" your life in a more honest way if you know that people aren't likely to see it until, perhaps, you're gone. Throw something up online, and you're probably going to sanitize it so it looks more like the Christmas letters people send you every year, the ones that edit out real life.

Some analysts think this presents a problem for Google. "What does the new Facebook mean to Google?" someone asked via Twitter a short whilte ago. "Google knows our search and browsing history, but Facebook is going to know OUR history."

But which is likely to reveal the real you, the history you post via a Timeline, or the you you reveal by revealing it Google through searches and other activities?

I'm anxious to see everyone's Timeline to see if I have the same reaction as when I open those letters.

Mashable is live-blogging today's announcements from Facebook.

Comment on this post

Can Americans live without political theater?

Posted at 10:38 AM on September 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

When the Republican Party of Florida hosts a presidential debate tomorrow, many people will be listening to the candidates' answers, but they may be just as influenced by the audience's reaction, the Columbia Journalism Review says today.

Through a series of four experiments, the social scientists showed that when an audience cheers, applauds, or reacts favorably to a candidate, viewers are far more likely to hold a positive view of that candidate than had they watched the performance without an audience reaction.

Moments in which an audience reacts are also more memorable and more likely to be reported by the media; these moments, in turn, often become defining sound bites in a campaign season and provide a candidate momentum in the horse race. Ronald Reagan's "There you go again," (directed at Jimmy Carter) and Lloyd Bentsen's "You're no Jack Kennedy" (to Dan Quayle) are classic examples of these sorts of utterances.

"For the audience watching at home, these moments validate certain perspectives and can suggest to the audience that there is much more consensus about a particular point than there really is," Steven Fein, a social psychologist, says. "Just because people are louder doesn't mean it reflects popular opinion."

The problem primarily is also that the media captures these moments and that defines the debate. For example, when candidate Ron Paul was asked by the moderator whether a healthy 30-year-old who gets sick should simply die, some yahoo in the audience shouted, "yeah," and that's what got everyone's attention, and, hence, coverage.

But the first word in the candidate's answer was "no." Too late. The answer was defined by the coverage of the audience.

"What really concerns me is how much the media plays this as a sporting thing. It really sounds like a horse race or a baseball season," Fein says. There's this titillating quality to a lot of the coverage--all the bells and whistles and charts and 3-D things. It just cheapens the whole process and makes the emphasis on very superficial things. It becomes what reader and viewer comes to expect. With a little more substance it can make a bit of a difference, I think the audience is capable of more than more of what the media thinks they are."

Which brings up the obvious question: Is the audience capable of more than what the media thinks they are?

Comment on this post

Hospital vs. newspaper over coverage of doctor in Duluth

Posted at 3:21 PM on September 20, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's not at all unusual for news organizations to be threatened with lawsuits, but fairly unusual for one to be filed. In Duluth today, however, a hospital has filed suit against the investigative reporting of the Duluth News Tribune.

St. Luke's Hospital has filed suit against the paper for its report on neurosurgeon Stefan Konasiewicz, who worked at the hospital from 1997 to 2008.

In May, the paper ran a series of articles alleging the hospital was ignoring the number of malpractice suits filed against the doctor:

When he moved from Duluth about three years ago, Konasiewicz left behind two dead patients, one woman paralyzed from the neck down and six others who say his treatment caused them serious physical harm.

His former employer, St. Luke's hospital, was aware of the harm Konasiewicz was alleged to have caused and yet continued to let him practice, according to records obtained and interviews conducted by the News Tribune.

In its lawsuit, the hospital says the paper knew that the hospital "had a rigorous Quality Assurance program, that all adverse outcomes were investigated, and that St. Luke's has always engaged in an ongoing extensive peer review program," and that state law and the rules for participating in Medicare required the hospital to have an accredited peer review program.

"To create this false news report, Defendants intentionally and deliberately mislead sources, quoted sources out of context, and purposefully avoided information that would contradict their preconceived story," the lawsuit alleges.

In August, the paper followed up with two more stories about the efforts of colleagues to call attention to Konasiewicz, and seemed to imply that the administration looked the other way because he was making money for the hospital that was losing it before the doctor was hired:

Peter Goldschmidt, an orthopedic surgeon who shared patients with Konasiewicz as part of St. Luke's trauma team, said he saw so many complications and adverse outcomes from his colleague that in the early 2000s he brought his concerns directly to St. Luke's senior administration. People he addressed, he said, included CEO and President John Strange, Vice President of Clinics Sandra Barkley and Chief Nursing Officer JoAnn Hoag. He said he also spoke about Konasiewicz with the then-chair of St. Luke's board, Wells McGiffert.

"I thought something had to be done because of the unacceptably high complication rate," said Goldschmidt, who has worked in Duluth since 1994 with Orthopedic Associates, an independent practice that works with St. Luke's. "Nothing seemed to change in (Konasiewicz's practice). And I never received any follow-up."

In an interview on Friday, Strange, who has been CEO of St. Luke's since 1996, said the responsibility for taking any action against Konasiewicz lay with St. Luke's doctors.

Strange said concerns that are brought to him or other administrators about any doctor are taken to the hospital's medical executive committee, which is composed mostly of physicians and has the ability to discipline doctors or restrict their privileges. Strange said he is on the committee but does not have a vote.

"I'm not a physician," Strange said. "Some of that stuff is so technical. I'm not in a position to make a judgment on whether or not something was good care."

In its suit, the hospital said the critic of Konasiewicz quoted in the story, Peter Goldschmidt, worked for a company that was in "competition with St. Luke's," and that his statement was false. It also said had Goldschmidt raised his concerns with the hospital, it would have been required to investigate them.

The story that seems to be at the heart of the lawsuit was filed just as a negligence trial was starting in Stillwater, filed by a man who alleged a brain biopsy performed by Dr. Konasiewicz led to seizures, severe cerebral dysfunction and brain injuries. A week or so later, a jury cleared Konasiewicz.

This afternoon, the hospital issued this statement:

The false statements about St. Luke's published by the Duluth News Tribune are unacceptable. This defamation lawsuit was brought because our patients, dedicated staff, and community deserve to know the truth and not be misled and misinformed by these false reports.

St. Luke's is deeply disappointed in the Duluth News Tribune's tactics to produce its false and defamatory reports. Patient safety and quality healthcare is our top priority at St. Luke's. We are committed to making the truth known, to the extent allowed by law, particularly when it concerns the quality of care we provide our patients.

Notwithstanding the false and defamatory reports by the Duluth News Tribune, we are gratified by the numerous expressions of support that we receive everyday from our patients, staff and community.

In his statement, News Tribune Publisher Ken Browall said: "The stories portrayed what is unquestionably a matter of public safety and concern. We look forward to proceeding to court and the dismissal of this unwarranted complaint."

Comment on this post

Silence and the 9/11 coverage

Posted at 10:44 AM on September 13, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

If there's one thing radio people hate, it's the sound of silence. That made Sunday's broadcast of 9/11 services a challenge for broadcasters because it involved the awesome power of silence.

Which many of them ruined, according to the NPR ombudsman in an article today.

"I expect that NPR, of all media, trusts its listeners' intelligence and patience," a listenere Diana Krauss from Brunswick, ME, wrote to NPR ombudsman Edward Schumacher-Matos. "Alas, (host) Audie Cornish needed to interrupt the first moment of silence TWICE to tell us that we were listening to a moment of silence, thus destroying it."

Margaret Lowe Smith, the acting senior VP of news responded:

In our planning, we thought long and hard about those moments of silence- They posed serious technical and production challenges, which we couldn't ignore. But most importantly, we wanted to show respect for the moment, the memory of the victims and their families.

Technically, radio stations have silence sensors that go off if they detect dead air. It's a way to alert station engineers of a dropped signal. We had to avoid that happening. And, for our radio listeners, when there is silence on the air, there is often confusion. All that added up to having to make some brief comment during the longer moments of silence. Our host, Audie Cornish, did that with great respect and sensitivity.

In his article, found here, Schumachker-Matos did not offer a verdict of his own.

Comment on this post

Eichten's last fair

Posted at 5:26 PM on September 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

eichten_at_fair.JPG

Some of us are still shocked enough by the recent announcement that MPR News' legend Gary Eichten is retiring at the end of the year, that we're not quite prepared for the series of "lasts" that are about to follow.

I guess that started today because Eichten made his last appearance at the MPR booth at the State Fair.

And as I looked at this photo (from colleague Valerie Arganbright), it dawned on me that Eichten has already anchored his last election night in Minnesota, and he's also moderated his last Sunday-before-Election-Day, top-of-the-ticket debate at the Fitzgerald Theater.

We didn't need more reasons to be depressed about the state of politics, but we're not better off not having this guy guide us through.

Comment on this post

Journalism and the lynch mob mentality

Posted at 10:53 AM on September 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (38 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

I've never been a big fan of the policies in some Twin Cities newsrooms -- including ours -- of (generally) not naming suspects in criminal cases until charges are actually filed. It's not that I don't agree that doing so may lead to the destruction of reputations when facts aren't known, it's that the policies -- generally -- are filled with hypocrisy. The news that broke yesterday that an SUV owned by former Vikings player and broadcaster Joe Senser was involved in the hit-and-run death of a man is a sadly perfect example.

When charges are filed, charging documents are usually released to the public, giving us more facts to provide a somewhat more credible picture of what happened. But there's nothing in the journalist's book of ethics that says these are the ones you extend to average people, and these are the ones you extend to famous people -- whether they're white and rich or not.

Why? Because ethics don't work that way; you either have them or you don't. "Everyone else is doing it" has always been a poor foundation for a good argument. The entire philosophy of fairness depends on an equal application.

What we do know, based on some digging by reporters, is that the SUV is probably the one that killed Anousone Phanthavong and that it is owned by Joe Senser.

On Twitter this morning -- and other media, too -- it doesn't matter what we don't know.

senser_tweet_1.jpg

senser_tweet_2.jpg

senser_tweet_3.jpg

senser_tweet_6.jpg

senser_tweet_4.jpg

senser_tweet_5.jpg

Meanwhile, the Star Tribune is already running a poll saying Senser's is a moral dilemma, even though we don't know exactly what dilemma that is. No matter. Seventy-five percent say they'd turn in a family member involved in a hit-and-run. Good to know, but it doesn't really tell us what's going on here. It only implies that the Sensers are actively engaged in stonewalling an investigation. Maybe they are. Maybe they aren't. Certainly, we don't know.

There's nothing wrong with speculation per se. I do it all the time when writing about aviation incidents. But we have a responsibility to be informed and connect dots that are facts. We're not doing that here and we in the news media are willing accomplices by pretending all of the reasons for protecting the identity of someone who hasn't been charged with a crime don't also exist here.

We don't know that Senser and his family are getting preferential treatment. We don't have any evidence that investigators are cutting him a break because he's rich and/or white. We don't know who was driving. We don't know why they didn't stop. We don't know what the advice of their attorney is, although it's worth pointing out that the attorney contacted the State Patrol.

What we do know is that investigators in these parts have a good track record of figuring out why someone ends up dead. The rest is up to a jury that, hopefully, isn't on Twitter today.

The Senser family promises a statement "in a day or two," and perhaps then we'll have a clearer picture of what's going on here. In the meantime, reality will be created by the dribs and drabs of information from people who have an interest in the reality dribs and drabs of information create.

Update 3:18 p.m. - The attorney for the Senser family reports the SUV was driven by Amy Senser, Joe Senser's wife.

Update 5:04 p.m. - Here, for background, is MPR's policy:

In cases where law enforcement officials arrest or otherwise detain an individual without charging that person with a crime, MPR News may name such individuals in its reports. It will be up to the News Director or editor(s) overseeing the story to determine whether the situation warrants naming the suspect. Editors should consider whether MPR's naming of an uncharged suspect will do irreparable harm to the suspect's reputation if authorities decide not to charge and whether the public's right to be informed is worth taking that risk.

In cases where a decision to name an uncharged suspect is made it is incumbent on MPR News to provide as much context as possible to let the audience determine whether an arrest was justified. Such context must include the fact that charges have not been filed, an explanation of why not, and how long the law enforcement agency can legally detain the suspect. and like any story, mpr news will make every effort to contact principles in the story. Stories should also include any information about evidence implicating the suspect or any other information that will allow the audience evaluate the validity of an arrest. and finally, if MPR News produces a story about a suspect's dentention or arrest without charges, it is committed to giving similar coverage in the event the suspect is released.


Comment on this post

Are we making 'bad' worse?

Posted at 9:02 AM on August 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

"That's really incredible," a CNBC anchor said this morning, seconds after the Conference Board reported that consumer confidence dropped to its lowest level since April 2009.

Incredible? Not really. People are influenced by reality and also the perception of reality. They may have the same income they had last month. They may have the same jobs. They may have even been able to sock away a few dollars. But if you keep up a steady drumbeat of, "things are getting worse and we may be heading for another perception," how reasonable is it to expect people not to lose confidence?

Clearly, fear is not the only thing we have to fear. But fear plays a big part in increasing worry. And worry is what makes people stop spending and people not spending is what creates recessions and recessions are what gives people more fear, which increases worry, which makes people..... well, you get the picture, right?

"A contributing factor may have been the debt ceiling discussions since the decline in confidence was well underway before the S&P downgrade. Consumers' assessment of current conditions, on the other hand, posted only a modest decline as employment conditions continue to suppress confidence," Lynn Franco, director of The Conference Board Consumer Research Center, said in a statement.

Those expecting business conditions to improve over the next six months decreased to 11.8 percent from 17.9 percent, while those expecting business conditions to worsen surged to 24.6 percent from 16.1 percent, the Conference Board said. Those anticipating more jobs in the months ahead decreased to 11.4 percent from 16.9 percent, while those expecting fewer jobs increased to 31.5 percent from 22.2 percent. The proportion of consumers anticipating an increase in their incomes declined to 14.3 percent from 15.9 percent.

But the people surveyed aren't economists. It's regular consumers. And what those consumers think about the future makes up 60 percent of the survey results.Their view of the jobs outlook depends on what the people they listen to say is the outlook on jobs.

Sometimes those are the TV and radio business reporters. Sometimes it's the presidential and congressional candidates who point out how horrible things are and how worse they're going to get if you don't elect them a year from now.

More often than not, we think what we're told we should think. So the emotional component of a country's economy certainly presents a problem for politicians and reporters -- how to portray reality without contributing to a worse reality.

So far, few have mastered it.

American Public Media's Marketplace is taking a stab at it with it's new "Index," which purports to quantify the state of things on a daily basis via point system. It's unclear -- at least to me -- whether that's a step in the right direction of balanced economic assessment, or a step toward making the emotional component of the economy even worse.

What do you think?

Comment on this post

Another girl, another dragon tattoo

Posted at 12:10 PM on August 23, 2011 by Eric Ringham (3 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Media

I'm not one to hold a grudge.

Well, OK, I am one to hold a grudge. I still haven't gotten over "Three Men and a Baby," the English-language remake of the similarly named French film "Three Men and a Cradle." The remake seemed to have no purpose other than to spare the American movie-going public all that messy stuff with the foreign languages and the funny-looking appliances.

Last weekend I saw the trailer for "The Girl with the Dragon Tattoo," the English-language remake of the similarly named Swedish film "The Girl with the Dragon Tattoo." (Though it needs to be said that the Swedish title, "Män som hatar kvinnor," reportedly translates as "Men Who Hate Women" - nothing there about tattoos or dragons. For some reason that I don't care enough to find out, the name was changed for both the English title of the novel and the foreign release of the Swedish film.)

The trailer suggests that it's going to be a rip-roaring, gritty crime drama starring big-name actors familiar to American audiences. It contains at least one instance of Daniel Craig doing his signature thing with a cocktail: He takes a sip without breaking eye contact. When I try that, I spill. But James Bond can do it, and so, apparently, can the Swedish journalist Mikael Blomkvist.

The thing is, the Swedish film is also a rip-roaring, gritty crime drama. The actors all have this habit of speaking Swedish, but why shouldn't they? It kind of adds to the set-in-Sweden vibe.

Here's the trailer for the Swedish film:

And here's the trailer for the remake. Watch for Craig to do the thing with the drink:

Comment on this post

Gary Eichten retiring? Tell me another

Posted at 2:55 PM on August 22, 2011 by Eric Ringham (4 Comments)
Filed under: Icons, Media

eichtennewscut2.JPGMPR photo/Jeffrey Thompson

Everybody's got a right to personal happiness and fulfillment, I guess, and if Gary Eichten wants to try life at a different pace, that may be up to him. We'll see. But I'll bet anybody one of Gary's famous Jacksons that he'll be more of a force as a retired person than most people are at the height of their careers.

Over on Facebook, we're inviting listeners to tell us their favorite Eichten stories. I don't have a story, exactly, but an observation: Gary's interviews with then-Gov. Jesse Ventura were a public service of the first order. Ventura thought the media were jackals, and he became more and more unwilling to explain himself to them. But somehow Ventura had a soft spot for Eichten, and Eichten capitalized on the opportunity. He'd grill the governor, and the governor would come back for more. I listened to those interviews from my desk at the Star Tribune with a mixture of admiration and envy.

Gary has done lots of great work besides that, and most recently picked up a Graven Award to prove it. The Premack judges who gave it to him cited "his commitment to public affairs journalism, excellent interviewing skills and deep knowledge of Minnesota politics." We'll all hear more about his career between now and January. But I'm still betting that we'll hear a lot from him after January as well. (To be clear, notice that I said I'll bet any body -- up to a maximum of one, that is -- "one of Gary's famous Jacksons." Not one of mine.)

Comment on this post

'Why are you being so weird about this?'

Posted at 12:42 PM on August 18, 2011 by Eric Ringham (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

How can a (so-far) failed politician and author generate buzz for her book? Or, how can a talk-show host build credentials to help establish himself as a replacement for Larry King?

I don't mean to suggest that either Christine O'Donnell or Piers Morgan went into their taped interview with premeditation, intending the confrontation that ended with her walking off his show. But I do mean to suggest that the aborted interview did no harm to either of them - that, in fact, many more people will be watching the interview on CNN than would have been if the interview had gone off smoothly.

(As Murray remarked to Ted on "The Mary Tyler Moore Show," "That's right, Ted. It's just a matter of giving the public what they want.")

It's depressing, but this is the way it goes these days. The incentives work in the wrong direction. At least Morgan had the grace - or maybe it was only comic timing - to follow her departure with, "Anyway, it's a good book."

Here's the video.


Comment on this post

Why context matters

Posted at 2:19 PM on August 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

Finding examples of poor journalism is like shooting fish in a barrel today, what with the stock market meltdown and all.

Here's a headline from the front page of CNN.

cnn_sell_first.jpg

It rather looks like advice, doesn't it?

It's not.

Five paragraphs into the story, we get the real context of the quote:

"Investors are having one reaction to the downgrade: sell first and ask questions later," said Paul Zemsky, head of asset allocation with ING Investment Management.

Comment on this post

Market meltdown: Stock traders looking worried

Posted at 11:24 AM on August 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

One question: If the stock market is so all-fire important to everyone, how come news organizations can only figure out one kind of photograph when covering it?

A few examples:

Washington Post

stockbrokers_washpo.jpg

Los Angeles Times

stockbrokers_latimes.jpg

FoxNews

stockbrokers_lfoxnews.jpg

CNN

stockbrokers_cnn.jpg

BBC

stockbrokers_bbc.jpg

This is all, of course, quite depressing. Bring us back to the reality of what people really care about, Texas!

stockbrokers_texas.jpg

Comment on this post

Is the news media making the market meltdown worse?

Posted at 11:05 AM on August 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

Faced with an overwhelming assault by news organization headlines warning of the market catastrophe that lay minutes ahead, there was a moment this morning that I almost cashed out all of my retirement portfolio that's in equity markets and joined who knows how many others on the sideline.

This goes against everything I've learned firsthand in 40 year of working for a living, but in the absence of even a decent nugget of information telling me what I should do, I felt no choice but to give in to the gloom. Only laziness prevented me from acting, but I wonder how many millions of Americans, more energetic than I, are reacting to the steady drumbeat of news organizations in addition to whatever market savvy they have?

So it was interesting to hear a caller on Midmorning today who insisted the media isn't, as alleged, "making things worse."

"I absolutely think that's true," Ross Levine, a financial planner said in response. "If you look at what's really going on as far as how companies are reporting their earnings, and if you look at the fact the dividend yield in the S&P is close to what 10-year Treasuries are paying, it's almost obscene that the markets are continuing to sell off at this level, and I think market short-term is very emotional. Market short term look like the weather forecasts; you have no idea what they're going to do in the short term. But long term, we have a pretty good sense of market valuation and that's going to be based on earnings, and it's going to be based on dividends, and it's going to be based on getting the economy going again."

"There's been a theme throughout this thing of 'shoot the messenger,' said Heidi Moore, the New York bureau chief for American Public Media's Marketplace program. "You see it with S&P and you see it with journalism. What we're trying to do here is inform people for the most part about what's going on. If those people are telling us that they're expecting a crisis, that they're expecting a panic, that they're expecting the Apocalypse, then of course we're going to reflect that. And when those people don't say that, we reflect that as well. It's important to note that it's not the press creating this; the press and S&P did not spend us into a $14 trillion deficit. So we have to kind of focus here on the issues, and I think people put way too much emphasis on what words are used, and they read stories to see which political parties they support. It's not really about that; it's about are we keeping you informed enough so you can do your duty as a citizen? And that means you have to read the financial news and be able to filter that."

"Words are important," Levine countered. "If you take two situations and you look at the stock market and you say, 'stocks are having a major sell-off,' or 'stocks are trading at the lowest valuations we've seen in three years,' people will interpret that differently. I think that the words shape the context of the story. I'm not saying it's the press' fault because the press is reporting and I think they're doing a good job... but I do think words matter and the interpretations of those words matter even more."

Ms. Moore acknowledged the market is emotional and a reflection of the psychology in it. "I do think the words matter, but for daily market movements, that doesn't tell us so much about what's going on in the economy."

And it doesn't tell me what I'm supposed to do about any of this.

Comment on this post

The secret of how talk show callers get on the air

Posted at 3:13 PM on August 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Even without looking, I can tell that the nation's radio station producers were rolling their eyes while listening to a complaint from a caller on today's Talk of the Nation.

During its program on nutrition guidelines, a caller complained that NPR's "call screeners" (we call them "producers," actually) were letting mostly women callers through for a show on diet, but during an earlier segment, "the male screener only allowed one female caller in during a foreign policy discussion." (Scroll to 24:15 below. Or you can just take my word for it.)


The Talk of the Nation host skillfully, and with tongue held, manipulated the caller back on topic.

How does it work really? As far as I know in 35 years of working in radio, the gender of the caller isn't even a factor in determining whether a caller should be allowed to ask a good question on air.

Radio, at least Public Radio, isn't like the open lines on C-SPAN where they take one caller from the "Democrat line" and one caller from the "Republican line" and everyone gets on in the order they call no matter how stupid or pointless the comment.

Calling a public radio station program isn't the zipper merge.

A producer's allegiance is to the listener and the discussion. Each call and each question or comment has to fit the conversation at the moment it's taking place.The best way to find yourself on the air with a comment or a question, is to focus on something that hasn't already been said.

"I want them to be concise and thoughtful," MPR Midmorning producer Chris Dall says. "I want them to be passionate yet restrained. I want them to be listening to the conversation that's going on. I want them to have a question or comment that moves the discussion forward. I want them to understand that no matter how good they think their question or point is, they just might not get on the air."

As for gender, radio hosts know when the callers are mostly men or mostly women, but there's not a lot they can do about it. Any radio producer is at the mercy of who's calling. Maybe more women are calling on a topic than men. Should the producer put a male caller with an irrelevant comment on instead of a female caller with a good point?

The producers have a tough job, preventing irrelevant conversation -- a complaint about a producer during a show on nutrition, for example -- getting to your ears. Sometimes for every good question you hear on a public radio talk show, there's probably at least three others telling a producer what a jerk he/she is.

Very few of the many I've known over the years actually are.

Comment on this post

Why do cops hate cameras?

Posted at 2:22 PM on August 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

Yet another case of police ordering someone to stop videotaping them has surfaced. This happened Friday on Long Island, according to Poynter.org.

The problem here is the law give the police broad authority to define what constitutes "obstruction," for example. In this case, obstruction appears to be the fact the police couldn't do their job because an open society was making it an impossible task.

The person being threatened with arrest in this case was a member of the media. But there are more cases of this now, of course, because just about everyone has a video camera with them all the time.

"We are reviewing the circumstances surrounding the arrest," a police spokesman told the Long Island Press.

update 4:46 p.m. Poynter updates to include this letter from Mickey Osterreicher, the general counsel for the National Press Photographers Association:

According to news reports Mr. Datz complied with your officer's unreasonable request to move away from the scene while the general public was allowed access. In the video - uploaded to YouTube -- your officer acts in an angry and unprofessional manner and appears to have no concept of the first amendment rights granted to the press under the United States and New York Constitutions. Although Mr. Datz contacted your PIO officer your department was unable to do anything to rectify the situation.

...While in some situations the press may have no greater rights than those of the general public, they certainly have no less right of access on a public street, especially where a crime scene perimeter has not been clearly established.

Comment on this post

A perilous world for a retweeting journalist

Posted at 11:31 AM on August 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Tech

The Twitterverse lit up like a Sally Field Oscar speech last night when President Barack Obama credited peoples' "tweets" with helping to bring the "debt crisis" to a conclusion.

Last week, Obama urged Americans to take to Twitter to send messages to their representatives to cut a deal. Never mind that most Washington politicians' tweets are actually a staffperson who tweets on the congressperson's behalf. That Twitter has been validated as a medium that's as influential as a telephone is the point.

But it still has some serious growing pains, as an incident involving a New York Times reporter would suggest.

After the White House issued its call to tweet last week, Jen Preston, the social networking reporter for the New York Times, asked what the hashtag for the tweets should be (a hashtag allows people to filter all tweets to see an organized collection of relevant tweets. In this case, the hashtag was #compromise).

When the White House responded, Preston "retweeted" the message to her followers:

preston_retweet.jpg

The website Daily Caller charged Preston showed her bias in the "retweet," apparently thinking -- incorrectly -- that a retweet constituted a willing participation in the effort. Other news sources picked up the story and the horse was out of the barn (the link above is an updated story that was rewritten to cover up the embarrassment of a journalist who didn't understand Twitter in the first place).

Preston responded to the attacks with this defense on Storify (only a portion is quoted below).

Mr. Munro's uninformed knowledge of Twitter not only questioned my integrity but unleashed a torrent of ugly attacks from right-wing and conservative Twitter users (including socks and operatives) who accused me of all sorts of things. I have been a journalist for 30 years. Taking abuse comes with the job. But, as a journalist, I am disappointed Yahoo News picked it up without even looking at my two tweets. And that Andrew Malcolm of the LA Times picked up the story without picking up the phone or apparently looking at the tweets in question. Reporters make mistakes all the time. I know that I do. Just last week. But we correct them.

This provides a good example of the dangers of mainstream media hopping into a new medium that others don't get.

Just a few weeks ago, for example, my colleague, Tom Scheck, retweeted an item from a The Hill reporter who was promoting a story on Michele Bachmann's voting record. He got a similar response as Preston:

scheck_retweet.jpg

To which Scheck, who understands Twitter as well as anybody, responded with a message that mainstream media members are going to have to deliver more often, apparently.

scheck_retweet_2.jpg


Comment on this post

Farewell, 'lady of the house'

Posted at 10:30 AM on August 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Someone called my house last week and asked my wife, "is this the lady of the house?"

"There's no lady of the house here," she replied before hanging up.

We're pretty sure it wasn't the Nielsen company on the other end of the phone. Nielsen, the people who measure what people are watching on TV, and then report to the networks that people are watching garbage instead of decently-written shows, is retiring its "Lady of the House" demographic.

Among the many characteristics its report to network execs contains, the LOH shows what women who don't work outside the home are watching.

CNBC's Jane Wells says...

These days, the lady of the household is often a guy. Meantime, the owner-renter is often a woman, who's probably not really in her house much. She works, or runs 500 errands a day, or both. Maybe she's a single mother. Maybe she's not really much of a lady. She's like a man, only busier.

"Essentially, this is just the latest evolution in our TV measurement," says Nielsen's Julia Monti. "An analysis found that viewing estimates for "Lady of the House" are similar to those of the average female and that clients are no longer using this term for business transactions, thus we determined that it's time to phase it out."

About 40 years late.

Comment on this post

As if on cue ...

Posted at 1:14 PM on July 20, 2011 by Eric Ringham (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Gov. Dayton's office has released an official photo of this morning's budget signing, with an appropriate, on-message expression of distaste on the Democratic faces.

Dayton02.JPG

After all, a person shouldn't smile when he's doing something loathsome.

Comment on this post

The Hangover, Part 3: Up all night at the Capitol

Posted at 11:37 AM on July 20, 2011 by Eric Ringham (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

When I worked in the newspaper editorial business, we had a cute name for the kind of piece we'd have to write on a day like today: STW, or "Shoot the wounded." It acknowledged, implicitly anyway, that we weren't performing a particularly courageous or useful function. Other people were the ones who had to stay up all night, take risks, make deals, put their careers on the line. We had the luxury of getting a good night's sleep and then coming down out of the hills once the fight was finished to pick over the remains and second-guess the decisions of others.

(There are other kinds of stock editorials, so routine that we made up acronyms for them. One was the DMM; it stood for "Drink more milk," and referred to any kind of editorial that urges a noncontroversial civic good. I hear that the same kind of editorial is referred to in Wisconsin as an EMC. Get it?)

I did not stay up all night to monitor the legislative process that now has brought our sorry shutdown to a close. But the news this morning has been fascinating. My vote for the best quote of the morning goes to Senate Minority Leader Tom Bakk, DFL-Cook: "Gov. Dayton reluctantly took your plan. He took your plan on tobacco bonds. He took your plan on borrowing from our kids. You didn't have to tax those millionaires. You win, and Minnesotans lose."

That is what's called staying on message. The Democrats will do everything they can to make sure you hear, over and over, that the plan the Legislature passed is a Republican one. Most of them won't be quite as descriptive as Rep. Michael Paymar, DFL-St. Paul, who said, "I'm going to go home and take a long, long shower to wipe the stain of this legislative session off of me." For my taste, that's a little over the top.

Trying to spin the story in the other direction, House Majority Leader Matt Dean, R-Dellwood, adopted the role of statesman: "Every red vote is a vote to continue the shutdown. We need to get Minnesota back to work. We need to stop pointing fingers."

So there you have them, the core messages we'll be living with for a while: "You keep pointing at me," "I'm only doing what you made me do," "You wanted to keep Minnesotans out of work," "You make me want to take a shower." Sigh.

Unfortunately for the Democratic message, Gov. Dayton and Secretary of State Mark Ritchie were unable to control their facial muscles during the bill signing this morning. They did what politicians do when signing bills: They smiled. Oops:

dayton-signs-budget.jpgMPR photo/Jeffrey Thompson

Comment on this post

Hacking the news

Posted at 1:09 PM on July 18, 2011 by Michael Olson (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The first sign of the Rupert Murdoch/News of the World scandal meant something to the lives of people across the pond came when Attorney General Eric Holder confirmed that the U.S. Department of Justice was investigating claims that the tabloid hacked into voice-mail accounts of Sept. 11 victims.

The once untouchable Murdoch became "wounded" and "suddenly appears mortal, and his enemies are emboldened" writes Politico.

In an otherwise defiant editorial, Murdoch's Wall Street Journal ended on a note of contrition.

Phone-hacking is deplorable, and we assume the guilty will be prosecuted. More fundamentally, the News of the World's offense--fatal, as it turned out--was to violate the trust of its readers by not coming about its news honestly. We realize how precious that reader trust is, and our obligation is to re-earn it every day. (Wall Street Journal)

Has the phone hacking scandal changed your view of news media?

Comment on this post

Smile! You're on 'Candid Camera'

Posted at 2:20 PM on July 13, 2011 by Eric Ringham (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

We will pay, sooner or later, for our growing acceptance of hidden cameras and other deceptive practices in newsgathering. The latest target is the Christian counseling business owned by Michele Bachmann and her husband, Marcus Bachmann. Previous targets of such tactics have included Planned Parenthood, National Public Radio, ACORN and the Rev. Tom Brock.

The ethics grow murky when journalists misrepresent themselves to get a story. Sometimes it may be the only way, but at other times it's just the easiest way. When is it justified - to expose hypocrisy? To report on a threat to health and safety? To get good film for Sweeps Week?

"If you talk to three different ethicists, you'll get three different responses," says Prof. Jane Kirtley, who teaches ethics at the University of Minnesota's journalism school. There is no clear line, she said, but she articulated the danger well: If we tell readers that we lied to get a story, how can they trust that we're telling the truth about everything else?

Lots of media organizations would turn away in a huff from a reporter who wanted to carry a hidden camera and a faked identity into a mental health clinic. So why is it better or more ethical to publish the work of an activist/freelancer who did the same thing? That's becoming the pattern. ABC News didn't send an investigative reporter to get this story -- but used its "investigative correspondent" to present the story and supplemental material, after John Becker of Truth Wins Out did the dirty work.

In the Bachmann Clinic case, the bar is arguably lower because one of the owners is running for president. If the clinic is using "reparative therapy" to undo the sexual orientation of gay clients - and swimming against the tide of credible professional opinion - that's news. It would probably be news even if Michele Bachmann were not running for president, because the clinic gets public funds.

But as Prof. Kirtley points out, now that everybody has a mass communications device in his pocket, mainstream media have little to trade on but their own credibility. We should be careful about giving it away.

In the meantime, let's take a minute to enjoy the old days, when the mainstream media really knew how to use hidden cameras:


Comment on this post

When television lies

Posted at 11:33 AM on July 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

If you watch coverage of a live event, do you expect to see reality or a stage show?

The other night, while watching CBS' coverage of the Boston Esplanade fireworks, I thought something was up when I saw this shot.

fireworks_statehouse.jpg

The Massachusetts Statehouse is fairly close to the Charles River, but it's not this close.

But it was this shot that gave away what CBS was up to.

fireworks_fenway.jpg

It's a lovely image. It's also a phony one. The fireworks behind home plate at Fenway Park is an impossibility. The Charles River, from where they were being fired, is in the other direction.

Today, the Boston Globe called out CBS and producer of the program...


David Mugar, the Boston-area businessman and philanthropist who has executive produced the show for nine years, confirmed yesterday that the footage was altered. He said this was the first year such alterations were made.

Mugar said the added images were above board because the show was entertainment and not news. He said it was no different than TV drama producer David E. Kelley using scenes from his native Boston in his show "Boston Legal'' but shooting the bulk of each episode on a studio set in Hollywood.

"Absolutely, we're proud to show scenes from our city,'' Mugar said. "It's often only shown in film or in sporting matches. We were able to highlight great places in Boston, historical places with direct ties to the Fourth. So we think it was a good thing.''

If one follows the logic, one might fairly question whether the fireworks themselves actually were being shot off.

A media ethicist told the paper it sends a number of wrong messages, including that ethics don't matter if it's not the news department.

(h/t: Ted Canova)

Comment on this post

The need to name names

Posted at 10:56 AM on July 7, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Curt Schilling, the former Major League Baseball pitcher, said no team has won a World Series in the last 20 years without cheating to do it.

Broad brush, anyone?

These sorts of statements sound like wicked honesty, but they also tend to destroy reputations needlessly and where's the courage in that?

Schilling made his comments in an article in the Sporting News...

When asked if he ever suspected any of his 1993 Phillies teammates of using steroids, Schilling replied, "Oh, absolutely. It wasn't something you would walk up to someone to talk about or ask them. You had your ideas. When guys showed up with 25 extra pounds on them after three months after you had seen them during the winter, you had an idea."

Twenty years? Do the math on that. In 1991, your World Series champions were the Minnesota Twins. Anyone want to guess who was on steroids on that team?

This is the problem with "tell all" articles. They tell very little while needlessly -- in some cases -- impugn the character of people.

Take the comment from former Lt. Gov. Carol Molnau that's gotten some traction in the last 24 hours.

In an article on Huffington Post, Molnau appears to take a swipe at former governor Tim Pawlenty ...

"He has a tendency to not be a good judge of what he needs," Molnau said. "A lot of us like to have people around us that think like we do and agree with us because we don't take criticism very well. Well that's a good thing because you don't have a lot of white water conflict. The thing is you never know when you're going off because everyone's afraid to tell you, or, the people who do, you don't see as trustworthy anymore."

"He surrounds himself with people that say 'yes' and tell him how good he's doing, but he doesn't have a lot of people who can take the chance at critiquing him, and that's a problem he's had for a long time," Molnau added.

Is that all of the people? Some of them? Which ones? Without names, we don't know whether it's former spokesman Brian McClung, former chief of staff Dan McElroy or even former lieutenant governor Carol Molnau.

It's a question that reporters need to at least ask reflexively, "who?"

Comment on this post

Feting the boss

Posted at 1:55 PM on June 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This is MPR president Bill Kling's last day of work for the company he founded. He'll be feted tonight at a dinner and reception, but last night MPR employees paid tribute to him.

Something great happens to the straight-laced world of MPR News when you give a reporter a camera and tell them it's OK to be funny and irreverent.

Here's a prime example. It comes from MPR higher education beat reporter Tim Post.

Post points out that no company time or equipment was used in the production of his tribute.

Reportedly, there's another video around of a "The Office" parody with Kling playing the part of Michael Scott. That one's been as hard to find online as a state budget agreement.


Comment on this post

Ann Taylor's exit

Posted at 3:26 PM on June 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

ataylor.pb.jpg It had to happen sooner or later but a lot of the voices who made NPR famous are retiring. Carl Kassell retired a few years ago. Liane Hansen called it quits in the spring, and today is Ann Taylor's last day.

She lives in Manhattan and says she got tired of commuting to Washington to deliver the newscasts.

Comment on this post

Covering Greece

Posted at 1:13 PM on June 29, 2011 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Media

Now that flood season is starting to wane, we're not likely to see any more reporters in hip waders standing in or near water, but we have a new entrant in live-report props.

Check out the protective eyeware worn by a CNBC reporter in Greece today, which presumably keeps any of the rocks and bottles being thrown in the street from hitting her several stories above on her hotel-room balcony.

There's a good reason, however, for the glasses. Tear gas from the street below.

"I'm less affected by the tear gas. Just my eyes bother me. But that is why I'm wearing them," she said. "Everybody on the ground has them for sure. It wafts up, when there's a lot of it, it seeps into the hotel rooms and causes you to throw up and is extremely painful. You can feel it go all the way down your esophagus."

Everybody on the ground doesn't have them. Communist party deputy Liana Kanelli could've used a pair today. Someone unloaded some yogurt on her during the protests.

AP11062906351.jpg

The protests have continued sporadically since the passage of a plan to cut spending and raise taxes by $40 billion over five years.

End of the Kling era

Posted at 11:32 AM on June 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There's another countdown going on in Minnesota besides the one for the state shutdown. Bill Kling's last day as the only president Minnesota Public Radio ever had expires at the same moment the state descends into planned chaos. Pure coincidence, perhaps.

Today, everyone who wasn't deemed essential gathered on the parkland across from the World Headquarters of NewsCut, for a picture to mark the occasion. They're standing next to a mock radio tower which MPR employees paid to have constructed to mark the occasion. It was very terrestrial of us.

kling_tower_1.jpg

This image, however, is probably more symbolic: Kling conducting the MPR "orchestra."

kling_tower_2.jpg

(Images from Julia Schrenkler/MPR)

Comment on this post

Reporter apologizes for smoking

Posted at 8:59 AM on June 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

A former KARE reporter has apologized for, apparently, being human. Brad Woodard was reporting on a fire for a TV station in Houston last Friday when the camera caught him taking a drag on a cigarette.

Smoking a cigarette in Texas, for the record, is legal and many reporters smoke. It's not as if he started the fire with his cigarette or shot a puppy before the broadcast.

Still, Woodard felt compelled to apologize on the station's Facebook page:

Dear Viewers,

Some of you have raised concerns about my live report from Chambers County on Friday, June 24th. Due to a technical glitch, I was observed on camera smoking and extinguishing a cigarette, something I find both professionally and personally embarrassing. I was reporting from the scene of... a fire at an abandoned "tank farm" formerly used to store petroleum products. The fire was well under control at the time of my report, and I was standing on concrete when I discarded my cigarette. I also made sure it was extinguished following my brief report.

Apparently, some of you are under the impression I was reporting from the scene of a wild fire. That was not the case. My bad habit aside, I'm very cognizant of the extreme drought conditions facing this state. I report on those conditions daily and care very deeply about those affected. That said, I sincerely apologize to those of you who were offended. We appreciate...I appreciate...your viewership and your concerns.

Regards,


Brad Woodard


His viewers apparently understood, judging by some of the comments:

I think honestly, this puts you on a different light for me. More human bring than some Iconic God type of personality. Im glad that you are humble enough to apologize, even if it's unnecessary. Personally, I believe smokers have been stripped of their rights! Keep on keeping on! You shouldn't have to worry about others opinions, but I understand wanting to maintain the professional image.

Good point. You can't smoke and still be a professional in the journalism business.


Comment on this post

Fairbourne retiring from WCCO

Posted at 11:46 AM on June 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's not often anymore than a meteorologist can last at one station for 30 years. Mike Fairbourne might be the last of them in the Twin Cities. Fairbourne is retiring from WCCO this week.

Jimmy Carter was in the White House when Fairbourne started his career there.

WCCO has posted some other Fairbourne videos. This personal favorite didn't make the list, though...

Fairbourne is about as low-key and all-business as they come, but he may be best known for causing a ruckus in these parts three years ago when he expressed his opinion on the issue of climate change.

He accused the environmental movement of practicing "squishy science" when it ties human activity to global warming. The Star Tribune outed Fairbourne after his name appeared on a list of 31,000 "scientists" questioning climate change as a human contribution.

The dust-up also served as a warning to many TV meteorologists to avoid getting into the climate change issue.

Comment on this post

Lending a Yelping thumb

Posted at 1:30 PM on June 24, 2011 by Michael Olson (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Yelp is more than a place to find reviews of local businesses. It has become a window into our communities that can, at times, be helpful. It also provides perspective ranging from hilarious to inane.

Take the reviews of the Minnesota State Fair as an example:

"Eat, Gawk, Repeat."


"It is not the place to count calories, worry about the waistline, try to be posh or be a snob. Just relax and enjoy."

"Just like Farmville only in real life."

"The state fair is like a Walmart on acid — awesome people watching..."

"...too smelly."


Those yucksters over at Funny or Die! have turned the inane side of Yelp into comedy gold.

Tricia & Johanna: Yelpers - watch more funny videos

Comment on this post

One small step for authenticity?

Posted at 2:20 PM on June 23, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This is a picture of President Obama announcing his troop withdrawal strategy from Afghanistan last night.

obama_jun_22.jpg

This is a picture of President Obama when he announced that Osama bin Laden was dead.

obama_may_2.jpg

Other than the dates and circumstances, what's the difference between the two? The bottom image was staged. The White House had a policy of no pictures during presidential speeches, presumably because of the noise they make.

It wasn't exactly a scandal -- other presidents had the same policy -- but it set some journalistic tongues wagging. The Poynter Institute, for example, called for an end to the practice.

It is time for this kind of re-enactment to end. The White House should value truth and authenticity. The technology clearly exists to document important moments without interrupting them. Photojournalists and their employers should insist on and press for access to document these historic moments.

And so, last night we got truth and authenticity from White House photographers, which looked pretty much exactly like the the staged variety.

Comment on this post

This week in double standards

Posted at 11:01 AM on June 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

One need look no further than the vaunted "Washington Whispers" blog at US News today to see how women in the public eye are treated differently than men. Writer Paul Bedard delves into the world of Michele Bachmann's lip gloss:

Just consider last weekend's 2011 RightOnline Conference in Minneapolis. Before stepping on stage to speak, the Republican realized she needed a touch of lip gloss but didn't have any. Her new spokesperson, Alice Stewart, who worked for former Gov. Mike Huckabee's 2008 presidential campaign, saw an old friend from Arkansas, Elizabeth Aymond, and asked for hers. "We thought she might need a little touch-up," Stewart says. "Elizabeth whipped out her lip gloss and off she [Bachmann] went."

But don't call Bachmann a prima donna. "She is so focused on her speeches that it's the little details [like lip gloss] that you don't think about."

The shade: Bare Minerals "Wild Honey."

Jon Huntsman announced his bid for the presidency today, and most of the coverage -- so far -- has been about his politics rather than his appearance.

It's not just female politicians, of course, who get this treatment. Venus Williams, the five-time Wimbledon champ, went to work a day ago and got this treatment from the Associated Press:

Goddesslike Venus dazzles Wimbledon in white dress

And she won her match. A later AP story had Venus stoking the coverage...


There sure was nothing shy about a playsuit Williams called "trendy": white and sleeveless, with a deep "V" neckline, a triangle cut out in the back, a gold belt and gold zipper.

"Jumpers are very 'now,"' she explained, "as is lace."

Not as sensational as the corset-like black lace number with skin-toned undergarments that drew so much attention at the 2010 French Open, but Monday's romper looked something akin to a toga and surely would have won the approval of her Roman goddess
namesake.

Comment on this post

Few Minnesota winners in national journalism awards

Posted at 10:53 AM on June 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There were two local winners announced today when the national Edward R. Murrow Awards were given out. Overall, though, Minnesota was not particularly well represented in the annual awards from the Radio Television News Directors Association.

Of the 95 awards handed out, these are the two Minnesota winners:

Boyd Huppert, the marvelous storyteller at KARE won for best writing. (See compilation video)

The Star Tribune won for overall online news excellence for local news organizations. The entry (available here) stressed the website's video offerings.

Find all the winning entries here.

Comment on this post

A restaurant review that piles it on

Posted at 12:11 PM on June 10, 2011 by Eric Ringham (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This morning I woke up feeling fat, and it took a little while to realize why: I must have gained weight reading and re-reading Rick Nelson's review in the Thursday Star Tribune of "Tilia," a new restaurant in southwest Minneapolis.

"The scallop was evaporating inside my mouth, collapsing on itself in a cloud of ethereal juiciness," he begins. "It was one of those dining-out moments where my body's involuntary response was to slump into my chair, block out everything else around me and wallow in the bliss that was enveloping my taste buds."

You wouldn't think Rick could maintain that level of swoon for long, but he does: He goes on that way for an eye-popping 1,120 words. (For comparison, the play story in this morning's Strib, about the severance packages a state shutdown might trigger, brings home the goods in just 731 words.) Here's more:

"The top of the heap is what's easily the City of Lakes' most awesome way to greet the weekend: delicate cornmeal waffles topped with perfectly poached eggs, chunks of sweet poached lobster and so much supple hollandaise that it should be served with a cardiac defibrillator. It's a dish I could happily consume every Saturday. And Sunday. Forever."

And this -- as my colleague Molly Bloom pointed out - was for a restaurant that Rick only gives three and a half stars. What would a four-star review look like?

Say what you will about the generous helping of steaming adjectives. What I admire about Rick's writing is that he clearly loves good food and enjoys sharing what he knows about it. I just wish he wouldn't tell the whole world. Until yesterday, I'd never heard of Tilia. Now I'll never get a table.

Comment on this post

The MPR News iceberg

Posted at 11:45 AM on June 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Media

City Pages released an extensive article on retiring MPR boss Bill Kling today, and the factoid that many people in the business are picking up on is this section of the story:

He believes MPR's current newsroom staff of 86 needs to double.

"You can have all the blogs, all the Huffington Posts, and Twitter feeds, and any other way of distributing content," Kling says. "But if you don't have the content, none of it's worth anything. That comes from reporters, which I believe we have to step up."

It's true that what you hear on the radio comes from reporters but what you hear on the radio is a lot more than their work. And, truth be told, of the 86 people in the newsroom, only a handful of them are reporters.

I occasionally give very long tours of MPR's news operation to News Cut readers because if there's one thing they need to know, it's this: We're more than hosts and reporters. The MPR newsroom, like most newsrooms in well-respected media organizations, is an iceberg.

News content comes from more than reporters. Here, let me show you in this photo tour.

Midmorning has just ended, so producer Chris Dall and Kerri Miller are already talking about tomorrow's show. Or maybe Friday's. There are three producers on the Midmorning team who spend much of their day chasing down potential topics and guests, including pre-interviewing them to make certain they can converse in an interesting way. The same is true for MPR's Midday (two producers). and Morning Edition (three producers).

dall.jpg

We're a few hours away, yet, from All Things Considered. The show has two producers you never hear on the air, and one host that you do. They have a large news hole to fill and that portion which isn't filled by a reporter's story, is filled by interviews that they arrange and conduct.

atc.jpg

Of course, we have reporters, easily identified because they're usually embracing the latest office fad. In this case, standing up. They can probably give you a good deal on those giant exercise balls they used to sit on...

reporters.jpg

Editors -- radio and online -- are pretty important in the big content scheme of things. We've got six or seven of them, enough to insure that infinitives aren't split and facts aren't mangled.

editors.jpg

A portion of the Minnesota Today contingent -- editor and reporter.

mntoday.jpg

Midday is on the air. You hear Eichten. You don't hear RJ (Randy Johnson) who is the technical director (each show has one), or David Chong, who's one of the producers today. He's one of the people who answers the phone when you call into Midday and makes sure the question you want to ask is relevant to that point in the conversation.

midday_crew.jpg

The public insight journalism area, commentary editor position and -- down in the bottom right corner -- a real life blogger (Paul Tosto) can be spied if you're very quiet and stay downwind. Bloggers are highly intelligent creatures and can sense when danger is near.

blogger.jpg

You know those music segments you hear on MPR? It takes audio specialists like Michael DeMark to make them happen and make them meet the high audio quality standards MPR listeners expect.

demark.jpg

And none of this is possible if all of this audio content can't get out the door, into the sky and down to your radio. This is the International Control Center and satellite uplink/downlink section of the headquarters.

icc.jpg

And I haven't even shown you the people who book satellite time, the photographers for the Web site, hourly newscasters, the new media department, newsroom managers, and the I.T. people who keep a technical-heavy operation running,

Each of these people is creating news content.

It's true, of course, that reporters are the vital cog in this wheel. But in a given day of news programming, only about 10-20 total minutes actually comes from a traditional reporter. The rest comes from many unseen members of the team.

Comment on this post

Tweets from Tahrir

Posted at 2:30 PM on May 26, 2011 by Jon Gordon (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Tech, Weather

"I'm not interested in what you had for lunch."

That's the kind of complaint I hear often from Twitter skeptics. They're partially right -- there's a lot garbage on Twitter.

But Twitter can also act as a vital news service, of course. MPR News uses two accounts to share critical information during severe weather, for example: @MPRnews and @MPRweather, where we share storm warnings and watches, damage reports and photos, and rebroadcast Tweets we read during storms. For example, these Tweets from the May 22 tornado in Minneapolis:

Minneapolis Mayor Rybak asking people to stay away from north Minneapolis. Too many gawkers are impeding public safety efforts... #mnstormsless than a minute ago via HootSuite Favorite Retweet Reply


Our audiences seems to appreciate our Twitter efforts:


Gotta say, Twitter is the best place to get weather information these days. @MPRnews does a good job of retweeting.less than a minute ago via Twitter for Mac Favorite Retweet Reply


But here's an even better example of Twitter's utility and import: Tweets from Tahrir.


51aWN2FaDDL.jpg

Cory Doctorow over at BoingBoing writes about a new book that collects Tweets from the scene of the Egyptian uprising. Excerpt:

... through this book, a picture of Twitter as a means of quickly bridging together different constituencies emerges -- not everyone was tweeting, but everyone knew people who were tweeting, whether they were in the Square, discovering what was going on elsewhere among the hundreds of thousands of people; or elsewhere in Cairo and wondering if they should take to the streets; or watching from around the world. Twitter, text messages, Facebook and phone calls became a way of shaping the narrative, rebutting the official state media, arguing about the purpose and character of the uprising, and deciding when to hold fast and when to retreat ...

Tweets from Tahrir is an extraordinary record of an extraordinary moment in history, a collection of first-person observations and reflections that took place in realtime that constitute a new kind of record of social upheaval.

Social media and human rights, and the use of social media to help dispense of repressive regimes, is the topic of Midmorning tomorrow. It should be an interesting program. What do you think -- is social media a human right?


Comment on this post

Mark Haines dead at 65

Posted at 9:24 AM on May 25, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The New York Stock Exchange doesn't stop for anybody, but it paused for a moment of silence this morning for CNBC anchor Mark Haines, who died suddenly today at 65.

Haines was a rare gift to the world of journalism, TV journalism in particular. He actually listened to the answers he was being given by people who were trying to put one over on him, and he wasn't afraid to call them on it. Just last August, I wrote on News Cut at the time, he called out a Wells Fargo executive who suggested that unemployment benefits are to blame for high unemployment. He didn't dominate the conversation; he killed with facts.

He also hated political spinmeisters.



Haines achieved a cult following partly for his work on CNBC on 9/11. "This cannot be an accident," he said early on. It starts at about 4 minutes in here...



Haines was the best rationale for having more curmudgeons and fewer makeup artists in today's newsrooms.

"He didn't love France; he loved his country and his family," a colleague said today.

Comment on this post

Zellers on professor remark: MPR misinformed me

Posted at 10:51 AM on May 19, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

We now know where Minnesota House Speaker Kurt Zellers got his information before making the assertion that college professors in Minnesota have been getting 20-30 percent pay increases while Minnesota families are losing 30-40 percent of their income: MPR, Zellers says.

Appearing on MPR's Midmorning program today, a caller asked Zellers about the earlier comment, which he made this week on MPR's Midday program. Up until this morning, Zellers had not responded to requests for his information source.

"It was a story that was on MPR last fall," Zellers told Kerri Miller. "MnSCU bonuses to top staffers nears $300K."

"Usually, we Republicans are the first to complain about headlines being misleading, but looking at the headline and looking at the bonuses (headline?) , the bonuses were for staffers; they weren't necessarily for professors. I guess Brian (the caller) can say I was a little close to misinformed and what I was talking about from a family's perspective was my neighbor. He has had his wages cut 40 percent," Zellers said.

His response is at the 48:56 mark.

Comment on this post

Rape victims on trial

Posted at 12:46 PM on May 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

The alleged rape of a woman in New York by Dominique Strauss-Kahn, the head of the International Monetary Fund, is giving news organizations fits by rekindling an old debate that once seemed settled: Should alleged rape victims be named? And how much should the news audience know about her?

The New York Times danced close to the name by identifying her race, her neighborhood and, apparently, her character.

That earned this rebuke from The Atlantic's Jeffrey Goldberg:

I don't understand reporting like this. What is the point? Does it matter that she is friendly? Does it matter that she is a good person? Does it matter that she has never been a problem? Of course not. Rape is rape. The character of the victim is irrelevant. There's one caveat to this idea: If reporters had discovered in the woman's past a pattern of making false accusations in criminal matters, well, then there's a plausible argument that information about her character should be reported. Otherwise, her mood, relative-friendliness or unfriendliness, shopping habits, dietary needs -- all completely immaterial.

One more thing: Reporters should think twice about visiting the neighborhood of an alleged rape victim in order to ask questions about her life and character. The unintended consequence of such a visit is to publicize, in the place where she lives, her plight, and raise possibly-destructive questions about her situation. Newspapers withhold the names of alleged rape victims for a reason: to protect their privacy. But when reporters ask family, friends and neighbors superfluous questions about the alleged rape victim, they have outed her in the place that matters most.

French media has named the alleged victim.

On CBS this morning, the woman's attorney, Jeffrey Shapiro, said the woman will tell her story when the time is right:

But it's clear that this story is going to be much more than a single criminal case; it's going to be all about how all alleged rape victims are treated in the court of public opinion.

On that score, commentator Ben Stein went off the rails yesterday in his defense of the IMF official, arguing that he couldn't have raped anyone because that's not what economists do.

In life, events tend to follow patterns. People who commit crimes tend to be criminals, for example. Can anyone tell me any economists who have been convicted of violent sex crimes? Can anyone tell me of any heads of nonprofit international economic entities who have ever been charged and convicted of violent sexual crimes? Is it likely that just by chance this hotel maid found the only one in this category? Maybe Mr. Strauss-Kahn is guilty but if so, he is one of a kind, and criminals are not usually one of a kind.

For a glimpse at the strife the case is causing in journalism circles, check out a live chat hosted by the Poynter Institute.

Comment on this post

Divorce of the day: Facebook, Burson-Martseller PR firm

Posted at 7:53 AM on May 13, 2011 by Jon Gordon (0 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Media, Tech

Facebook and public relations firm Burson-Marsteller are parting ways after reporter Dan Lyons (the artist formerly known as "Fake Steve Jobs") exposed Facebook's smear campaign against Google.

For the past few days, a mystery has been unfolding in Silicon Valley. Somebody, it seems, hired Burson-Marsteller, a top public-relations firm, to pitch anti-Google stories to newspapers, urging them to investigate claims that Google was invading people's privacy. Burson even offered to help an influential blogger write a Google-bashing op-ed, which it promised it could place in outlets like The Washington Post, Politico, and The Huffington Post.

Turns out it was our favorite social networking company, Facebook, that hired the PR firm to do its dirty work. Burson-Marsteller fessed up about its arrangement with Facebook, and threw Zuck's company to the wolves. Hence the divorce.

facebook.jpg

So which company takes the hardest hit, Facebook or Burson-Marsteller? The PR company lost a big, powerful client, and looks quite sleazy. But it's hard to work up outrage, mostly because shady behavior seems to be, at least occasionally, part of the fabric of PR (not that journalists are always morally pristine). It's worth noting too that Burson-Marsteller has had a few unsavory clients in the past.

But our opinion of Facebook should probably drop a notch or two. The campaign makes Facebook look just a little scared and weak, and capable of questionable corporate behavior. But the company will probably get through this mess just fine, according to MG Siegler on TechCrunch:

Like it or not, Facebook is too integrated into the fabric of the web now for everyone to just walk away. As has been proven time and time again, people will get really angry with them for some misstep, and then totally forget about it a week later.


Comment on this post

Women edited out of iconic photo

Posted at 1:26 PM on May 9, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Too far? A Hassidic newspaper didn't like having women in the now-iconic photograph of the White House situation room during the rain on Osama bin Laden's lair, so it removed them.

This is the original ...

5680724572_d4696d593d_b.jpg

This is what ran in Brooklyn's Hasidic paper ,Der Zeitung.

missing_women_binladen.jpg

Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and National Security team member Audrey Tomason were edited out of the picture.

Der Zeitung isn't talking, but apparently it doesn't run photos of women that could be considered "sexually suggestive," Jewish Week writer Rabbi Jason Miller told the New York Daily News.

"I have no idea why they did it, but what I can say is that there is nothing in Judaism that prevents the publication of images of women in power," Rabbi Shmuley Boteach, a New York City radio show host, told the paper. "On the contrary women in positions of power pervade our community."

(h/t: Failed Messiah)

Comment on this post

Why the BBC?

Posted at 12:52 PM on May 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

In the coverage of the killing of Osama bin Laden yesterday (and again today), MPR News is making liberal use of the resources of the BBC. That bothered (a little bit, anyway) a listener who wrote to the network today to wonder why.

"I am curious why it's not being reported by NPR reporters, even if that means simply waiting for their regular news shows," the listener wrote. "Thanks for satisfying my curiosity. (Not that I don't appreciate the global perspective, but today especially I guess I want to hear *us* talking and explaining first before I hear from others.)"

It's a great question and, frankly, we welcome the opportunity to explain some of the discussions that take place at the highest levels of the newsroom during breaking news.

Steve Nelson, MPR's program director provided the play-by-play in his response:


Thanks for the note. Yesterday newsroom leaders spent a lot of time considering options for coverage of this story. Our immediate decision was to put on as much coverage about the death of Osama bin Laden as we could. We tried to choose the best available option for our audience at any given time, much like a web site throughout a day or a newspaper when selecting stories for page one the next day.

We were connected to internal NPR and BBC alerts all day so we knew what to expect and how to compare the two. In addition we were monitoring various wire services and CNN.

Here is some of our thinking through the day.

Morning Edition 6a-9a - Since the story was so important, we dropped all of our local stories that were planned for the day, and stayed with NPR almost exclusively.

9a-noon - Midmorning and Midday covered the story with a range of guests and calls from our audience.

Noon - We had a choice to air NPR programming -- basically, Talk of the Nation -- or the BBC's World Have Your Say, a global call-in show. We went with NPR, largely because their first guest in the hour was Colin Powell, a perspective we hadn't heard.

1p - We cut away from the NPR newscast at the top of the hour to go to a briefing from John Brennan, assistant to the president for homeland security and counterterrorism. He had a lot of good, new information and the details proved compelling. We stayed with that briefing for around 40 minutes before returning to NPR's coverage.
(Bob notes: More about that here. That was a brilliant decision.)

2p - We aired the BBC Newshour instead of NPR. We wanted a harder news treatment and magazine style format of Newshour, rather than a "talk" format from NPR. We also wanted the BBC's global perspective. This was the first BBC coverage we had on our air Monday.

3p-6:30p - All Things Considered became available from NPR and we aired it, but this time mixing in MPR News stories relevant to Bin Laden's death.

6:30p -- We aired a lengthy BBC report -- The Hunt for Osama Bin Laden -- instead of Marketplace. Marketplace was offering seven minutes about Osama bin Laden, which we aired at 6:20.

7p - The World, at its regular time, was almost all about Osama bin Laden.

8p - We pre-empted Fresh Air with a special wrap up hour from NPR.

9p and 10p - We aired BBC. The Story was produced mostly last week, so it was out of date. We thought the BBC's coverage at 10 would be stronger than As It Happens. Plus, the BBC was live, and As it Happens is taped earlier in the evening.

Hope that helps. Thanks for the feedback and feel free to contact me with any other thoughts you have.


Comment on this post

A class goodbye

Posted at 9:03 AM on April 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

What the staff at KARE 11 did for their long-time boss yesterday was astounding, at least for the normally bunker-mentality world of the media.

KARE 11 fired Tom Lindner this week, where he'd been the news boss since the early '90s. What was astounding is the station's news department didn't treat the story like it didn't exist, and produced this piece which -- intentionally or not -- leaves the viewer wondering how the firing makes the station somehow better off.

(h/t: @jenyoung18)

Comment on this post

The legend of 'Jonny Mac'

Posted at 1:12 PM on April 20, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

McTaggart03.jpgMPR has named Jon McTaggart, the current chief operating officer of American Public Media, to be the new chief executive officer, replacing Bill Kling, the only boss MPR has ever known.

"Jon is a remarkable leader who has been responsible for a great portion of our success over the years," said Kling in this press release. "I'm very happy with the board's decision, and I'm confident Jon will ensure that APMG continues to lead the way in public media's ongoing evolution."

When MPR got into the online business in the late '90s, it was McTaggart who was in charge. He was the company's "technology officer," and presided over a department that featured all of the accoutrements of the era -- Nerf guns, flying blimps, and all the digital creativity you could stuff into a half-dozen cubicles far removed from the more buttoned-down world of public radio news.

Armed with a $1 million grant from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, designed to show how public radio stations can create an online service, McTaggart appointed John Pearson to oversee the project, then got out of the way and let people do the job they were hired to do, using the talent that was the reason they were hired in the first place, providing a shield when needed (and it was), and inspiration when required.

And isn't that pretty much the entire chapter on "how to manage?"

Here's a story I've told dozens of times internally:

It was early in my tenure as MPR's managing editor of online news. I was about to leave for a weekend with my youngest son; we were about to drive to Cincinnati to watch the Reds play a few games, and take in a few sessions at the Society of American Baseball Research (SABR) convention. I had written an e-mail informing colleagues that I would be out of the office.

As I pulled out of the parking ramp on St. Paul's West Seventh Street, McTaggart, in full-suited attire, was running on the sidewalk, flagging me down. I stopped.

He thrust $20 at me and said, "buy yourself a beer and a hot dog. You do good work."

No boss had ever said anything like that to me before (I've got lots of stories about them, but you're never going to read them), let alone risked a heart attack for the opportunity to say it.

And that's how people run through brick walls for the people they work for.

It may not be a lot of fun being the guy to replace Bill Kling, a larger-than-life figure in the world of broadcasting whose vision is singularly responsible for Minnesota Public Radio and its assorted offspring. No doubt there are plenty of people wondering whether the place can effectively emerge from the long shadow he casts in the Twin Cities.

They needn't be concerned. MPR has hired a knowledgeable and decent person for the gig who understands completely the value and commitment to the audience of the people who work here.

The world is full of CEOs who don't have the passion for the product, couldn't articulate a mission statement if you spotted them the first 20 words, view the employee as an expense to be cut, and the customer as a necessary burden to endure. MPR doesn't have one of those.

Although it would be cool if we could bring back the flying blimp and Nerf guns.

(Photo: John Nicholson)

Comment on this post

Texas messes with the president

Posted at 12:29 PM on April 19, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Some people in the media world think a Texas reporter was being too aggressive in an interview with President Obama.

Continue reading "Texas messes with the president"

Behind the microphone

Posted at 2:02 PM on April 15, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There are a couple of radio guys who deserve a little extra recognition this week.

cake_tom.jpg

This guy, for instance. Tom Robertson is a workhorse reporter who has been called from his home in the Bemidji area to help cover the flooding in western Minnesota. He's done great work while living out of a motel in Moorhead for the last few weeks, but he gets the spotlight this week because he missed his birthday last Friday (we had a small cake for him in the Moorhead bureau) so that MPR listeners could hear (and read, of course) the latest on the flood.

Two years ago, he missed the birth of a grandchild for the same reason.

Then, there's this young man (click image for larger image). Gary Eichten is being given the Frank Premack Graven award from the University of Minnesota. The Graven Award is given each year to members of the journalistic community whose contribution to excellence in the profession merits special recognition. He will receive the award on Monday evening.

eichten_celebration.jpg

"I'm now one step closer to the Graven," he joked during a little celebration in the newsroom this afternoon, shortly before reminding us that we're lucky to work where we work.

Comment on this post

NPR's Facebook app

Posted at 3:24 PM on April 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Media

NPR has rolled out a new Facebook app that -- with any luck at all -- might distract your friends from all of those quizzes that suddenly seem to be spamming things.

Andrew Phelps -- if you recognize him from the guy who created WBUR's Hubbub, you really are a public radio nerd -- writes at the Neiman Journalism Lab:

The new Facebook app called I Heart NPR asks fans to put themselves on a map with thousands of others. Users can play games, such as Name That NPR Theme Song (I earned four-of-four virtual tote bags, thank you), and then share the results with friends. Secret games will be "unlocked" with every 100,000 new users, according to Kinsey Wilson, NPR's general manager of digital media.

It's not entirely clear what the point is of the map of NPR listeners since you can only find yourself on it and most people -- especially public radio people -- already know who and where they are...

npr_map.jpg


Find it here.

Comment on this post

When checking facts ruins good stories

Posted at 11:51 AM on April 13, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The anti-corporate hoaxsters struck again today.

The Associated Press was the victim this time when it ran a story -- based on an authentic-looking news release from General Electric -- that it would repay a $3.2 billion tax refund for 2010 to the Treasury Department.

GE has been criticized following a New York Times story that it would pay no taxes on its domestic profits.

There's no indication -- yet -- that this was the work of The Yes Men, who made news in 2009 by pretending to be the U.S. Chamber of Commerce announcing support for greenhouse gas legislation, and last fall convinced news organizations that a large oil company was admitting to policies that damage the environment.

Comment on this post

The power of reality TV

Posted at 12:19 PM on April 6, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Aviation, Media

"He doesn't sound drunk. He doesn't sound stoned. He sounds like a jerk." That's a classic New York cop response to a joyriding pilot who landed on a Long Island beach last night.

What doesn't make a lot of sense is how Jason Maloney got a pilot's license in the first place? He seems relatively clueless on the rules.

He told the police he got the idea from a reality-TV show called Flying Wild Alaska.

The gentleman in the reality show is 1,000 times the professional pilot that the New York pilot is. And New York isn't Alaska.

Comment on this post

When journalists go bad

Posted at 2:33 PM on April 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Yesterday, the Center for Public Integrity, run by a former MPR news director, made a big splash in journalism circles, when it announced it would start an investigative journalism Web site. Today, it dropped this bombshell: the FBI used a "mole" in ABC News who fed tips from a source (or sources) in the aftermath of the Oklahoma City bombing.

But it didn't name the reporter:

ABC News told the Center for Public Integrity that it is not certain about the identity of the journalist involved in the 1995-96 episode, but does not believe he or she still works for the network. Spokesman Jeffrey Schneider said the FBI description of its interactions with the reporter raises serious concerns about intrusions on the First Amendment.

"If true, it would certainly be of grave concern to us that the FBI would have created an informant file based on information gleaned from a reporter," Schneider said. "It certainly would be very troubling for the FBI to recruit a news employee as a confidential source."

Former Star Tribune editor Tim McGuire, now a professor in Arizona, is not happy

"I mean, he's not only a rat, he's a really huge rat" says McGuire. "He's obviously decided that helping the government on an ongoing basis is more important than being a journalist... We're all endangered by him playing these silly games. I think when you're an agent for the government, you're putting your fellow journalists in harm's way."

Who was the "rat?"

Gawker reports that it's Christopher Isham, who is now the Washington bureau chief for CBS News.

He ran the investigative unit at ABC News, putting him in regular contact with counterterrorism officials. In 1998, according to his CBS News bio, he organized the first network interview with Osama bin Laden. And his relationship with the FBI went beyond the professional: He was "close friends" with former FBI counterterrorism chief John O'Neill, according to this interview Isham gave to Frontline. (O'Neill was killed in the World Trade Center on 9/11.)

This should embarrass ABC, of course, but it should also be an embarrassment to CBS, right? Isham declined to comment on the story (If you're not the snitch, wouldn't you just deny it?), but referred questions to a CBS spokeswoman in New York.

"This is a matter for ABC News." the CBS spokeswoman said.

For the record, the information that Isham had -- that Iraq was responsible for the Oklahoma City bombing -- was obviously bogus.

This hasn't been a really great day for the image CBS News. Writing for MPR News' commentary section today, Woodbury teacher Karen Morrill pulled he curtain back on the news division's flagship, 60 Minutes, which broadcast a segment on removing "the N word" from Huck Finn recently.

"Pitts and '60 Minutes' were not interested in my teaching philosophy," she wrote. "They were interested in why I would not speak a virulent racial epithet. In my two-hour interview with Pitts, I tried to discuss the complex ways Huck Finn deals with race. But he was interested in only that one simple word."

Not a good day, indeed.

Comment on this post

What's the matter with a little fun?

Posted at 12:20 PM on March 31, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Last night, congresspeople in Washington got cozy with the people who cover them. The Congressional Corrrespondents' Dinner is, basically, the warm-up act for the White House Correspondents' Dinner, in which all the reporters -- and the movie stars who've sort of taken it over -- rub elbows with one another...

Should journalists and the people they cover be quite so chummy?

A kerfuffle has broken out locally between long-time columnist Nick Coleman, and MinnPost, which is holding a fundraising "roast," featuring local media stars and politicians. Coleman writes that it hurts journalistic credibility:

I contacted MinnPost to request a press pass in order to attend MinnRoast 2011 as a working journalist. I was rejected, even though I made it clear that I wanted to attend in order to report on it, not to snort and cavort until the chablis came out my nose. My reason for requesting a pass was simple: Minnesota Gov. Mark Dayton is scheduled to speak at the event and any appearance by the governor may -- and should -- be covered as a (possible) news story. Other politicians also are scheduled to show up and crack jokes at MinnRoast, including Sens. Amy Klobuchar and Al Franken, St. Paul Mayor Chris Coleman (my brother) and a token Republican or two, along with a gaggle of local media "celebrities" like Don Shelby and Cyndy Brucato, both MinnPost contributors. Mark Dayton was last recorded making a joke in 1997, but he is the governor. Nearing the end of a difficult legislative session and facing big political and budgetary problems, Dayton may not be in the mood for laughs. But his appearance -- and all the rest of the foolishness -- should be subject to free and open coverage -- by anyone who wants. It turns out, however, that the barons of our alternative news media aren't much different from the barons of Old Media: MinnPost editor and CEO Joel Kramer -- my boss at the Star-Tribune from 1983-86 -- turned down my request for credentials not once, or twice, but three times.

But Coleman says his beef isn't that MinnPost's boss wouldn't let him in for free -- it's that journalists shouldn't act like clowns, even on their own time:

There are other awkward connections and possible conflicts among the list of MinnRoast sponsors and benefactors, a list that -- despite a heavy sprinkling of "wealth creation" and investment firms -- runs strongly towards the liberal-left end of the political establishment, which is the kind of thing that causes hard-right conservatives to dismiss MinnPost as a snake pit of Democrats, despite the online site's lack of liberal bite. Am I suggesting anything improper? No. I am suggesting the appearance of impropriety. And that's enough, in my view, to cast doubt on the wisdom of a bad idea.

Does a MinnPost roast reflect poorly on its journalism, or should journalists be allowed to have a laugh with politicians on occasion?

Discuss.

Comment on this post

Major journalism awards for area media

Posted at 11:05 AM on March 31, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's award season on Planet Journalism. Newsrooms all over the country spend much of December submitting awards. It's a small cottage industry for some awards organizations who make a few bucks on entry fees. In return, stations and newspapers get something to promote when the awards start rolling in in the spring. Most of the awards aren't worth much more.

The Peabody Award is not one of those, and today two area news organizations got one.

American Public Media -- perhaps you've heard of it -- won for The Promised Land with host Majora Carter. The program explored "visionaries among us -- men and women with innovative ideas about changing lives and transforming communities. You may find them in the far-flung corners of the world or right down the street."

Here's an example:

The unit returned this week from the Gulf Coast, where it was researching a look at the area one year after the big BP oil spill...

KSTP TV won a Peabody for "Who Killed Doc?" The station investigated the death of a Minnesota sailor and found that "commanders ignored warnings, botched investigations, and failed to protect service members on their own base - where they should have been the safest." (Find it here.)

By the way, public media won 19 of the awards. Many of them were funded by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. Under a House bill passed a few weeks ago, stations would not be allowed to purchase these kinds of programs.

Here's the complete list of winners.

Comment on this post

Radio station's Hmong parody sparks backlash

Posted at 2:29 PM on March 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (64 Comments)
Filed under: Media

KDWB radio in the Twin Cities is apologizing for a song that aired last week by one of its morning show employees. The morning show sidekick -- Steve-O -- sang these lyrics to the tune of "Tears in Heaven." (audio here)

No room for a couch
'Cause we sleep on the floor
One big group of Vangs
Hmong family of twenty-four
Kids work in St. Paul
Hang out at the mall
'Cause I know they dwell so well
Thirty Hmongs in a house

Hmongs get pregnant early
First baby at 16
Seven kids by 23
Over the hill by 30
Like sardines they live
Packed in a two-room house with the kids
But you know they age quite well
They be Hmongs.

On the audio, popular radio personality Dave Ryan laughs and then appears to anticipate the backlash, adding, "I am not laughing at your song."

Rob Morris, the station's program director posted a message on the station's Facebook page. He did not declare the bit wrong, but apologized to those who think it was:

KDWB-FM and the Dave Ryan in the Morning Show are very proud that members of the Hmong community are some of our most loyal listeners and fans.

Our listeners understand that The Dave Ryan in the Morning show is a comedy show meant to entertain, and that much of its content is parody. While we've received positive feedback from many Hmong listeners who let us know that they found the song in question very humorous, we apologize to anyone we may have inadvertently offended, as this was never our intent.

We appreciate the support we continue to receive from all of our listeners.

Morris said the subsequent discussion on the Facebook page about the incident is "healthy."

kdwb_fb_1.jpg

This afternoon, the Twin Cities chapter of the Asian American Journalists Association issued this statement:

Last week, one of the Twin Cities' top-ranked radio stations, KDWB-FM 101.3, featured a parody song on its morning program that has offended some members of the Asian-American community. The two-minute song by radio personality Steve-O mocked housing issues and teen pregnancy in the Hmong community. The song, which has gone viral, was part of an occasional segment on the popular "Dave Ryan in the Morning Show." After soliciting listener-suggested song titles, Steve-O writes and sings a song, which is often meant to be in jest.

While the Minnesota chapter of the Asian American Journalists Association acknowledges the role of parody, we've heard from members of the community who found these remarks offensive and in poor taste. We know KDWB has a large Hmong listenership. We urge the station to take heed when promoting material that stereotypes and marginalizes a large segment of its fan base. It appears that the station recognizes the legitimacy of these concerns. We commend KDWB for addressing the situation. The station has issued a statement (which can be read below). It has also promoted a healthy discussion on its Facebook page, where many Hmong listeners are chiming in with comments.

In regards to Asian-American issues, we hope AAJA can serve as a resource to KDWB's programming in the future.

Morning radio has a history of incidents of racial and ethnic insensitivity in the Twin Cities. In the early '90s, KSTP fired a show host after a sidekick made jokes about drunken Native Americans. In 2007, some Native Americans protested KQRS after morning hosts made jokes about incest and suicide on the reservations.

Comment on this post

Paper royalty

Posted at 11:39 AM on March 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

paper_dolls.jpg

It was a rather big moment this week when this little number arrived in the MPR newsroom: The William & Kate paper doll book, expertly displayed here by an MPR employee who would not tell us her name (Click image for larger image).

It's important to note, however, that underneath their paper clothes -- including the "sparking plunging-neckline dress that Kate acquired during a 2007 Paris buying trip" -- they are wearing bathing suits, not underwear. Those crazy royals!

kate_bathing_suit.jpg

The paper doll book was published by Dover Publications. An accompanying press release described it as "America's #1 publisher of high-quality paper doll books." Who says America doesn't make anything, anymore?

In other news, it was revealed today CNN will send 400 150 (updated) staffers to cover the royal wedding.

CNN currently has 50 people covering the disaster in Japan.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging Midmorning: Is partisan news good for America?

Posted at 9:00 AM on March 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

Blogger James O'Keefe's takedown of NPR is the latest incident in what appears to be a growing battle between conservative news outlets and the mainstream media, and raises questions about the future of news in America. Is partisan news what Americans want, and is it good for our democracy?

Midmorning is tackling the question with guests:

CW Anderson: Assistant professor of media culture at the College of Staten Island and a research fellow at Yale Law School and the New America Foundation.
Tom Rosenstiel: Founder and director of Project for Excellence in Journalism. He is co-author with Bill Kovach of "Blur: How to Know What's True in the Age of Information Overload."

I'm live-blogging the conversation. Please share your thoughts and I'll select the best ones to mention on air.

Comment on this post

Sometimes the truth doesn't set you free

Posted at 1:31 PM on March 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

The trial of a Minneapolis blogger, accused of defaming a man and causing him to lose his job at the University of Minnesota, is over.

John Hoff, aka "Johnny Northside" has to pay Jerry Moore $60,000 in the defamation suit against him, the Twin Cities Daily Planet reports.

Hoff had written on his blog that Moore, a former executive director of the Jordan Area Community Council, had been involved in a fraudulent mortgage scheme and questioned why he'd subsequently been hired by the university.

The jury said that while what Hoff had written was true, it caused him to lose his job, and awarded him $35,000 damages and $25,000 for emotional distress.

Is this a message to bloggers everywhere? The TCDP noted the closing statements of Moore's attorney:

Moore's attorney Jill Clark said in her closing statement that much of the discussion of the First Amendment and freedom of the press as it relates to blogs "is really not relevant." She also said, "There need to be some limits on blogs." Clark pointed to Hoff's lack of objective reporting. "The reporter loses objectivity when he enters the story," she said.

Don Allen, named in the original suit, settled with Moore and testified against Hoff. He told the Star Tribune the verdict sends an appropriate message:


"It's unfortunate for all bloggers, but you have to have some sense of responsibility," he said. "You have to attack the issues, not the individuals."

There was a small win for bloggers in the trial. The judge ruled early on that Hoff wasn't responsible for the comments left on his blog by readers.

I'm interested in hearing from independent bloggers on whether this case changes how you'll approach what you write,

(h/t: Laura Yuen)

Comment on this post

Another anti-NPR video surfaces

Posted at 3:39 PM on March 10, 2011 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The conservative filmmaker who took down an NPR executive this week with his hidden camera has released another installment. This one, however, doesn't have a "gotcha" moment. Quite the opposite, actually. A previous video showed NPR's now-former fundraiser criticizing tea party members and suggesting the public radio network could do without government funds.

This video, however, may actually confirm NPR's editorial firewall.

In today's release, Betsy Liley, NPR's senior director of institutional giving, explains to a representative of the group, that it's possible to make a donation and have it credited on air "anonymously," but that the organization does that fairly often.

It's not clear whether the phone conversation took place before or after the luncheon.

Liley, however, makes pretty clear that a donation from the Muslim group doesn't buy any direction of news coverage. "That's a news decision," she says. "A lot of people have an interest in specific areas, including institutions, so they give us support in that area, but we can only accept it to the point that it matches our news judgment."

She goes on to relay that NPR might accept money from institutions with an interest in a topic, but those institutions are not allowed to decide any aspect of news coverage. "This would not go to anyone in the news division. No one in news would have access to this document," she said. "There is a firewall between news and development, and there's a similar firewall between development and news.

She also explains that when liberal financier George Soros donated millions to NPR, "we didn't tell anyone in news because... because we're news, we can't tell the rest of our organization what we're doing."

That, if you're keeping score, is one for ethics and editorial firewalls.

Liley also asks for the group's IRS 990 form, which would reveal the management, and funding of the organization, making clear that the network clearly intended to check out the organization before accepting any donation. NPR did not accept the phony group's offer.

The caller tried to figure out ways to "avoid paperwork," seeming to suggest the donation should be hidden, but Liley appeared to rebuff the notion, citing the requirements from NPR's legal counsel, Joyce Slocum, who has since taken on the role of CEO interim president after NPR boss Vivian Schiller was fired. Liley indicated that any donation would not be subject to a government audit, although it's not clear whether NPR is required to submit donor lists to the government for inspection.

Meanwhile, hosts and reporters at NPR today released an open letter to the public regarding the earlier videotaped comments of the deposed Ron Schiller, NPR's VP of fundraising:


Dear Listeners and Supporters,

We, and our colleagues at NPR News, strive every day to bring you the highest quality news programs possible. So, like you, we were appalled by the offensive comments made recently by NPR's now former Senior Vice President for Development. His words violated the basic principles by which we live and work: accuracy and open-mindedness, fairness and respect.

Those comments have done real damage to NPR. But we're confident that the culture of professionalism we have built, and the journalistic values we have upheld for the past four decades, will prevail. We are determined to continue bringing you the daily journalism that you've come to expect and rely upon: fair, fact-based, in-depth reporting from at home and around the world.

With your support we have no doubt NPR will come out of this difficult period stronger than ever.

Thank you,

Robert Siegel
Michele Norris
Melissa Block
Renee Montagne
Scott Simon
Liane Hansen
Guy Raz
Michel Martin
Neal Conan
Susan Stamberg
Nina Totenberg
Linda Wertheimer
Daniel Zwerdling
John Ydstie
Richard Harris
Tom Gjelten
Howard Berkes
Mike Shuster
Laura Sullivan
Lynn Neary
Jacki Lyden
Mara Liasson

NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard will be Gary Eichten's guest on MPR's Midday on Friday at 11 a.m. (CT).

Update 5:11 p.m. - NPR has issued this statement:

"The statement made by Betsy Liley in the audiotapes released today regarding the possibility of making an anonymous gift that would remain invisible to tax authorities is factually inaccurate and not reflective of NPR's gift practices.

"All donations -- anonymous and named -- are fully reported to the IRS. NPR complies with all financial, tax and disclosure regulations.

"Through unequivocal words and actions, NPR has renounced and condemned the secretly recorded statements of Ron Schiller and Betsy Liley. Mr. Schiller is no longer with NPR and Ms. Liley has been placed on administrative leave, pending an investigation of the matter.

"No stronger statement of disavowal and disapproval is possible. NPR will not be deterred from its news mission and will ultimately be judged by the millions and millions of listeners and readers who have come to rely on us every day."

Comment on this post

The Schiller firing

Posted at 2:41 PM on March 9, 2011 by Bob Collins (74 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Vivian Schiller, NPR's president (who spoke to the National Press Club a few days ago), "resigned," today according to NPR. It's clear, however, that this was closer to a firing than a happy resignation.

Here's the statement from NPR board:

It is with deep regret that I tell you that the NPR Board of Directors has accepted the resignation of Vivian Schiller as President and CEO of NPR, effective immediately.

The Board accepted her resignation with understanding, genuine regret, and great respect for her leadership of NPR these past two years.

Vivian brought vision and energy to this organization. She led NPR back from the enormous economic challenges of the previous two years. She was passionately committed to NPR's mission, and to stations and NPR working collaboratively as a local-national news network.


Here's the statement from the committee of affiliates:

All of you are absorbing the recent quick turn of events. We want to share a few thoughts from where we sit.

Vivian Schiller has been an inspiration for many inside NPR and organizations around the country.

The most recent events, however, have undermined efforts to protect funding for public broadcasting; have further damaged the already shaky working relationship between NPR, APTS, PBS, and CPB; and we suspect will have negative repercussions on the standing of your organization with your community.

In the long-run, we believe that Vivian Schiller's decision to resign as President and CEO of NPR, and the NPR board's decision to accept her resignation, is in the best interests of both NPR and the station community.

The NPR board will have to make several important decisions in the coming weeks, all in the continuing context of the federal funding challenge. We want SRG to be a source of good strategic thinking in all of this and look forward to your best thinking and support in this process.

A conference call is reportedly scheduled soon with reporters and I hope to monitor that and we'll update this post through the day as need be. In the meantime, share you thoughts.

This latest incident stems from the conservative filmmaker's video of NPR's chief fundraiser, reported on here yesterday.

9:51 a.m. - Media critic Jeff Jarvis has a think-piece about the relationship between NPR and its affiliates. It's more of a "this is what I think" than a "this is what I know" piece in that it suggests the role of affiliates as content producers/distributors is ebbing. That's not really true. NPR only control four public radio shows in the nation. And affiliates have increasingly been turning to new ways to distribute their content to other public radio stations. It also suggests an increase chasm between NPR and its affiliates, when actually that long-standing angst has lessened significantly in recently years. Arguably, there's been more symbiosis than in recent years.

10:00 a.m. Dave Edwards, the chairman of the board of NPR is about to hold a conference call. I'm live blogging it here.

Edwards: The board accepted Vivian Schiller's resignation last night. It was a difficult decision for the board to accept. She came to NPR at a time of great economic difficulty and led the board back from enormous financial challenges.

10:04 a.m.: Edwards: The organization has faced significant challenges. Vivian is not responsible for the mistakes that were made, but the CEO of any organization is responsible for the actions.

10:06 a.m. - Joyce Slocum, the VP of legal affairs for NPR, is now in charge pending a search for a new CEO.

Edwards: It was the wisest decision we could make.

Q: We're hearing from critics of NPR that NPR has a problem and that its executives don't understand how to conduct themselves in ways that are consistent with NPR's mission. What do you think about that?

A: Edwards: When I watched a portion of the video that I saw yesterday -- I'm told its two hours in length and was edited -- but I have to tell you watching that video, I felt that the comments being made were so opposite, so ... I cannot tell you how much it bothered to me to my core as to what was being said. What was being expressed there has never been expressed to me by anybody from the NPR staff, the NPR board. NPR, I believe, is a welcoming organization to a variety of viewpoints.

Q: Obviously the comments crossed the line. But either he accepted it or he was telling the donors what they wanted to hear to get their money. In either case, there's a question of a management culture.
A: Edwards: We have a responsibility as an organization to point out we don't support those kinds of views. The comments we made yesterday should telegraph that and the decision to part company with Vivian Schiller should demonstrate that.

Q: Who in the leadership team are you referring to when you say you have confidence in them?
A: Edwards: The board's primary responsibility is always with the CEO. We are very comfortable with Joyce Slocum moving into this position in an interim capacity simply because she has a relationship with the leadership team and knows what's going on.

Every member of the adminsitrative team in place, including the interim VP of news, we feel is an absolutely incredible team of individuals who care deeply about the future of news and the future of our industry.

As I have said, we will be establishing a transitional committee with the board to make determinations as to how we move forward.

Q: It's been reported that Vivian was asked to resign.
A: The board had a wideranging conversation last night about what has transpired in recent months and about how the organization needed to move forward. Vivian... offered to step aside if that was the board's will and the board decided that was in the best interest of the organization.

Q: What message does this send to Congress?
A: Everything that has transpired in the last six months has complicated our fight to maintain federal funding. We established a public media collaborative to make the case to Congress for why federal funding is so critical to our industry. That does not change with the departure of Vivian Schiller. The board will continue to make the case that without federal funding, a lot of our public radio/TV stations could go dark.

Q: Has anyone in Congress changed their mind about funding after this
?

A: I haven't talked to anyone in Congress.

Q: Is this the worst threat ?

A: The funding is so absolutely critical as an industry. We have to articulate that in the best way possible.

Q: Do you still have support from Democrats and the Obama adminstration?

A: I would certainly hope so.

Q: Do you feel NPR was unfairly targeted by the filmmaker? Was this an ambush?

A: Edwards: I haven't focused on how it was staged and set up. The process worked. When NPR was originally contacted by this supposed organization, there was a lot of due diligence done when dollars are offered to NPR. In terms of researching the organization, and making sure the organization understood the firewall when any organization offered a donation. That process worked. It was the comments of the individuals at the table -- presuming they weren't edited -- those comments are what ran counter to the way NPR operates and what NPR believes.

Q: By pressuring your CEO to resign, it seems the problem goes beyond one guy who was leaving NPR anyway. Doesn't that mean there's a problem beyond someone who misspoke at a lunch meeting?

A: Edwards: The events that took place created such a distraction that it hindered Vivian Schiller's ability to lead the organization going forward.

Q: This organization was fictitious. I have trouble understanding how due diligence was conducted to the point your VP even met with them?

A: Edwards: This alleged organization contacted NPR development and I would say... it would be appropriate for an NPR executive to have a conversation with a potential donor. But NPR never accepted a check from this organization and I've been told following the luncheon is when the checking began.

Q: Any changes to that process now?

A: The process worked. We're talking about the comments made by an individual at lunch.

Q: There's been criticism that NPR is bowing to the "right" on this. And that it's going to weaken the organization in the long run.
A: I don't believe it weakens the organization at all. People will believe what they want to believe. If people hold certain beliefs strongly enough, I 'm not going to change that. I live in Wisconsin, take a look at the papers. The interim executive team is going to be able to move forward on the initiatives that took place. We continue to be a preeminent news organization. Nothing stops that.

>>> This concludes the conference call. <<<

10:28 a.m. -- Minnpost's David Brauer tweeted today, wondering if Bill Kling could be convinced to step in as NPR's CEO. The response from APM/MPR's communication director, Bill Gray:

I know that Bill plans to remain involved in the continuing evolution of public media in the United States. He hasn't discussed any specifics beyond that with me. And with the NPR development so new I don't think he'd see it as appropriate to speculate around that.

10:45 a.m. - Bill Kling's message to his staff, e-mailed today:

There is no doubt that this is a challenging time for public media on many levels. But we all need to keep reminding ourselves that these problems are National Public Radio's problems - not ours. Do they affect us? Absolutely. Do they threaten our efforts to make the case for the importance of federal funding? Yes. But do they reflect on APM|MPR? No they do not. We have a deep pool of talented people that have built this organization through the years into a recognized leader in the public media industry, and we will retain that reputation for leadership moving forward.

At this time it is incumbent upon us and our public media partners to step up and provide counsel and leadership to the system as it begins its recovery from these events on the national level. We also need to remember the most important focus of all - the 900 thousand listeners to our regional services and 16 million listeners to our national programming that tune us in each week.



10:49 a.m. - Vivian Schiller talked to writers of the New York Times' Media Decoder blog:

"I obviously had no prior knowledge" of the executive's comments, "and nothing to do with them, and disavowed them as soon as I learned of them all. But I'm the C.E.O., and the buck stops here," she said in an interview Wednesday morning.

She added, "I'm hopeful that my departure from NPR will have the intended effect of easing the defunding pressure on public broadcasting." Ms. Schiller has been campaigning in recent months against potential funding cuts.

10:56 a.m. - Ron Schiller, the former NPR development boss whose comments led to Vivian Schiller's (no relation) resignation, was leaving NPR anyway to take a job with the Aspen Institute. He has now decided not to take that job.

11:34 a.m. - NPR's Talk of the Nation is going to pick up the discussion during today's show.

11:40 a.m. - MPR doesn't carry the Diane Rehm show but you can find today's broadcast with NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard on the Schiller firing here. Other guests were:

Tucker Carlson political commentator and founder of The Daily Caller
Patrick Butler President and C.E.O of the Association of Public Television Stations
Brooke Gladstone host of "On The Media"
David Edwards director and general manager, WUWM Milwaukee Public Radio
chair of the NPR board
Stephen Moore member of the Wall Street Journal's editorial board.
Paul Farhi Staff writer at the Washington Post covering media

1:28 p.m. - NPR's ombudsman, Alicia Shepard, really let's NPR have it.


He's right. Schiller comes across as an effete, well-educated, liberal intellectual - just exactly the stereotype that critics long have used against NPR and other bastions of the news media. It's also a stereotype that NPR journalists try hard to combat every day in their newsgathering.

One has to wonder why NPR's head of development and another senior staffer would meet with a prospective donor who had no history of philanthropy and nothing more than a phony web site as credentials. Don't they research potential donors?

People at NPR yesterday were angry and dazed by this episode, which is just the latest in a series of events that put the company in the worst possible light. Doesn't anyone in NPR's top management think of the consequences before they act?

1:41 p.m. - Shepard has just concluded a "chat" at the Washington Post site. Not much new, but this is probably the essence of it:

Q.How many Republicans work for NPR?

A. Don't know. I wasn't asked that when I joined NPR. And I'm not sure it's relevant. Diversity is more than political beliefs. I'm more interested in how many people NPR has working for it who have blue collar backgrounds, or were in the military, or come from Nebraska.

2:01 p.m. - David Edwards, the NPR Board Chair is now address reporters at public radio stations around the country. I'm live blogging this, too. I'm not going to retype all of his previous comments but I will relay the questions and answers.

Q: How does NPR need to be repositioned?

A: The series of events of the last six months have become a distraction and the board felt it hindered her ability lead the organization.

Q: How does NPR begin to clean up the damage that's been done to the stations who have had nothing to do with this?

A: There are clearly challenges we face. I manage a public radio station in Milwaukee and we've been careful to explain our relationship with NPR. NPR has to make clear that we're an organization that has strong corporate values....we're obviously a very important journalistic organization to the American people. We must have credibility at all times, and we have a very strong executive team in place.

Q: Do you feel Schiller leaves NPR in a more difficult situation than when she arrived?

A: The difficulties are different; I don't know which are worse. She accomplished a lot. We're much further ahead. The collaboration between NPR and stations in journalism and fundraising are in far better shape now than they were two years ago. I don't want to give the impression that Vivian was not an effective leader.

Q: Are you confident that the tape that's out there is complete and accurate?

A: I have not see the two hours. I have to believe that it's somewhat of a portrayal.

Q:There's a feeling among a segment of Americans that NPR has a political bias, and it's not just a few people. How do you combat that?

A: What I heard (on the tape) bothered me to my core. I've been in this business for a long time and I like many of us embrace the values of an organization and an industry that is open to a wide variety of views. They were clearly the views of an individual. Those views are not representing any of the views of anyone inside the company. I found them to be repulsive.

2:13 p.m. Q:Is NPR going to provide training to staff about expressing personal opinions in public?

A: We've asked for a review of our news ethics policy. We obviously have to have a sensitivity to the comments that are shared with different publics.

2:16 p.m. - Q: Do we have a solid top level management team?

A: We have individuals who bring a wide variety of experience. Joyce Slocum has extensive legal experience, the director of news has been in the business for decades. I believe that there is a strong team in place. Once a new CEO is on board, it will be up to that person to take a look at the structure.

2:19 p.m. - We had a tough fall in fundraising because of the Juan Williams situation. Are we getting some help from the network? We're a rural station, we get 30 percent of our funding from the CPB.

A: The development team released some material this morning on how stations might want to pitch given this situation. I'll defer to the experts. The head of the public media association are fully engaged in the messaging to members of Congress.

2:21 p.m. - Why the news ethics review when the problem came from your development wing?

A: The ethics review is something the board called for last November. That is purely focusing on news ethics for the organization. That has not changed because of the events of the last few days.

2:27 p.m. - Is there any NPR policy that an organization with ties to Muslim Brotherhood would be considered for a donation?

A: Every donation that is considered is carefully vetted. Anytime a donor calls and says we'd like to talk, we consider that.

2:28 p.m. Why did PBS turn down the conversation altogether?

A: I can't speak for PBS.

>>That concludes the conference call.

4:10 p.m. - Alicia Shepard just tweeted:

"Ron Schiller said in the full two hour Okeefe video he is a Republican, and was raised as a Republican. that didn't make it in video."

5:42 p.m. - Here's David Folkenflik's story recapping the day.

Comment on this post

Hidden-camera filmmaker targets NPR

Posted at 1:37 PM on March 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Media

(Updating to add NPR comment)

A conservative filmmaker says he's caught the NPR's foundation senior vice president on video saying liberals are more fair and balanced and conservatives are anti-intellectual. In James O'Keefe's video, Ron Schiller notes he's only giving a "personal opinion," but he does so while meeting as an NPR executive with two men who portrayed followers of the Muslim Brotherhood anxious to give $5 million to NPR.

Schiller also says NPR would be better off in the long run without federal funding.

Schiller joined NPR last year as its chief fundraiser after leaving a VP position at the University of Chicago.

He's leaving NPR, too. Last week, the Aspen Institute announced it is hiring him.

Update 1:55 p.m. NPR's response:

The fraudulent organization represented in this video repeatedly pressed us to accept a $5 million check, with no strings attached, which we repeatedly refused to accept.

We are appalled by the comments made by Ron Schiller in the video, which are contrary to what NPR stands for.

Mr. Schiller announced last week that he is leaving NPR for another job.

Schiller's leaving NPR has nothing to do with the video, according to NPR.

Comment on this post

NPR boss at National Press Club

Posted at 11:59 AM on March 7, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Vivian Schiller, the president of NPR (formerly "National Public Radio"), is speaking today to the National Press Club. It's one of her first major public appearances since the senior news editor at NPR was forced to resign in the wake of the Juan Williams controversy. Her appearance also comes at Congress considers chopping funding for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

I'm live blogging her speech (12 p.m.) and Q&A session, which is being broadcast on MPR's Midday.

12 p.m. - We're underway with the usual introductions. Mark Hamrick, president of the Press Club notes that this isn't the first financial crisis Schiller has faced at NPR. When she took over, companies were cutting, including their donations and underwriting, and NPR was laying off employees.

12:05 p.m. - Schiller: Begins by reading e-mail from an NPR reporter who made their way into Libya. "We basically pushed our way in, we walked across the border and were lucky to find people to drive us.... everywhere else we've gone, we've been treated with cheers and shouts. This is a country that hasn't been exposed to western media. They were desperate to have their stories told. Everyone was stunned to see us."

"I have never been prouder to be a journalist," the email said.

Schiller: "It is at the core of NPR's mission."

12:08 p.m. - It's been 44 years since CPB was established. "That was a time when the Big Three broadcast networks had foreign bureaus all over the world, and deep reporting staffs. Even then there was concern commercial interests would drive the networks away from news.... The economics of the news business are undergoing seismic change. Demand for the news had never been higher, and yet mainstream news organizations continue to cut back resources for news, particularly at the local level."

12:11 p.m. - "We stay on the story when everyone else moves on," she says. She notes reporters are still covering the West Virginia mine disaster, the Gulf oil spill, and the brain injuries of soldiers.

12:13 p.m. - "The audience at NPR radio is growing and has been growing." Public radio listening in the top 50 audience is at an all-time high. The average listener listens for six hours a week.

12:18 p.m. - "Our coverage has its critics; we're working to expand diversity of sources and we're paying aggressive attention to our ethical decision making," Schiller says. "We hope to deliver in even larger following in the country.

12:19 p.m. - She outlines the funding model for NPR. "We are successful because of the investment the American public has made in public media in 40 years and the way we've been able to leverage that investment to broaden support -- listeners, corporate underwriters... philanthropic individuals and institutions... and continued government funding." Grants to stations from CPB represent 10 percent of the public radio station economy.

12:20 p.m. - The 10 percent government funding is critical to generating the other 90 percent, she says. "It is through diversity of funding that we are able to maintain journalistic independence," she said.

12: 22 p.m.
- Schiller takes a shot at punditry. For some reason, I remember this wonderful segment, which made a young man who wanted to go into journalism, sit up and take notice:

12:25 p.m. - She ends her remarks by mentioning this riveting interview:

QUESTION AND ANSWER SESSION

Q: Let's get the Juan Williams issue dealt with. You've had five months to reflect on how it transpired. What can you tell people about the way it transpired and how you might have done it differently?

A: We handled the situation badly. We acted too hastily and we made some mistakes and I made some mistakes. The key is to fix systems that fell down on that day. That's the learning experience.

Q: Is there a process in place reviewing that?

A: There were some processes that were followed and we have fixed them.

Q: Do you think you've moved past it?

A: There was some communications issues that didn't work quite as they should have. Since October, we have undertaken a thorough review of our code of ethics to make sure it's clear, up to date with the reality of media in 2011, and is consistently applied. It was created in 2004, so we've finished a process led by Bob Steele, the DePaul expert on journalism ethics, and we'll be making changes.

We are going to be creating a new position at NPR -- a standards editor, who is on top of all the other checks and balances.

Q: The task force has called for an end to NPR journalists appearing elsewhere. How will this affect Mara Liasson and Cokie Roberts?

A: We embrace the notion of NPR journalists appearing on other media. The task force has recommended ending the practice of having long-term relationships between journalists and other news organizations can be confusing. We're not ready to make specific statements about individuals.

Q: Juan Williams was the only black male heard on NPR. What's being done about the lack of diversity?

A: This is a very big priority for us. We have a number of initiatives underway to further diversify our staff, our reporters, the people we interview, and our audience. We've made progress but it's not nearly enough. (She references this article)

Q: Is there a political imbalance at NPR?

A: I wish people could be in our editorial meetings and see the care our journalists take to get it right. We want journalism that reflects no political bias. We tell stories about areas that almost no other news organization is covering. I ask them to point to specific stories and when they do, we take them very seriously.

Q: Is it a perception issue?

A: There's no question it's a perception issue. I take much more seriously when someone says, "I have a problem with this story." When we get a complaint, we take those very seriously.

Q: What is NPR doing to seek diverse talent outside of the j-schools, and the mainstream dailies?

A: We have a reporting farm team, represented by the affiliation stations. (Bob notes: I'm not sure I like the idea of being referred to as a farm team. I believe Martin Kaste and Kitty Eisele are the only MPR people to go to work for NPR, for what that's worth.)

Q: What can you talk about the Gabrielle Giffords' reporting error.

A: It was a mistake, plain and simple. There was no excuse for prematurely reporting her death. We take that matter extremely seriously. We've done a post mortem, we've evaluated processes. I wouldn't say it represents anything more than the one mistake it is.

Background: Slow down NPR (American Journalism Review)

Q: How high is the risk of the deficit cutting environment?

A: It's a significant risk and is a risk to all of public broadcasting. For many public radio stations, it's a much higher percentage (than 10%) of revenue. On top of that, there is state funding as well. It (cutting) would have a big impact on public radio's ability to deliver news or, in the case of TV, presentation of the arts.

Q: How does the liberal perception impact the current debate?

A: This country is facing a $1.4 trillion deficit. I believe that this is driven mostly by an attempt to find cuts to the deficit. That's certainly understandable, but the small amount of money that goes for public broadcasting, and the very large amount of money that small amount of money leverages... is too critical to give up.

Q: What sets this apart from other Republican-led efforts to defund NPR?

A: The deficit.

Q: Why doesn't NPR become a self-funded organizatin?

A: If federal dollars went away, the ability to serve the public to provide universal aspect with free over-the-air information... we would be retreating. You can't isolate funding for this one entity or this station. It is the network effect that strengthens us. Not just the big distributors on radio, but PBS, and local TV stations. You pull out one thread and the whole thing unravels.

Q: Can you talk about listening to radio growing up? And what do you listen to now other than NPR?

A: I grew up in New York so I was listening to AM pop radio. I came late to NPR because for most of the '80s, I was living abroad. I started listening when dating my husband and had just moved back into the country. He had NPR on and that was it. I was hooked to NPR and hooked to him.

Q: NPR engineers complain they're being made obsolete and the audio is suffering.

A: Audio is essential to us. There is a unique quality that's hard to describe. We are not forsaking our heritage, although there has been a reduction in audio engineers. We have fewer audio engineers going to do field reporting. In those cases, perhaps, you're not hearing the same richness of sound and layering, but we're not hearing complaints.

Q: Couldn't NPR raise money by becoming a private company. Why not just air commercials and move on?

A: That's not public radio (Bob: It's also not allowed by the law). We'd like to have more radio from private interests, but the fact is we have no plans to become a commercial enterprise. It's not who we are; we're on the non-commercial end of the radio spectrum.

Q: Your Web site is obviously a rich site. What is your vision for the future? And what aren't you trying to do? Are you staying away from video?

A: NPR.org is just one piece of our whole digital strategy. Our goal is simple: To provide more sources of that to more people. We must be available wherever the audience is. Even though they're listening to radio in record numbers, we also know they're on other devices. In the next year, we'll be rolling out plans to make sure that we provide all of that to our member stations so all of our stations can be as robust on their Web sites and we all are on the radio.

Q: Is there a downside risk?

A: The only risk in all of this is if we ignore what the audience wants.

Q: Have all the positions you eliminated been restored?

A: No. The team made the right decision. Instead of cutting everyone, two shows were cut. In so doing, the rest of the newsgathering operation were not only spared, but we began to modestly invest in those programs. Those investments haven't reached the level of the people laid off from those two shows, but where we invest will be to have more foreign correspondents and more reporters on the beat.

Schiller gets the traditional NPC mug, signifying the end of her presentation.

Update 3:18 p.m. - Current.org reports on the NPR task force report that includes "reining in punditizing."

Comment on this post

The [NEW] Good Life in Minnesota

Posted at 3:47 PM on March 3, 2011 by Molly Bloom (2 Comments)
Filed under: Life, Media

This image was taken nearly 40 years ago,:

wendy anderson.jpg

So it's probably time for an update, no?

Lars Leafblad is an incredibly well-connected Twin Cities businessman who is keenly interested in innovation and thinks a lot about why Minnesota is great and how it could be better.

In a recent interview with The Line Leafblad says that it's time to start thinking differently about what defines the Minnesota identity:

When you think of this region, there are so many great ingredients in the pot, but what hasn't emerged is a clear image. Remember the cover story on our state in Time magazine in 1973--"The Good Life in Minnesota"? The cover photo was Governor Wendell Anderson by a lake with a northern pike in his hand. It was Time's shot, of course, and I think people interpreted "the good life in Minnesota" in a lot of ways--but many people could say, that photo visualizes on a very visceral level why we love this place...


We're in a "white-paper" community. We have a lot of smart, well-educated people here, thinking and creating. We produce white papers and task forces and reports and strategic plans. But is there an image, a visualization of what we're trying to become? It would be interesting to try to come up with it. Maybe as a contest. What's the new snapshot? What's the new cover shot for "The Good Life in Minnesota"?

So what would you put on the cover to capture life in Minnesota? Leave your idea in the comments or share a photo here.

(h/t Andrew Haeg)

Comment on this post

Radio is the new wave, baby

Posted at 2:39 PM on March 2, 2011 by Jon Gordon (0 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Media

These days folks who are trying to make money from the whole digital thing talk about market penetration for smart phones, broadband Internet, social social networking and tablet computers. In 1936 it was all about radio.

radio1.jpg

CBS Radio executives created this gem of a sale pitch designed to persuade advertisers to move their accounts to radio.

"This is probably the dullest story we will tell you about radio," wrote CBS's Victor Ratner. He continues:

It gives you the anonymous millions ... that are the deep source of radio's power. But as you glance through its pages, you may agree with us that even radio's dullest story comes alive with the immense drama of these millions -- within reach of one soft voice.

radio2.jpg

More than 9 of 10 Americans owned a "wireless" in 1936. In 2010, 96 percent of young adults owned wireless phones.

(ht/ BoingBoing.net)
(Flickr photos by j_barry)

Comment on this post

Debate: Should CPB be funded?

Posted at 1:06 PM on February 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Add category, Media, Politics

It'll be a short debate -- a half hour or less -- but an important one on NPR's Talk of the Nation.

Participating in the broadcast:

Rep. Earl Blumenauer (D-OR). He supports federal funding for public broadcasting.
Rep. Doug Lamborn (R-CO). He thinks it should be eliminated.
Tom Rosenstiel, director of the Pew Research Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism, who will provide context of the role of public broadcasting in the media landscape.

1:08 p.m. - Lamborn: "When we get to the reality of actual programs getting reduced, people get uncomfortable. Everyone will have something in this budget where they're not going to be happy. We have to share this with Americans to get our house in order.

Conan says it's a small drop in the bucket. Lamborn says if we used that approach, nothing would ever get done.

"Zero seems like a lot, too," Conan replied.

1:09 p.m. - Lamborn: "I'm fan of public broadcasting. There are a number of programs that have a lot of quality. It would be an adjustment, honestly, but I do think the future is bright for public broadcasting should it become private broadcasting. Because of the quality, there will be a way forward. It'll mean scrambling and finding new sources of revenue, but I really do think there is a bright future for public broadcasting."

1:11 p.m. - Conan asks if government should be involved if there isn't a market in the private sector for arts programming. "If there isn't a market in the private sector, should it exist?" Lamborn replies.

1:12 p.m. - Conan asks, "Don't Republicans believe funding CPB is funding the enemy?"

"I don't know what people are thinking," Lamborn replies. "My bill was in existence before Juan Williams' firing took place. "

Caller (Oswego NY): - "This is taking information away from Americans when you should be more involved in providing information."

"No one is talking about eliminating CPB or NPR," Lamborn says. "We're just talking about not having the taxpayers pay for it. The taxpayer can't keep paying for everything. This cannot continue."

Caller (Philadelphia): "Maybe it is time to cut it. I'd never object to advertising on public TV or public radio. If they need the funding, by all means do it. I would give more if I knew the government was cutting it."

Are the votes there. "Last night at midnight, we beat back the main challenge -- an amendment to eliminate the reduction of funding," Lamborn says. "That was defeated. We had a back-and-forth at midnight."

(Lamborn cut loose)

Enter Tom Rosenstiel.

1:17 p.m. - There are only 31 all-news commercial radio stations left in the U.S. There's really not any street reporting still taking place in commercial radio. On public radio, there was 31% -- in a study -- of the stories on public radio involving international news. On commercial radio, it was 4%.

1:20 p.m. - Rep. Earl Blumenauer. "They wouldn't allow my amendments to come to a vote. They disallowed it on a technicality even though Republicans have routinely waived points of order for their things."

1:21 p.m. - Blumenauer says his idea was to steer subsidies to major oil companies to public broadcasting. He says it's an ideological reason for cutting. "We've seen this movie before," he said. "It has long been an agenda. What's different is up to now we've had a core of Republican supporters who've said, 'this is crazy.'"

1:23 p.m. - Why not just sell advertising? "It's not commercially viable? It costs 11 times to serve Burns, Oregon as it does the Portland area."

If local listeners won't support it, why should taxpayers, an e-mailer asks.

"The money is a small amount," Blumenauer says. "And it is highly leveraged. All of this educational content we revere, you look at the commercial stations, they're not producing commercial-free entertainment. The stuff is made to sell things to kids, not to educate them."

1:25 p.m. Conan asks if poor people are losing heating assistance, shouldn't public broadcasting be on the table, too? "It is on the table," Blumenauer says. "But for less than half a cent a day, this is part of the essential infrastructure of the nation. We need it if we're going to educate and inform them. The real money is going to be defense, and social services. That's where the money is. Tying up the argument over a half a cent a day is a terrible mistake."

Blumenauer is cut loose.

1:27 p.m. - Rosenstiel says there is more news on commercial TV than before. "There's more foreign news on PBS," he says. "Cable news on television tends to take one or two stories of the week and double it. The biggest story is talked about even more. So you have a very narrow range of subjects on cable TV and it's typically something with an ideological edge. Lindsay Lohan should get less coverage on cable news because there's no ideological divide.

Emailer: "One of my concerns is that CPB is a distraction. It's a feel-good moment. If Congress made major cuts and then said "we had to cut CPB," I'd feel it was genuine. But to start with CPB?

Another emailer: "We all have to give up something to balance the budget."

1:29 P.M. - What would happen if 50% CPB were cut? "It would hurt NPR less than local markets," Rosenstiel says. "NPR, which is the political target here, is going to survive. If this is a political fight, there'll be a lot of collateral damage at the local level."

Caller from New Hampshire says funding for public broadcasting is being zeroed out there.

"Lots of things are being cut," Rosenstiel. "Gradually public broadcasting has moved away from state funds. It does two things different: Because you're not tied to commercial audiences, you operate more on a long-term strategy. In the '90s as commercial audiences shrank, the programming became more tabloid and crime was the top subject even though crime was going down. None of that staunched the loss of audience. Public broadcasting has seen its audience grow because they stuck with it. Radio... NPR has seen an enormous growth because it's doing things that can't be found anywhere else."

1:35 p.m. - Conan notes there are several places to get multiple public broadcasting stations. Rosenstiel says the stations end up targeting, becoming all news or all music.

1:36 p.m. Caller:"We have to fund the things that are important. Social Security and Medicaid are the important thing. I listen to public radio every day, it's just not a priority right now. "

That concludes the segment. Audio will be posted later. Comments open below.

Comment on this post

House committee may investigate NPR

Posted at 4:40 PM on February 16, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Time to reopen the great CPB debate.

There's a line of thought among those who oppose public funding of radio and TV that goes beyond the traditional "they're too liberal." It says that if you create a link between the government and a broadcast operation, sooner or later the government will get involved in the editorial content.

The reality is that the government -- by way of the FCC -- already is involved in content requirements but for the most part, politicians are at an arm's length.

Until now.

Broadcasting and Cable magazine reports that a House committee wants to investigate the editorial standards of National Public Radio:

The House Energy & Commerce Committee plans to "examine certain editorial and employment standards and practices at NPR," as part of its communications oversight, according to a committee oversight plan, a copy of which was supplied to B&C. It cites "recent controversies involving NPR."

Those would be the firing of commentator Juan Williams, an ensuing investigation into that firing, and the resignation of the person who made that decision, Ellen Weiss, NPR Senior VP, News, It also plans to investigate the financing of the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which provides funds to NPR and PBS, to determine whether that funding should continue.

By the way, tomorrow on NPR's Talk of the Nation (around 1 p.m. CT for you MPR listeners), there will be a discussion on the future of public broadcasting.

Comment on this post

Free local baseball on TV disappears

Posted at 3:05 PM on February 16, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Media

For a few decades now, the long-tradition of over-the-air broadcasts of major league baseball games has been disappearing. Today, an announcement from Fox Sports North (FSN) suggests, the era is just about over.

The network and the team announced that all Minnesota Twins games -- except for a few that are on the national Fox broadcasts -- will be on cable. There will be no local over-the-air partner for the team.

It's a trend that's not exclusive to baseball, of course. Last month, the Los Angeles Lakers announced that starting next year, there'll be no more "free access" to its games on TV.

Comment on this post

The story from Egypt CBS wouldn't tell

Posted at 4:26 PM on February 15, 2011 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Media

You're the national TV network people turn to for news. A million happy protesters are cheering the ouster of President Hosni Mubarak. It's an easy story line to cover. Everybody's happy. So that's the story CBS has told last Friday:

But CBS knew there was a more sinister story to tell, and today its public relations department -- not its news department -- told it. One of its reporters, Lara Logan, was being attacked by more than 200 people who'd been "whipped into a frenzy" by the day's events, according to an account in the New York Times.

After the mob surrounded her, Ms. Logan "suffered a brutal and sustained sexual assault and beating before being saved by a group of women and an estimated 20 Egyptian soldiers," the network said.

Who attacked her? We don't really know. Were they arrested? We don't know. Why did she have to be saved by women? Why didn't the men in the square do something to stop the awful assault? All fine questions. But we don't know.

You're in charge of CBS News. Should you have told the story of what was happening in that square last Friday? Would you have told it if it involved a woman who didn't work for you?

Here's Lara Logan's appearance on Charlie Rose's show a week ago.

"We have seen Lara's compassion at work while helping journalists who have faced brutal aggression while doing their jobs," Committee to Protect Journalists chairman Paul Steiger said this afternoon. "She is a brilliant, courageous, and committed reporter. Our thoughts are with Lara as she recovers."

Comment on this post

Live coverage of a stroke?

Posted at 10:55 AM on February 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

There's an awful story developing out of Los Angeles today, made worse by the initial viral nature of this video by people who at first thought it was funny. CBS reporter Serene Branson stumbled badly during a live report during the Grammy awards last night, giving every outward sign she was having a stroke.

(Update 2:21 p.m. - CBS is working hard to get all video of the incident taken down. As usual on the Internet, it pops up in different places every time they succeed in shutting one down.)

Unfortunately, we don't have anything more on the story except that Branson has been hospitalized. The station's Web site says nothing about the incident.

Update 1:02 p.m. - Station Web site says no hospitalization.

Comment on this post

CPB funding issue caught in middle of an old debate

Posted at 1:50 PM on February 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (50 Comments)
Filed under: Media

I have not written about the effort to strip the Corporation for Public Broadcasting of its funding for a couple of reasons. First, I have an obvious interest in the outcome and I try not to write about the obvious. Two, I don't want to be appearing to shill for the home team, although my banishment from the airwaves during pledge drives should give me more street cred on the subject than I have (I swear I was only joking when I said I'd shoot a puppy if you didn't call now). And three, the danger is the discussion surrounding it will lead to the typical -- and frankly, tiring -- debate between the right and left -- another political battle to be won by one side or the other. A lot of truths and facts get lost in those sorts of discussions.

But NPR and PBS picked up an ally today that may not help their cause that much.

US News' Washington Whispers reports today that MoveOn has mobilized its considerable -- and liberal -- members against the zeroing out of the CPB's funding.

It may well have become an ideological battle anyway, but the opportunity to go head-to-head with MoveOn is the stuff some politicians use to fill the campaign war chests.

Somewhat lost in that usual skirmish is a national dialogue about why the United States created public broadcasting in the first place, whether the U.S. still has an interest in how its people are informed, and whether it makes budgetary sense in 2011. Maybe the answer is yes, maybe the answer is no but it's only going to be answered with calmer and quieter voices that usually get shouted down when the far left and far right do their thing.

Fred Rogers' testimony before Congress decades ago about the need for two men to work out their differences could've been an apt metaphor in the debate.

I'll leave the comments area open. Prove me wrong.

Comment on this post

Book closed on open sore

Posted at 12:42 PM on February 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

levy.jpgChandra Levy's killer was given a 60-year prison term today.

She was a Capitol Hill intern and her killing was a media sensation until it wasn't anymore.

Who killed her?

a) Rep. Gary Condit
b) Ingmar Guandique

If you guessed "b," you probably didn't pay much attention to the news coverage, which determined that Condit -- no saint, here -- probably did it. Except he didn't.

It took the Washington Post to do the job should've done, and reported the story the way the media should've reported it. As it turned out, the cops were being pushed by the media; the tail was wagging the dog.

Comment on this post

Local writer makes a funny about AOL's Patch, HuffPo

Posted at 12:49 PM on February 7, 2011 by Jon Gordon (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The acquisition of Huffington Post by AOL (Does anyone say 'America Online' anymore, or is it a 'We're not National Public Radio we're just NPR now' thing?) gave Dan Haugen an idea.

tweet.jpg

Now that Huffington Post, a site that sometimes make insignificant stories look like big news, is owned by the same company that owns Patch, a network of hyper-local news sites, what if Patch adopted the design aesthetic of HuffPo? Voila! Haugen's Fridley Patch is born, HuffPo-style.

fridleyhuffpatch11.jpg

I can't figure out what's being made fun of more, Patch or Huffington Post.

BTW, here's the real Fridley Patch.

Do you read a local Patch site? You like?

Comment on this post

Teen death story igniting media feud in central Minnesota

Posted at 2:50 PM on January 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

There's quite a media spat playing out in the Alexandria area following the death last weekend of a teenager, which some said was a suicide, and which his family said was a known medical condition (I wrote about this on News Cut earlier this week).

What we know is that Lance Lundsten is dead. What we don't know is why.

Several media in the area cited his friends in stories saying Lundsten was bullied for being gay, and that may have contributed to a suicide. The teen's father called media saying the coroner told him the death was due to an enlarged heart.

On that, the Alexandria Echo Press reported the death was because of a medical condition. KSAX, the local ABC affiliate in Alexandria, noted the father's story, but then quoted the coroner:

Douglas County Medical Examiner Dr. Mark Spanbauer said the preliminary autopsy report showed the teen did not die from an enlarged heart.

The teen's heart was slightly enlarged, but that finding was a secondary finding to an undetermined cause, according to Spanbauer.

Spanbauer said what actually caused Lundsten's heart to slightly swell was not yet known, as the final autopsy report was still in progress.

The Echo Press newspaper stayed with the father's version of the story, but then amped up the dispute with a blistering editorial against KSAX and Facebook.

Unfortunately, whipped up by the Facebook frenzy, the distorted story of Lundsten's death took on a life of its own. A TV station reported about the Facebook speculations and it snowballed quickly from there, getting reported by other media outlets as well - a sad case of media reporting what other media were reporting, even though it was untrue.

Some Jefferson High School students threatened a walk out, believing the school wasn't taking the bullying issue seriously enough.

Anti-bullying groups were quick to pick up on the death, spreading the story further. U.S. Senator Al Franken called attention to the incident to drum up support for anti-bullying legislation. Images of Lundsten connected to headlines of bullying and suicide popped up all over the Internet - even on a website in France.

It shouldn't have happened this way.

Echo Press editor Al Edenloff confirmed today the newspaper hasn't contacted the coroner, but based its editorial on the statement from the dead teen's family:

According to Lance's family, the coroner said Lance had cardiac edema and that no other contributing factor had been found during the preliminary investigation (note the word "preliminary"). The family said that all of the prescription pills in the home had been accounted for and there was no indication of drug use. However, as we stated in our story, it will take six to eight weeks for the complete toxicology results are determined. The KSAX story squares, in part, with what the family told us -- that Lance had cardiac edema. No one knows the exact cause of death yet, which the coroner also told KSAX. The cause won't be determined for another six to eight weeks and no one knows what that will reveal. We talked to the family on Tuesday morning and KSAX talked at the coroner at a later date. Its story came out Wednesday. To answer your question directly: No, we did not contact the coroner because at this point, no one, including him, knows the cause of death yet. We do know, however, that the coroner told the family Lance had cardiac edema and that's what we reported. We will be contacting the coroner when the results come back.

That requires a response from Christi Jessee, the news director if KSAX.

I find it very hypocritical that the Echo Press accuses KSAX-TV of reporting rumor and speculation, when it seems to be knowingly perpetuating it. Selective facts have been reported, but the most important facts released by official sources in this case are, deliberately it seems, ignored. The truth is not always comfortable. But journalists should not ignore facts in an effort to comfort a grieving family.

Dr. Spanbauer was not available when MPR News attempted to contact him today.

Comment on this post

In times of tragedy, a glimpse into our culture

Posted at 12:33 PM on January 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Religion, Science

giffords_ambulance.jpg

This was as close a look at Rep. Gabrielle Giffords as anybody got today when she was transferred from the University of Tucson Medical Center to a waiting aircraft for a trip to a Houston rehab center. But that didn't stop people from gathering along the route.

Giffords' recovery from the tragic shooting that claimed six lives nearly two weeks ago is certainly heartwarming. It's a story that needs no embellishment, and yet it continues to get it.

"Why is so much of the expression around this so excessive?" Kerri Miller of MPR's Midmorning asked today. In particular, she focused on the assertion that Giffords' recovery is "a miracle."

"In part, it's because we are so disappointed, so taken aback by the horror of the events, that we want to have some kind of moral balance," ethicist Art Caplan said. "The flourishing the of the miracle language starts to be an antidote to the evil of the shooting. We want redemption. We want that event transformed into something positive, and one way to do it is to use religiously-tinged language about the recovery to get that redemption."

Caplan said the same word was used -- at least in the American press -- during the rescue of the miners in Chile. The European press, on the other hand, focused on the science of it. "I don't think it's an accident," Caplan said. "We tend to get religiously tinged language It's reaching out for that divine or religious theme as part of how we interpret and make sense of our world. It's just been the culture."

Deborah Tannen, the professor of linguistics at Georgetown University, says it's a glimpse into our culture..

"Anytime we confront a terrifying, unexpected death, in our daily life and public figures... what's overwhelming is the lack of control. Something happens suddenly that we have no control over, we couldn't foresee, and everything falls apart. We find ways to think about it that make sense," she said. "When people talk about how they met their spouse, they're horrified to think, 'Had I not gone to that party, my whole life would be different.' So they talk about it in terms of divine intervention."

Reader Jennifer Zick -- a scientist, she says -- responded to today's broadcast. "I agree with Art's comments about not wanting to take away people's hope in these situations, but I definitely think this language is overused. I, for one, do prefer to look at these situations as the result of determinism, because that is in fact the only explanation with any supporting evidence. It also avoids the trap of having to explain the counter situation -- if god is intervening in Giffords' care, why didn't he save the other victims?"

Listener Doug Bieniek of Duluth, however, says he could barely stand the show:


Forgive my impudence, but neither the host, nor the guests have the slightest understanding of the concepts involved with true believers operating in faith. For secular folks such as those on your show to try to discuss a miracle and discover meaning in such a concept is like asking a laborer in the fields to repair the damage Mrs. Giffords suffered. Frankly, it was abundantly clear you had no idea where to begin to talk about such a topic.
Folks are habituated to assigning religious terms to things they do not understand and often throw such terms around devoid the very high value our Creator and the faithful place upon them. They use them without the foundation necessary to grasp such concepts and more often than not misuse and abuse such terms, even going so far as to turn some of these sacred terms into cursing.

Let me explain, to breathe is a miracle. That I may grasp a pencil, or type this message and send it to you is no less a miracle. That Mrs. Giffords should recover from her wounds through the work of all those people around her is still, a miracle. The secular definition of a gift from a Creator God is ridiculous. If one can accept through faith where the power for such things comes from, it is an easy leap to the real truth of all things.

There are all kinds of rock stars in the bible. The difference, however, is those operating with a faithful understanding know where to point the adulation when it comes their way. One can look to science for the truth, but it only reflects the great power of the One God who created all things in the first place. To think differently, in my view, is arrogant and one dimensional. If you are not able to see past the science, which is a created thing, one can never hope to truly understand truth.


Here's the whole show.

Of course, everyone processes events differently. Some people invoke a divine intervention, others sell their toys:

Comment on this post

More gaffes revealed in incorrect Giffords report

Posted at 2:13 PM on January 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The story of how NPR botched the Tucson shooting story by falsely reporting that Rep. Gabrielle Giffords was dead is getting more curious.

NPR's ombudsman, Alicia Shepard, has the nearly unbelievable story of the pain the false report caused, including the insistence from NPR that its two sources trumped Giffords' mother, outside the operating room:

NPR correspondent Ted Robbins is based in Tucson. He was at the scene Jan. 8 when his cell phone rang shortly after NPR aired at 2:01 p.m. EST that Giffords died. The call was a friend, who is also a friend of Giffords.

The friend was sitting outside the hospital operating room with Giffords' mother Gloria, holding her hand.

"Please tell them to stop reporting she is dead," he begged Robbins. "She is in surgery."

Robbins immediately called NPR but was told NPR was sticking to the story since it had two sources.

Scott Simon, who is apparently a friend of the Giffords family, also got a call:

"I couldn't fathom how cops or pols would know more than the hospital," said Simon. "Two sources who are not in a position to know something are not reliable sources."

Good question and one that NPR has refused to answer. It has yet to reveal who the source in the sheriff's office was or what congressperson's office is the knowledgeable second source and, moreover, why either one was deemed more reliable than the source outside the operating room with a name and a close connection to the subject at hand.

Comment on this post

A good fairy tale gone bad

Posted at 5:04 PM on January 12, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It was only a matter of time before we in the media kicked over that pedestal that we put Ted Williams on. He's the homeless guy with the great voice who, up until six people got killed at an Arizona grocery store, was the obsession of the news media.

After getting into a domestic altercation with his daughter the other day, Williams, who had told the media last week that he's sobered up and is clean, is heading for rehab. He's admitted that he's still drinking.

There were a lot of opportunities for the media to take a serious look at the story they were building last week -- the difficulty of reintegrating into a non-homeless world, the likelihood that he was being used by companies throwing around job offers, the problems dealing with fame -- and the media would have none of it. It would have ruined the fairy tale that never actually existed. Escaping homelessness is more complicated.

In other news, Ted Williams is getting a dental makeover:

Comment on this post

Captain America fights suicide

Posted at 1:01 PM on January 12, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

capt_america.jpg

It can't hurt, but is a comic book about suicide likely to prevent any?

Marvel Comics today released an app as part of "an effort to help raise awareness of suicide prevention."

The company, however, is releasing the app for the iPad and iPhone only. Droid users, for example, are out of luck, although there is an online version. But I'm not sure this is what you want to see when you've reached the point of desperation...

america_error.jpg

There's no dialogue in the comic (except for the last page). There's a tall building, a bad report card, a note from a parent that isn't helpful, a text message from someone urging the reader, presumably, not to call anymore. It's not hard to figure out what's going on.

capt_america_note.jpg

Then comes some weird intervention by Captain America against a bunch of people on another building's roof. Why they all have bazookas and weapons, I'm not sure; perhaps they're life's demons:

capt_america_attack.jpg

If only life were that easy. At the end of the comic, the number appears for a suicide hotline: 1-800-273-8255.

Perhaps in the next episode, Captain America will take on the fact when parents often call for help for their in-crisis children in Minnesota, they're told there are no juvenile psychiatric beds available. Fixing that reality will take a real superhero.

Comment on this post

How NPR pronounced Gabrielle Giffords dead

Posted at 1:52 PM on January 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard has, apparently, spent the last couple of days trying to figure out how NPR allowed a false report onto the air that Rep. Gabrielle Giffords had died.

She's issued her report.

The most interesting observation (at least to this blogger) was an exoneration of NPR's Two Way blog, which also posted the story, but with a disclaimer, Shepard reports:


The incorrect news was also posted on "The Two-Way," NPR's newsblog. It was attributed to an unnamed source in the Pima County Sheriff's office. However, Two-Way blogger Mark Memmott handled the news just right, continually cautioning that the story was erupting in the midst of panic and pandemonium and nothing was certain.

Which demands that someone ask the question, "if it's not certain, why post it, particularly since it did not come with any attribution"?

But in the reality of how blogs work, she's wrong. Unless the blog has been edited, there was no specific caution attached to the news that Giffords was dead. The caution was actually issued at the beginning of the live blog which scrolls to the bottom of a page as newer items are added to the top. That's just the way blogs work, but the as-it-happens blog isn't read like a newspaper story or, for that matter, like any other online story. On a live-blog, any caution, any disclaimer, any information at all that needs to be imparted, needs to be embedded completely within a time-stamped entry.

two_way_blog_giffords.jpg

Other than that, though, Shepard zeroes in correctly:


NPR had two sources, though neither was identified in any way, and should have been. And the newscast should have put the news in context, explaining that a tragedy had just occurred, the story was changing quickly, and this was what NPR knew at that moment.

A critical question for each source was: "How do you know that?"

It turns out that neither source had accurate, first-hand information. The congressional source had heard it in a meeting on Capitol Hill, where undoubtedly rumors and half truths were flying around.

Moran said his information came from "law enforcement sources, a KJZZ reporter and very early reports on NPR.org."

"I felt supremely confident in the two sources I had but unfortunately those sources were relying on other sources, almost like a game of telephone tag," said Moran. "Unfortunately in this case the stakes were extremely high and I'm sick about it."

Typically, in a big, fast-breaking news story like this, senior editors should have been consulted before going on air with devastating news based on sources NPR would not name.

One other note: Shepard reports that NPR correspondent Audie Cornish provided the second source on the report, indicating it came from "a congressman's office." She didn't identify which congressman, but should have.

Shepard also does not wade into the question of using anonymous sources, which is unfortunate. And while she says senior editors at NPR should've been consulted before the story was aired, she doesn't provide an answer to the question of whether NPR's firing (I'm calling it what it was) of Ellen Weiss from the position days earlier was one of the reasons that wasn't done.

Comment on this post

Juan Williams proving NPR's point

Posted at 10:26 AM on January 7, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Over the last few months, I've done a fair amount of defending the notion that journalists have and should be allowed to express informed, fact-based opinions on news, but Juan Williams' reaction to the firing -- sorry, "resignation" -- of the NPR news executive who fired him disproves most of it.

As quoted by Business Insider, Williams assessed National Public Radio this way during an appearance on FoxNews, his current employer:


"They have a culture there is not open to real news, that is not open to all points of view, that is not open to the real world around us and to the many different dynamics, perspectives and life stories that animate America."

Williams never said any such thing when he cashed a paycheck from National Public Radio (now "NPR"), so we can only conclude that his assessment stems not from an informed, fact-based reality, but from lingering hurt feelings about his firing in October. As a news commentator, his assessment of reality is too clouded by his opinion. Hurt feelings do not create an environment from which news insight comes and, at the end of the day, insight is a journalist's job. NPR fired Williams because it felt his feelings similarly prevented him from providing that insight and discredited the organization.

It's possible to be close to a story and have an opinion, though (and is anybody seriously doubting that in their private moments, everybody who works at NPR has an opinion on the firing of Ellen Weiss yesterday?). One need only look at -- surprise -- NPR to see how good journalism is done.

David Folkenflik, an NPR reporter, got the unenviable task of covering the story for NPR. He, unlike Williams, did a magnificent job by playing it straight and leaving his feelings out of it.

Put the two assessments (news stories) about NPR side by side, and it's easy to figure out the more trustworthy source on the subject.

Ironically, Williams refused to talk to Folkenflik for his story. Clearly NPR as a news organization was open to his point of view in covering this story. Williams wasn't. That's on him.


Comment on this post

The other Juan Williams shoe drops on NPR executive

Posted at 1:04 PM on January 6, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

NPR president and CEO Vivian Schiller took a ton of heat for the way she fired former commentator Juan Williams after he appeared in his role on FoxNews and acknowledged being nervous when Muslims are on board.

There were more than a few people who wondered whether Schiller would survive the public relations mess. Now we know. She did. A lower executive didn't.

Today, NPR issued this memo, which buries the news that Ellen Weiss, the senior vice president for news, was resigned.

The NPR Board of Directors announced today that it has completed its review into the facts and circumstances leading to the termination of NPR's contract with senior news analyst Juan Williams. The review also included an examination of how other NPR analysts and correspondents have been treated under the NPR Ethics Code with respect to on-air comments. The independent members of NPR's Board (the "Board") worked with outside legal counsel, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP ("Weil"), to gather information related to the contract termination.

"In light of the review and feedback provided to them, the Board has adopted recommendations and remedial measures designed to address issues that surfaced with the review. The recommendations and remedial measures range from new internal procedures concerning personnel and on air-talent decisions to taking appropriate disciplinary action with respect to certain management employees involved in the termination. Some of these changes have already been made and others are in process. Specifically, the Board adopted recommendations that NPR:

"-- Establish a committee comprised of NPR personnel, respected journalists, and others from outside NPR to review and update NPR's current Ethics Code (the "Code").

"-- Develop policies and procedures to ensure consistent application of and training on the Code to all employees and contractors.

"-- Review and update policies/training with respect to the role of NPR journalists appearing on other media outlets to ensure that they understand the applicability of the Ethics Code to their work and to facilitate equitable and consistent application of the Code.

"-- Review and define the roles of NPR journalists (including news analysts) to address a changing news environment in which such individuals have a myriad of outlets and new platforms for their talent, balancing the opportunities presented by such outlets and platforms with the potential for conflicts of interest that may compromise NPR's mission.

"-- Ensure that its practices encourage a broad range of viewpoints to assist its decision-making, support its mission, and reflect the diversity of its national audiences. The Human Resources Committee of the Board is working in conjunction with key members of NPR management on this issue.

"-- Williams' contract was terminated in accordance with its terms. The contract gave both parties the right to terminate on 30 days' notice for any reason. The facts gathered during the review revealed that the termination was not the result of special interest group or donor pressure. However, because of concerns regarding the speed and handling of the termination process, the Board additionally recommended that certain actions be taken with regard to management involved in Williams' contract termination.

"The Board has expressed confidence in Vivian Schiller's leadership going forward. She accepted responsibility as CEO and cooperated fully with the review process. The Board, however, expressed concern over her role in the termination process and has voted that she will not receive a 2010 bonus.

"NPR also announced that Ellen Weiss, Senior Vice-President for News, has resigned.

The NPR Board of Directors announced today that it has completed its review into the facts and circumstances leading to the termination of NPR's contract with senior news analyst Juan Williams. The review also included an examination of how other NPR analysts and correspondents have been treated under the NPR Ethics Code with respect to on-air comments. The independent members of NPR's Board (the "Board") worked with outside legal counsel, Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP ("Weil"), to gather information related to the contract termination.

"In light of the review and feedback provided to them, the Board has adopted recommendations and remedial measures designed to address issues that surfaced with the review. The recommendations and remedial measures range from new internal procedures concerning personnel and on air-talent decisions to taking appropriate disciplinary action with respect to certain management employees involved in the termination. Some of these changes have already been made and others are in process. Specifically, the Board adopted recommendations that NPR:

"-- Establish a committee comprised of NPR personnel, respected journalists, and others from outside NPR to review and update NPR's current Ethics Code (the "Code").

"-- Develop policies and procedures to ensure consistent application of and training on the Code to all employees and contractors.

"-- Review and update policies/training with respect to the role of NPR journalists appearing on other media outlets to ensure that they understand the applicability of the Ethics Code to their work and to facilitate equitable and consistent application of the Code.

"-- Review and define the roles of NPR journalists (including news analysts) to address a changing news environment in which such individuals have a myriad of outlets and new platforms for their talent, balancing the opportunities presented by such outlets and platforms with the potential for conflicts of interest that may compromise NPR's mission.

"-- Ensure that its practices encourage a broad range of viewpoints to assist its decision-making, support its mission, and reflect the diversity of its national audiences. The Human Resources Committee of the Board is working in conjunction with key members of NPR management on this issue.

"-- Williams' contract was terminated in accordance with its terms. The contract gave both parties the right to terminate on 30 days' notice for any reason. The facts gathered during the review revealed that the termination was not the result of special interest group or donor pressure. However, because of concerns regarding the speed and handling of the termination process, the Board additionally recommended that certain actions be taken with regard to management involved in Williams' contract termination.

"The Board has expressed confidence in Vivian Schiller's leadership going forward. She accepted responsibility as CEO and cooperated fully with the review process. The Board, however, expressed concern over her role in the termination process and has voted that she will not receive a 2010 bonus.

"NPR also announced that Ellen Weiss, Senior Vice-President for News, has resigned.

" 'We have taken this situation very seriously and the Board believes these recommendations and remedial steps address the concerns raised in connection with the termination of Williams' contract,' said Dave Edwards, Chair. 'The Board regrets this incident's impact on NPR and will work with NPR's CEO, Vivian Schiller, to ensure that these actions will be expeditiously completed, examined, and monitored on an ongoing basis.'

"In conducting the review, Weil gathered thousands of documents from various sources and interviewed many current and former NPR employees and contractors. Weil requested Williams' participation in the review through both his agent and a former NPR colleague. Unfortunately, these efforts were unsuccessful and Williams was not interviewed.

"The Ad Hoc Committee and the non-management members of the Board met on multiple occasions and deliberated on the information provided to them. Weil reported to an Ad Hoc Committee of the NPR Board consisting of Dave Edwards (Chair of the Board), Howard Stevenson (Immediate Past Chair), and Carol Cartwright (Vice-Chair)."

Schiller then issued her own memo which praises Weiss. If you're in any sort of corporation, you've probably seen this before: A person "resigns" followed by a wink and nod. If Weiss departure wasn't because of the Williams fiasco, why mention it in a memo about the Williams fiasco.


"NPR SVP for News Ellen Weiss has notified me that she will be leaving her position. Over her decades at NPR, Ellen has made meaningful and lasting contributions to the evolution of NPR and our newsroom. She is a strong journalist who has brought her considerable talents to how NPR covers the world and meets the ever-increasing expectations of today's audiences. Ellen exemplifies journalistic professionalism and integrity. I'm grateful to her for what she has accomplished at NPR, and I encourage you to reach out to her in the days ahead with your own thanks."

None of the official material says what it is that Weiss did wrong. For that, however, we have this tweet from NPR reporter David Folkenflik.

folkenflik_tweet.jpg

Weiss gave this lecture at Stanford four months before the controversy:

Update 3:50 p.m. - James Fallows, who occasionally does some work for NPR, writes:

Is letting her go, for one episode (with Williams), any worse than letting Williams go for one comment on Fox News (that he got nervous when people in "Muslim garb" got on an airplane)? Structurally they might seem the same. But NPR's day-after explanation about Williams was that this was the culmination of years-long disagreements with him about his role as a Fox commentator. I know nothing first-hand about the merits of that explanation; but its essence is different from Weiss's situation, in which one instance of misjudgment appears to trump her reputation and achievement over the decades. I am sorry for her and for NPR -- and for the likelihood that in the politicized battle over the meaning of "news" I wrote about originally, she will be presented on the Fox side as a "liberal" scalp collected in atonement for Williams's. That's political reductionism, of which we have so much these days, when we need more people who, like Weiss, have been trying hard to send explanatory reportorial probes out into the world. [For the record: I've had outside roles as a commentator or analyst on NPR shows over the years, never as a staff member.]

Update 5:37 p.m. : Weiss has made her first comments to the Los Angeles Times. "What I would say is that the decision to terminate the Juan Williams contract by NPR, of which I was a participant, was based on the highest journalistic standards," Weiss said Thursday.

Comment on this post

Policy and a Pint: The movie

Posted at 7:23 AM on December 24, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

If you haven't had enough journalism navel gazing lately, here's a video from The Current from last week's Policy and a Pint on the subject of the line between journalism and opinion. We reached no consensus that I'm aware of. The most contentious point seemed to be when I revealed I get much of my daily information from Twitter. But it was fun and the Varsity Theater in Minneapolis is one interesting venue.

Comment on this post

The Schorr files

Posted at 1:32 PM on December 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Even to this day, the thought that a president could put the FBI on the trail of a journalist because he didn't like the reporting sends shivers up the spines of rational people.

That shiver today comes from fbi.gov, which today released the Nixon-ordered probe into journalist Daniel Schorr. The White House justified the use of the FBI by contending it was considering an appointment for Schorr. That, of course, was a lie.

The documents released today contend the FBI dropped the investigation as soon as it realized what was going on. But, even so, many of the names were removed from the documents. We may never know for sure everyone who was involved in the use of a government agency to harass a legitimate reporter:

schorr-memo.jpg

Mark Memmott, at NPR's Two Way Blog, says the investigation found out that Schorr was a hell of a reporter.

Comment on this post

The mother of online news

Posted at 2:34 PM on December 21, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

DMR011433-1_20101219.jpg There are a lot of people out there making a good living by claiming to be experts in matters of the Internet.

MJ Bear wasn't one of them. Even though she was one of the original experts of the Internet, she didn't parade herself as one.

Her funeral was held today down in Des Moines. She died last week after a seven-month fight with leukemia.

Those few of us who were around back when MPR was getting into the online news businesses, remember her as a friendly voice at NPR, where she headed npr.org's development.

It's easy to forget now just how revolutionary it was to answer questions about whether an NPR program can be streamed on a local affiliate's Web site (it couldn't), or whether there was any value in expanding online audio. Back then, MPR had a total of 100 live streams available between the classical service and news and after that, you got a message that you were out of luck. Back then, we only streamed Midmorning and Midday because there were no rights granted for the NPR programs, or even the top-of-the-hour news, for that matter.

But someone with a vision helped answer all of those questions. And MJ Bear also helped form the Online News Association, which at the time was a collection of online newsies who had a hard time getting the time of day from their core-media bosses and colleagues.

NPR undersold her contributions today when it cited her work "redesigning and overseeing NPR.org from 1996 to 2001." It was so much more than that. It was hand-holding public radio Web teams across the country as they tried to do something new, in the face of opposition from those who felt it would undercut the role of radio.

MJ Bear was one of the first people to recognize that journalism and the Web were made for each other, and that public media was uniquely qualified to prove it.

Comment on this post

No news is news

Posted at 2:02 PM on November 24, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The hardest news story to cover is the one where there's no news story to cover. We journos set up shop every year at the airport to tell you about the headaches that are evident on this busiest travel day of the year.

There are few lines at Minneapolis-St. Paul. There are no disruptions of note at the security area, and the FAA map shows the only airport delays are in New York City, where it's only news if there's delays there.

Looking at the images from MPR's Tim Nelson, who drew the short straw this year, we're tempted to wonder how things are at the bus and train stations.


Comment on this post

Making news, making sausage

Posted at 2:12 PM on November 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This video, released by Columbia Journalism Review earlier this month, is a perfect example of how the political news you hear on your radio this afternoon gets made. It features NPR's congressional reporter Don Gonyea and two other reporters.

Comment on this post

Policy and a Pint: The Line Between News and Opinion

Posted at 2:56 PM on November 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The details have been announced for next month's Policy and a Pint session discussing the changing nature of news and the redefinition of the word journalism.

Here's the release:

Event Fact Note
Policy and a Pint: The Line Between News and Opinion
December 15, 2010
Doors at 5:30. Program 6:00-7:00
Varsity Theater

According to the Pew Research Center for the People and the Press, Americans are spending more time "with" the news. That means listening to radio, watching TV, reading blogs, opening newspapers and paging through magazines.

But the news sources listed in the research are surprising. It includes the Wall Street Journal, NPR, and network nighttime broadcasts, of course, but also Bill O'Reilly's show, The Colbert Report, The Daily Show and Rush Limbaugh. Where is the line between opinion, news and comedy?

Steve Seel will talk with MPR News' Chris Worthington and Bob Collins about Juan Williams, objectivity, opinion, Keith Olbermann and how different generations get and interpret their news. If Walter Cronkite felt he could venture into commentary, why can't today's anchors and journalists?

Policy and a Pint is presented by Citizens League and 89.3 The Current.

Guests:

Chris Worthington joined Minnesota Public Radio in July 2006 as program director for its Regional News & Information Service. He has more than 25 years of news experience, most recently with the Pioneer Press in St. Paul, where he served as managing editor and senior editor for business and technology from 1997 to 2006. From 1983 to 1996, he worked for the Dallas Morning News as its assistant business editor, assistant state editor and sports editor. He held other newspaper positions with Newsday, the Fort Lauderdale News and the Fort Myers News-Press. He holds a bachelor of arts degree in journalism from the University of Southern California and a masters of business administration degree from the University of Dallas.

Bob Collins joined MPR in 1992. He served as broadcast editor and coordinated MPR's political coverage until 1999, when he was asked to direct MPR's foray into online journalism. He previously was vice president of programming for Berkshire Broadcasting Company in Massachusetts, and national desk editor at the RKO Radio Network in New York. He also was editor at WHDH in Boston, where he received the Edward R. Murrow Award for his investigation into the Boston mob scene. Bob is a private pilot and is building his own airplane.

Like just about every other public radio newsroom, we had a meeting after the Juan Williams "situation" to go over this question of how much of "us" we should reveal to people. It's a difficult line to draw. Chris' view is there should be a reasonableness to the expression of any opinion. No arguments there although I enjoyed debating the edges of the assertion with him. Someone in the room said, "you and Bob should debate on the radio." Someone else in the room said, "Bob, you should shut up," so we settled on a format that is halfway between the two.

It'll be fun. You can make your reservations here. If you can't make it, you can always scalp the ticket.

Comment on this post

What do cabbies know?

Posted at 10:25 AM on November 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Roger Ebert today penned an ode to NPR (though he mistakenly linked American Public Media's A Prairie Home Companion with NPR).

This paragraph about Chicago could have easily been written about the Twin Cities.

I've mentioned before that I cannot get into a taxi in Chicago where NPR is not either playing, or pre-tuned when the radio is turned on. The driver is invariably African or South Asian. I ask, "You like NPR?" I have been told, "I hear more about the rest of the world." I've also been told, "I hear more about America." More than once I've been told, "I want to learn."

Update 11:41 a.m. NPR has won the coveted Medal of Fear.

Comment on this post

Politicians and public broadcasting

Posted at 2:26 PM on November 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

How deeply involved in radio and TV station programming should politicians be?

Today, the U.S. House of Representatives rejected a proposal that would have barred local public radio and TV stations from buying any programming from NPR (formerly "National Public Radio").

According to Radio Ink Magazine:

The House has rejected a Republican push to block public stations from using their Corporation for Public Broadcasting grants to buy NPR programming, voting not to take up the matter. NPR receives little direct government funding, but would have lost a significant part of its funding with the end of CPB-funded programming purchases.

The attempt to block NPR funding came after a poll on the Republican YouCut website showed it as the top choice among respondents for a spending cut. House Minority Whip Eric Cantor (VA) and Rep. Doug Lamborn (R-CO) in a joint statement also cited NPR's abrupt firing of analyst Juan Williams -- a liberal commentator who also appears regularly on Fox News -- as proof of political bias at the public broadcaster. Williams was fired after he said on Fox that he gets "nervous" when seeing Muslims in traditional dress at airports.

The proposal will likely make a return appearance once Republicans take control of the House next year.

Make no mistake about it, this is topic #1 in public broadcasting circles. They're very worried that their budgets will be cut by the loss of CPB funds (which come primarily through government grants).

But the threat of it is a big stick that politicians carry, not unlike the one it uses on Major League Baseball through its granting of an anti-trust exemption. Congress has constantly threatened to pull the anti-trust exemption to extract action from this private business (that's why Washington keeps getting baseball teams after it continually proves it shouldn't have one). If they ever actually followed through on the threat, Congress would be giving up power.

(Here's a list of how CPB money is presently allocated in Minnesota)

Comment on this post

In search of real news

Posted at 4:37 PM on November 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It was quite a segment on National Public Radio's Talk of the Nation today when the iconic Ted Koppel defended an op-ed piece in the Washington Post that managed to put Keith Olberman and Bill O'Reilly on the same side of an issue.

As you may know, Olbermann returned to his MSNBC program after just two days of enforced absence. (Given cable television's short attention span, two days may well have seemed like an "indefinite suspension.") He was gracious about the whole thing, acknowledging at least the historical merit of the rule he had broken: "It's not a stupid rule," he said. "It needs to be adapted to the realities of 21st-century journalism."

There is, after all, not much of a chance that 21st-century journalism will be adapted to conform with the old rules. Technology and the market are offering a tantalizing array of channels, each designed to fill a particular niche - sports, weather, cooking, religion - and an infinite variety of news, prepared and seasoned to reflect our taste, just the way we like it. As someone used to say in a bygone era, "That's the way it is."

Olbermann, who's become a caricature of himself, fired back last night:

Koppel's problem was using Olbermann as an example at all. There's simply no ethical guideline in the present, past, or future that's ever going to OK giving someone a campaign contribution, then inviting that person on your show, and not revealing the tie. Somewhere between that extreme, and the "old days" lies journalism in 2010.

So it was a good idea for the Talk of the Nation producers to book Jeff Jarvis instead, but perhaps a bad idea to chase the question of objectivity. Jarvis suggested if news is dead, Koppel's industry killed it.

"Television is responsible for killing many of the voices -- the cacophony of democracy -- newspapers, many times 6, 7, 8 newspapers in a town became one, maybe two because television came in an essentially killed them, "Jarvis said. "Television was given a government mandate to have this neutral voice... to have this one-size-fits-all... and I think we lost a lot of democracy."

He called television's news offerings "tapioca."

"The new media is probably going to be responsible for the last few newspapers that are still out there," Koppel replied. But he said his op-ed has nothing to do with a search for truth, but with the corporations who own the cable TV networks "and their interest in making money." He says the problem is too many voices on cable TV.

Here's the full segment:

By the way, next month I'll participate in a Policy and a Pint discussion at the Varsity Theater in Minneapolis that considers "The Line Between News and Opinion." I suspect some of these same themes will emerge. It's on December 15. Details later.

Comment on this post

In the Internet age, it's impossible to censor for long

Posted at 2:37 PM on November 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Officials at Benilde-St. Margaret, a Catholic school in St. Louis Park, have removed two articles from the school newspaper's Web site critical of the Archdiocese's DVD mailing against same-sex marriage.

Dr. Sue Skinner, the principal, posted this on the Web site:

The administration is asking that the staff editorial entitled "Staff Finds DVD unsubstantiated" , and the opinion piece titled "Life as a Gay Teenager" be immediately removed from the Knight Errant website along with the online comments for each piece. The reason is that while lively debate and discussion clearly has its place in a Catholic school, this particular discussion is not appropriate because the level of intensity has created an unsafe environment for students. As importantly, the articles and ensuing online postings have created confusion about Church teaching. The administration will be following up with the staff of the Knight Errant to review and discuss the protocol for what is appropriate content.

Is it a violation of the First Amendment? Probably not, according to the U.S. Supreme Court, which ruled in a case of a public school (Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier) that authorities have the right to censor school newspapers.

"A school need not tolerate student speech that is inconsistent with its basic educational mission, even though the government could not censor similar speech outside the school," it wrote.

In that case, a principal had barred printing of articles about one student's pregnancy and another student's thoughts about his/her parents' divorce.

But that was then. Now, the articles that were banned today can easily be distributed if the students at Benilde-St. Margaret want to push it that far. Any number of Web sites -- including this one, I suspect -- would post the offending articles, or the students could distribute it themselves using any number of social networks or blogs.

Almost two years ago, a school newspaper was shuttered in Faribault after it intended to publish an investigation of one of the teachers. So the students simply started publishing their paper online.

The ability to censor anything inevitably depends on the willingness of journalists to risk the consequences of opposing it.

Comment on this post

NPR to review Williams firing

Posted at 10:46 AM on November 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

NPR has hired an outside investigator to review its botched (at least from a P.R. standpoint) firing of commentator Juan Williams last month.

But NPR's ombudsman isn't happy with the notion that some of the resulting report won't be made public.

I'm told it's unlikely the final report will be made public in its entirety, though parts of it may be. I always advocate for transparency, but NPR considers this a personnel issue even though the resulting damage to NPR goes beyond the consequences of firing an independent contractor.

NPR can hire the most sophisticated investigators in the world, but how can such a review have credibility if people who care about NPR can't read the full results of it? NPR needs to find a way to make the full report --or the key parts of it --public.

Comment on this post

Polling problems

Posted at 10:28 AM on November 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

twitter_jacobs_poll.gif

Ouch, that one hurt. But the tweet, posted hours before the hapless Timberwolves were to take on the world champion Los Angeles Lakers this week, is an example of what happens when a definitive poll turns out to be not so definitive.

That's the U of M's Larry Jacobs' problem, which he shares with the Humphrey Institute and Minnesota Public Radio after gubernatorial polls released just before the election appear to be inaccurate -- and not by a little.

MPR issued this news release today:

(St. Paul, Minn.) November 11, 2010--Minnesota Public Radio and the University of Minnesota's Humphrey Institute of Public Affairs announced today that they will undertake a thorough review of the methodology used in polls conducted during the 2010 election season. The process will include an internal review of the poll by the Humphrey Institute and an independent audit that will be made public. The independent audit will be conducted by Frank Newport, the editor and (sic) chief of Gallup.

MPR and the Humphrey Institute partnered this year to conduct four polls leading up to Election Day. The final poll, based on interviewing begun nearly two weeks before Election Day, showed results significantly different from the final election tally. This issue will be examined along with the raw data from other polls to determine whether there is a methodological reason for the difference, or whether external events account for the difference.

"We are committed to a transparent review of our polling methodology because we value the importance of continuous improvement in our efforts," said Professor Larry Jacobs, director of the Humphrey Institute's Center for the Study of Politics and Government. "If a shortcoming is identified, we will fix it. If not, we will have third-party verification that our methods are sound."

"The review of polling methodology is a necessary step in continuing to provide Minnesotans with the unbiased information they need to make informed decisions," said Chris Worthington, MPR's managing director of News.

Dean Brian Atwood of the Humphrey Institute added, "I welcome the opportunity to conduct this self analysis and peer review, a regular process for any academic institution. Professor Jacobs is an internationally recognized expert in this field. He is a professional who looks critically at his own work, as well as at polls conducted by others. We are committed to maintaining a very high standard."

I have not talked to anybody at MPR involved in the polling situation, but one doesn't need to to know that MPR has a problem going into the 2012 campaign. Even if MPR and the Humphrey Institute get the methodology fixed (assuming it's broken) before the first poll of the 2012 campaign comes out, few of them will be have any credibility until Election Day, because there's really no other way to prove their reliability.

On his media-watchdog blog, David Brauer has found a Carleton College expert who may (or may not) be involved in the poll introspection.


While (Steven)Schier won't divulge conversations with MPR, he is willing to critique HHH's methodology. "What I can tell you is that the poll problems may lie in two places -- the likely voter screen and the attempt to factor in cell phone use."

As I noted this summer, HHH does not survey cell-phone-only voters, or CPOs. However, it tries to simulate that 25 percent of households by giving additional weight to land line respondents who also have cell phones.

To be sure, it's comforting that MPR is taking the possible poll problems seriously. Of course, any hits to a news organization's credibility is an assault on its vital organs.

But there's another reason why accurate polls matter: They may influence the outcome of elections. Sen. Kathy Saltzman, a moderate DFLer who lost to a Republican last week, told the Woodbury Bulletin that she thinks Democratic legislators may have suffered defeat because voters saw the pre-election polls showing DFLer Mark Dayton leading in the governor's race.

"I think that people were concerned that a (Democrat-controlled) Legislature would be a rubber stamp for some of the policies that he campaigned on," she said.

Maybe she's trying to come up with ways to make her loss sting less, or maybe she's right. If it's the latter, perhaps a larger discussion is in play for news organizations: If polls influence the outcome of elections, what's the value in doing them?

Comment on this post

Blogger returns to print, a wiser reporter

Posted at 10:15 AM on November 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Marc Ambinder, of The Atlantic, has decided to give up the world of blogging and head back to print journalism, but not before unleashing a scorched-earth treatise on his soon-to-be-former medium:

All I will say here is that the mere fact that online reporters feel they must participate in endless discussions about these subjects is something new, a consequence of the medium, and is one reason why it can be so exhausting to do primarily web journalism. The feedback loop is relentless, punishing and is predicated on the assumption that the reporter's motivation is wrong. Unfortunately, the standard for defining oneself as a web journalist depends upon establishing a certain credibility with a particular audience of critics. Responding to complaints about content and structure and bias is part of the way one establishes that credibility.

Ambinder says he misses having an editor to tell him his blog posts, which were really more column than blog, weren't very good.

Really good print journalism is ego-free. By that I do not mean that the writer has no skin in the game, or that the writer lacks a perspective, or even that the writer does not write from a perspective. What I mean is that the writer is able to let the story and the reporting process, to the highest possible extent, unfold without a reporter's insecurities or parochial concerns intervening. Blogging is an ego-intensive process. Even in straight news stories, the format always requires you to put yourself into narrative. You are expected to not only have a point of view and reveal it, but be confident that it is the correct point of view. There is nothing wrong with this. As much as a writer can fabricate a detachment, or a "view from nowhere," as Jay Rosen has put it, the writer can also also fabricate a view from somewhere. You can't really be a reporter without it. I don't care whether people know how I feel about particular political issues; it's no secret where I stand on gay marriage, or on the science of climate change, and I wouldn't have it any other way. What I hope I will find refreshing about the change of formats is that I will no longer be compelled to turn every piece of prose into a personal, conclusive argument, to try and fit it into a coherent framework that belongs to a web-based personality called "Marc Ambinder" that people read because it's "Marc Ambinder," rather than because it's good or interesting.

Comment on this post

The Collins interview

Posted at 9:50 AM on November 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (58 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Here's the most controversial TV interview in the Twin Cities from this week's election.

Last night, Heidi Collins -- a former CNN anchor -- at KMSP battled Secretary of State Mark Ritchie.

Did she go too far, not far enough, or was it just right?


For the record, I am not in any way related to Heidi Collins.

(h/t: David Brauer, MinnPost)

Comment on this post

It's all in the question

Posted at 11:21 AM on October 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Did an NBC affiliate in Texas believe that asking "are homosexuals the downfall of America" was a neutrally phrased question? Or were they just trying to get people worked up enough to make the phone lines ring?

The video also sets the record for the most number of times the same three homosexual couples were shown in a segment about how many homosexuals there are.

The Courage Campaign has sent out action e-mails to NBC to protest.

Comment on this post

Poll: Keep funding NPR

Posted at 4:48 PM on October 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

A nationwide survey has found that 45 percent of Americans favored continued U.S. government NPR funding, while 39 percent called for a halt to funding, with the remainder saying they had no opinion. The poll comes from Poll Position, using an automated dialing system. The margin of error is +/- 3 percent.

PP_graphics_NPR_5981_10_25_10.005.jpg

The poll found men are more likely to favor NPR funding than women.

The same survey found that Democrats are more likely to be comfortable aboard an airplane with Muslim men.

PP_graphics_FLYING_598_10_25_10.009.jpg

It is not, however, proven that the more comfortable people are with Muslim men on an airplane, the more likely they are to support funding for NPR. But it might make a good guess.

Comment on this post

Christine O'Donnel and the First Amendment - Part two

Posted at 3:45 PM on October 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

odonnell_wdel.jpg

A week ago, Senate candidate Christine O'Donnell, who has become the poster child for upstart, anti-incumbent candidates, lectured her opponent on the meaning of the First Amendment. Today, she threatened to sue a Delaware radio station if a video of an interview with her was posted online.

It was posted online (available only on Facebook, however)

Things were going well for O'Donnell until the show host, who up to then had seemed to be a sympathetic interviewer for O'Donnell, asked for specifics of where she'd cut a county budget. (Scroll to 11:30). When things got tense, a campaign manager and other campaign officials entered the studio (a no-no for most radio stations), and began writing notes to her. As the show ended, he allegedly told the station the campaign would "crush" the station if the video aired.

Says the radio station:

WDEL's attorney asserted that the interview and video were in compliance with all applicable laws, was clearly protected free speech under the First Amendment, and that the campaign had no grounds to demand the station withhold it from the public.

After seeing the video the attorney for the O'Donnell campaign contacted WDEL's counsel again to apologize for charges made by their campaign manager. The attorney agreed that there was no legal issue with the video and expressed regret for the incident.

For the record, MPR does not allow campaign staff to be in the studio when show hosts interview candidates.

Comment on this post

Fallows on why NPR matters

Posted at 12:02 PM on October 25, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

James Fallows, who was a guest on MPR's Midmorning today on an entirely different subject , opens up on the attacks on NPR in the wake of its firing of news analyst Juan Williams. Fallows, who appears regularly on NPR, has penned "Why NPR matters."


In their current anti-NPR initiative, Fox and the Republicans would like to suggest that the main way NPR differs from Fox is that most NPR employees vote Democratic. That is a difference, but the real difference is what they are trying to do. NPR shows are built around gathering and analyzing the news, rather than using it as a springboard for opinions. And while of course the selection of stories and analysts is subjective and can show a bias, in a serious news organization the bias is something to be worked against rather than embraced. NPR, like the New York Times, has an ombudsman. Does Fox? [I think the answer is No.]

One other factor affects my view of NPR. There are jobs where people are mainly motivated by the hope of big money. (Finance in general.) There are jobs where the main motivation is job-security. And there is a category of jobs where, as absolutely everyone recognizes, it makes a tremendous difference that "employees" care about something beyond pay, hours, and security. Teachers. Soldiers. Doctors and nurses. Judges and police. Political leaders, if they want to be more than hacks. And, people in news organizations.

Find it here.

Comment on this post

After Juan Williams

Posted at 7:55 AM on October 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There probably isn't a newsroom in America -- certainly not a public broadcasting newsroom -- that isn't having a conversation about what its journalists can say when they're out giving speeches, appearing on panels, or hanging around in their own neighborhood.

It stems from Juan Williams' run-in with reality this week. Moving on from the specifics of the case, however, PBS looks at what it means for other journalists.

Comment on this post

What is fact-based analysis?

Posted at 10:08 AM on October 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (27 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The Juan Williams story continues to fester across Planet Public Radio. This morning, Midmorning provided an excellent look at some of the issues surrounding the firing.

NPR, meanwhile, has sent out talking points to its member stations, who are taking the heat for the firing of Williams. They're not much different than what the NPR ombudsman provided in her article this morning (I provided the link in this morning's 5x8). And this is the central issue:


In appearing on TV or other media including electronic Web-based forums, NPR journalists should not express views they would not air in their role as an NPR journalist. They should not participate in shows electronic forums, or blogs that encourage punditry and speculation rather than fact-based analysis.

This is where it gets difficult. What exactly is fact-based analysis? In many cases, a journalist might connect two facts -- this is common in political "analysis" -- and describe what may be a politician's strategy. They don't really know for sure that it's the strategy being employed, because the people employing it won't say. Is that opinion, fact-based analysis, or just a guess?

These are questions that reveal the true nature of journalism and those who practice it. It's not a black-and-white task.

A blogger I read daily
provided an interesting observation yesterday:


As the child of a television executive, I can tell you that growing up we were not even allowed to have political yard signs. Such a visible display of political leanings could be easily construed as representing the news departments of the stations my father worked at. Of course, this was a time (not that long ago, really) will journalistic ethics were grounded in the work of people like Edward R. Murrow and Walter Cronkite.

Walter Cronkite expressed an opinion -- or was it fact-based analysis? -- in 1968. He was right, as it turned out, because it ended a war. But journalists debate to this day whether he dictated the outcome with his analysis -- because it led to a reversal of public (wait for it)... opinion -- or whether it was destined to work out that way anyway.

Edward R. Murrow -- the very definition of an ethical journalist -- achieved his greatest fame with an opinion. Where did the facts end and the opinion begin?

Ed Bradley, in a reminiscence about his approach to Vietnam stories, makes it clear that he never considered journalism a regurgitation of facts. "I knew we couldn't win that war," he said. Does that come from opinion? From fact? Or a little of both?

In its excellent show this morning, Midmorning asked whether Juan Williams "crossed the line." What NPR did this week is try to define where that line is. Can it be defined? Or do you just know it when you see it?

Comment on this post

Should Juan Williams have been fired?

Posted at 9:32 AM on October 21, 2010 by Bob Collins (160 Comments)
Filed under: Media

(note: There are numerous updates to this post. The latest is posted at the bottom.)

The story of the day today seems to be NPR's firing of Juan Williams, who exercised the poor judgment to go on Bill O'Reilly's show on Fox to admit to being concerned when he sees Muslims on an airplane, but cautioned O'Reilly not to brand Muslims as terrorists. Because O'Reilly makes all discussions about O'Reilly, the forum does not allow a guest the opportunity for full explanation. Williams, by all accounts a pretty smart guy, had to know that O'Reilly uses guests as props for his own version of reality. And last week O'Reilly did brand Muslims as terrorists.

NPR has tried to find a comfortable role for Williams since his failed stint as the host of Talk of the Nation. It kept trying to find a role for him at the network, finally settling on "news analyst," a partial admission that he had opinions.

After he compared Michelle Obama to "Stokely Carmichael in a dress" on Fox in February 2009, NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard wrote that she's not convinced NPR listeners objected to what Williams said, but where he said it:


That may be the cause of the criticism. Williams tends to speak one way on NPR and another on Fox.

His "Stokely Carmichael" comment got the attention of NPR's top managers. They are in a bind because Williams is no longer a staff employee but an independent contractor. As a contract news analyst, NPR doesn't exercise control over what Williams says outside of NPR.

"Juan Williams is a contributor to NPR programs as a news analyst," said Ron Elving, NPR's Washington editor. "What he says on NPR is the product of a journalistic process that includes editors. What he says when he is not on our air is not within our control. But we recognize that what he says elsewhere reflects on NPR, and we have discussed that fact with him specifically in regard to his remarks on Fox News regarding Michelle Obama."

This recent comment may have undermined his credibility with some NPR listeners. But I question whether listeners, overall, object to what Williams says outside of NPR or the fact that he says it on Fox.

There were almost 2,000 comments on the NPR story about Williams' firing, but it's difficult to get a sense of what public radio listeners think about it because one popular conservative blogger urged his legions to go there and fill the comments section.

But here are two that define the general reaction.

First from one who opposes the NPR action:

I have been listening to NPR for decades, literally. I could not believe this story when I heard it. Now that I know that it is true, I am nothing short of furious and deeply disappointed. Juan Williams is one of the few voices of reason out there. He represents a viewpoint, to be sure. But unlike all the screaming voices out there, he is a reasonable and brilliant man. As such he reaches across the great chasm that divides our people. There are others on both sides of the political spectrum that are like Juan, but very few. This was a reactionary and incredibly stupid blunder on NPR's part. Unless he is reinstated, I am done with NPR. No more contributions, no more listening.

I should point out here that public radio stations and NPR are two different entities.

And one from a person who supports NPR's move.

I agree with NPR's decision. NPR is the only news source I trust in the current news media environment where objectivity is either optional or not even on the menu. It is inexcusable to paint all Muslims with a broad brush. His comments about McVeigh and Cristianity do not disguise his intent to promote an unfounded irrational fear of Muslims. NPR saw right through it... and so did I. Thanks NPR.

Your turn:


Williams was an occasional guest on MPR's Midday. His last appearance was in December when he evaluated Barack Obama's first year in office:

Update 11:37 a.m. - Williams responded to his firing today.

Update 1:04 p.m. - Sara Meyer, Midday producer, reminds me that Williams' last appearance on Midday was last month.

Update 1:09 p.m. - The head of NPR has sent this out to public radio stations, who are apparently bearing the heat from NPR's action:

First, a critical distinction has been lost in this debate. NPR News analysts have a distinctive role and set of responsibilities. This is a very different role than that of a commentator or columnist. News analysts may not take personal public positions on controversial issues; doing so undermines their credibility as analysts, and that's what's happened in this situation. As you all well know, we offer views of all kinds on your air every day, but those views are expressed by those we interview - not our reporters and analysts.

Second, this isn't the first time we have had serious concerns about some of Juan's public comments. Despite many conversations and warnings over the years, Juan has continued to violate this principal.

Third, these specific comments (and others made in the past), are inconsistent with NPR's ethics code, which applies to all journalists (including contracted analysts):

"In appearing on TV or other media . . . NPR journalists should not express views they would not air in their role as an NPR journalist. They should not participate in shows . . . that encourage punditry and speculation rather than fact-based analysis."

More fundamentally, "In appearing on TV or other media including electronic Web-based forums, NPR journalists should not express views they would not air in their role as an NPR journalist."

Unfortunately, Juan's comments on Fox violated our standards as well as our values and offended many in doing so.

We're profoundly sorry that this happened during fundraising week. Juan's comments were made Monday night and we did not feel it would be responsible to delay this action.

This was a tough decision and we appreciate your support.

1:51 p.m. -- Ombudsman Alicia Shepard, appearing on NPR's Talk of the Nation, gave us a preview of the column she's promising on the subject "I think it's just that the different roles that Juan played -- being a news analyst -- worked for NPR but it didn't work for NPR to be more inflammatory. And people think what he said about Muslims was inflammatory and didn't advance the debate," she said.

2:18 p.m. - Poynter is hosting a live chat on the issue. Go here.

3:33 p.m. - Williams gets a big payday from Fox. $2 million over three years.

4:15 p.m. - Here's the Talk of the Nation segment, a portion of which had been cut by MPR because of the membership drive.

Comment on this post

When should journalists 'get involved'?

Posted at 12:56 PM on October 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

There's a lot more to the ethics of journalism than rules designed to protect the image of a news organization. There's also the very real -- and much more relevant and difficult -- question of when a journalist should "get involved."

In 1979, the late Ed Bradley waded into the ocean to help refugees whose boat had been swamped by waves. Some ethicists criticized him for getting involved in a story he was covering.

In St. Louis, a newspaper photographer took a picture of a flag in a trash can as part of a story about home foreclosures.

flag_trash_can.jpg

Apparently, some readers said the photographer, David Carson, should've removed the flag.

As a journalist, I'm bound by ethics to only record and document reality. I never stage it or change it, even after I'm done photographing it. There are only rare exceptions when a journalist can and should intervene, like in a life-threatening situation. For example, if I were available to help save a drowning person I'd dive in after them.

Several people questioned my respect for veterans and all they have fought for over the years.

I have great respect for veterans and their service. Both of my grandfathers fought in World War II, and my father served on the U.S.S Enterprise during Vietnam. While I never served in the military, I traveled to both Iraq and Afghanistan to cover American and NATO forces in those wars. On top of that, I'm named after my father's best friend, David Gray Prentice, who was killed in Vietnam.

It raises the question of when a journalist should be "in this world" and not just "of this world." What would have been the harm of removing the flag from the trash after it was photographed? Why can't a journalist get involved only in life-threatening situations? If you were a journalist and you did a story on hunger, why couldn't you slip $5 into the hands of the mother you just interviewed so she could get something to eat?

I frequently photograph the flag being inappropriately -- and perhaps ignorantly -- desecrated, such as this display in Belle Plaine...

This week, I noticed the flags over St. Paul's Wabasha Street bridge are becoming tattered.

wakota_bridge_flags.jpg

If one had fallen to the sidewalk below, I would've picked it up and disposed of it properly. Last year, while covering the flooding in the Red River Valley, I helped sandbag.

I made a few trips into Fargo to pick up some supplies for homeowners who needed some.

I would argue that wanting to help people save their homes did nothing to disrupt the value of the coverage, nor diminish the value of the MPR "brand." I never thought twice about whether ethicists would think less of me. It never occurred to me to care whether they did.

(h/t: Romenesko)

Comment on this post

You are editor: The Favre story

Posted at 3:17 PM on October 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Sports

At least one journalist in the Twin Cities has been tsk-tsk'ing the mainstream media for not reporting the details of Brett Favre's alleged self portraits.

nick_coleman_favre.jpg

I've been thinking about this since Nick Coleman posted that tweet last week. He's right, perhaps, that someone in the Twin Cities sports media corps should've at least asked Favre about it. That "honor," however, went to an out-of-town reporter.

On the other hand, it may not be such a bad thing that the rumors stayed rumors until NFL commissioner Roger Goodell's office announced he'd look into them.

But former Twin Cities journalist David Carr wrote in Sunday's New York Times that even that shouldn't have led the mainstream media to adopt the blogger mentality.

That cycle is both oddly familiar and rapidly evolving. Most news organizations stayed off the John Edwards love child story when The National Enquirer broke the news in October 2007, but the dam broke over the course of many months as the drip-drip of evidence and consequences began to accumulate. (At least The Enquirer had to chase John Edwards all over the Beverly Hilton. All Deadspin had to do was pay some loot and open a jpeg.)

There are differences between the two stories. First, the informational value of reporting that a famous married athlete may have been looking to step outside the holy bonds of matrimony does not pass the laugh test. If and when the N.F.L. decides that Favre violated the league's code of personal conduct, it may be news, but not before.

Though they may have been late to the story, the local media is making up for it. In an article in Sunday's Pioneer Press, about the only angle of the story that wasn't covered was this one: the possibility that Favre is being unjustly accused.

You are the editor. What would you have done?

Comment on this post

NPR fires back in wake of Stewart/Colbert rally memos

Posted at 2:29 PM on October 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Media

NPR is pushing back against mainstream media's favorite whipping boy -- the "blogosphere" -- over reaction to a memo earlier this week that said NPR journalists were forbidden from attending the Jon Stewart/Stephen Colbert "rallies" in Washington later this month. Both ostensibly are aimed at poking at the high-octane political discourse we're experiencing.

The organization's president, in a memo to stations today, blames bloggers for inciting the masses with the notion NPR was vowing not to cover the the event.


Dear Station Colleagues,

There's been quite a bit of media hubbub about an internal memo we sent the other day reminding employees about our longstanding news code of ethics. We specifically mentioned the Jon Stewart and Stephen Colbert rallies, and that's what caused the stir....and quite a bit of speculation and even false information.

First let me give you the facts, and debunk a few of the blogosphere's mistakes:

We will cover the rally to the extent that it is newsworthy, just as we do with any rally.

We did not specifically send out a similar note in advance of the Glenn Beck rally. That is true. Conspiracy theories aside, the reason we did not send out a note before that rally, or the One Nation rally, is that they were overtly political (e.g. Sarah Palin was a main speaker at the Beck rally). In terms of Jon Stewart/Stephen Colbert, that rally could be perceived as entertainment and subject to confusion.

We are not against "sanity" and we do not discourage "curiosity", two charges from high-profile bloggers. No more so than we were against "honor" and "freedom" in applying our policy to the Glenn Beck rally. The fact is the Stewart/Colbert rally is becoming politicized. Witness the close relationship with the Huffington Post which has wrapped itself around the event.

We are not violating the civil liberties of our employees. We understand that our employees are citizens as well as journalists. Our policy is not intended to tell them how to live their lives, nor do we compel anyone to become a reporter or work for NPR. But when an individual decides to sign on with NPR as a journalist, he/she understands that comes with certain rules. This is the case in almost all legitimate news organizations, indeed in many professions. In our case, the rules are designed to protect the impartiality of our content.

We do not bar our staff from voting. We do not bar our staff from attending political debates, speeches, or even tapings of Jon Stewart's or Glenn Beck's programs for that matter.

We believe in common sense and trust our staff. No one is going to be fired if they happen upon a rally and wander through to check it out.

So what is this about? The rationale for this policy is pretty simple. We live in an age of "gotcha" journalism where people troll, looking for cracks in our credibility. We need to err on the side of protecting our journalism, our journalists, and our reputation. While the credibility and trust that attaches to the NPR brand depends principally on the quality of our news reporting, it can be easily undermined if our public conduct is at odds with the standards we seek to uphold as a news organization. This is a pillar of quality journalism, and indeed many quality news organizations including The Washington Post have also reaffirmed their policies in the wake of this debate, also addressing the Stewart/Colbert rally specifically.

While I sent the ethics reminder to all staff, the policy applies only to those staff in editorial positions or those staff outside our newsroom who are in positions where they could be representing NPR in public forums (for example, our communications staff who are quoted in press reports). But I sent the code to everyone on staff because we should all be mindful of the message we send in our activities outside of work. We rely on our employees to understand our standards and exercise good judgment about how our policies apply to them - and seek clarification when needed.

Please let me know if you have any questions. These journalistic ethics are living breathing things that need - must! - be perpetually debated with full transparency and an open mind and heart. That's what makes us who we are.

Vivian

In a post this afternoon, NPR's ombudsman, Alicia Shepard, was a tad less nuanced:


One never truly knows what a lousy job the blogosphere is capable of until one is at the center of a story.

But she misses an opportunity to expand on the admission that the entire brouhaha isn't about reporters not having a bias, it's about you not knowing what those biases are:

Sure, journalists have opinions and causes they support.

But at the end of the day, they have to be professional - and that means avoiding actions that create the perception that they are taking sides in political controversies, including elections.

The issue isn't whether reporters "take sides" in political controversies. They do. They're not mummies. The issue is whether those opinions make their ways into news stories or in the process of selecting what stories to cover in the first place. Not allowing you the opportunity to know what the biases are does nothing to guarantee the impartiality of NPR (or any other organization's) content. It's designed more to prevent the questioning of the impartiality of the content, by not giving you an important piece of evidence by which to prove it.

Comment on this post

Does public broadcasting talk too much?

Posted at 1:39 PM on October 7, 2010 by Bob Collins (27 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Is public radio still too stuffy?

The NPR ombudsman calls out attention to a study commissioned for National Public Radio on ways to increase its audience.

aud1017hurdles.gif The bottom line? Don't be so elitist. Stop me if you've heard this before.

According to current.org, a newspaper for public broadcasting types....

Some objections to the traits of NPR News are sure to prompt pushback from listeners and producers who value complexity and ambiguity, and don't mind lots of words. Wordiness is a problem for one white woman who spoke to researchers about NPR: "I think it can be clever and quirky, and smart and insightful. But I don't choose to listen to it because it's too much talking for me."

Wait. It gets worse....


The tone and seriousness of public radio programming also presents challenges: 35 percent of those familiar with public radio (including 29 percent of the core) say NPR "needs more energy"; 30 percent describe it as "too monotone," and 28 percent say it's "boring."

The people who did the study correctly point out the challenge: How to appeal to these people who want less talk and more energy without alienating the large number of listeners public broadcasting has now -- the ones who put up the money to build the system in the first place?

For content accessibility, the summary proposes that NPR go for a more open, dynamic and conversational tone in news delivery. "There is an appetite for things that sound conversational, and for people sounding like real people," Kaplan said. "It also has to do with understanding what people like to know about and what matters to them."

It's important to note -- lest the comments section get filled with the "you're too liberal" or "you're too conservative" discussion -- that the report is talking more about style than substance. Or at least, that's what it appears to say to me. But, then again, I change my own oil

Your thoughts?

Comment on this post

In the middle of Keillor vs. Bachmann

Posted at 10:32 AM on October 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (30 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

AP070413040828.jpg

Long-time readers -- especially those who go back to the early days of Polinaut and/or the "blogs" from the conventions in 2004 -- know that I'm a big fan of transparency in the media. I generally think it's a good thing if people know the secrets of those in a journalism organization. The fact that you may not know the existence of bias, doesn't mean there isn't any. Armed with the knowledge, you can detect whether it creeps into news stories. Truth is: Journalists -- most journalists -- vote and have opinions, just like everyone else. So what's the big deal?

I've come to understand how insanely naive that notion is.

A shudder went through the Minnesota Public Radio newsroom yesterday afternoon: Garrison Keillor went all DFL. Again.

Keillor wrote a fundraising letter on behalf of the DFL challenger to Rep. Michele Bachmann:

Thirty years ago, when I started telling stories about Lake Wobegon, I put it smack in the middle of Minnesota -- in Minnesota's 6th Congressional District, in fact -- where staunch Republicans and loyal Democrats know how to live together without yelling at each other and do what needs to be done to work out our problems.

It's embarrassing to me and a great many Minnesotans that Michele Bachmann, a politician who is so busy grandstanding and giving interviews on Fox News that she doesn't have time to serve the people who elected her, represents the 6th District in Washington.

(Update 12:37 p.m. : Bachmann spokesman Sergio Gor says, "The quota on comedy in Minnesota has been reached with the election of Al Franken. Garrison Keilor should stick to what he knows best, which is fabricating make believe stories. Instead of soliciting support from comics, Tarryl Clark should explain to voters why she voted for higher taxes and more useless government spending - every year. This is yet another sign of a desperate campaign.")

It was big news in Minnesota. "It's huge," WCCO political reporter Pat Kessler told a skeptical Dan Barreiro on KFAN yesterday afternoon. "People love him and where is Lake Wobegon? The 6th District."

He's right. It is big -- if predictable -- news. Lesser endorsements have made our news -- former state epidemiologist Mike Osterholm endorsing gubernatorial candidate Tom Horner comes to mind -- but you didn't read about Keillor's involvement here, or our political blog, or our Web site, or our newscasts or on any of our news programming.

Why not? Nobody, least of all me, wanted to touch it and open up the can of worms that is opened whenever Keillor talks politics in the news.

It's true that Keillor doesn't work for Minnesota Public Radio and it's obviously true that he doesn't work for MPR News. Even when he was based in our building, I never saw him converse with anyone from the newsroom unless it was on the air. He's his own boss at an office far away from MPR headquarters for his own company, which produces Prairie Home Companion.

He's not MPR. Except that the perception is that he is. And that's the problem. Perception.

Let's acknowledge that public radio has a long reputation among its detractors for being socialist bomb throwers. Most of it is undeserved. I've worked here for 18 years and even overhearing private conversations, I can't tell you the political leanings of most of the people who work in the newsroom. They work hard to provide a fair -- there's no such thing as objective -- portrayal of issues, although those who are looking for bias will find it, even when none actually exists. I also acknowledge that plenty of you don't believe a single word in this paragraph.

But Keillor's link to Minnesota Public Radio cannot be ignored based on the fact that he doesn't work for MPR. Let's face it: The joint is the network A Prairie Home Companion built. Even this Web site started as the Prairie Home Companion Web site. The fact that you can hear audio streams here has its origin in a gift to make it happen from the owner of a once-dominant Web browser company. He was a Prairie Home Companion fan.

Keillor is no stranger to politics anymore. His early battles with Jesse Ventura were legendary. As the person in charge of creating the MPR News Web site, I can admit they were also welcomed vehicles. Any story with both Ventura and Keillor in it was page-view gold, the currency of the digital age.

If Keillor's relationship with MPR hurt MPR's relations with Jesse Ventura, it didn't show. By the end of his term, MPR News was Ventura's favorite media haunt. He chose MPR's Midday as the place to announce he wouldn't run for re-election, proving that Gary Eichten's professionalism trumps Garrison Keillor's politics. (Incidentally, my colleague, Paul Tosto, notes that Keillor has not been above taking a few shots at liberals.)

He "came out" during the Democratic National Convention in Boston in 2004. It coincided with the release of his book: Homegrown Democrat. He gave pep talks to Minnesota delegates (photo) and held fundraisers while in Boston. I covered that convention. I hadn't read his book. I was, to coin a phrase, embarrassed by the perception that followed. I attempted to interview Keillor for a story about mixing a media organization's reputation with politics, but he wouldn't return my calls. I like to think it's because he didn't want to further link two organizations that -- technically -- weren't linked. Still, it didn't make covering the Republicans in New York a week later any easier.

And that brings us back to my discredited theory of media transparency. It was a selfish notion. It failed to consider that the public is quick to transfer knowledge of one person's politics in a news organization, to everyone else in the organization.

In time, perhaps, people may come to disassociate Garrison Keillor with Minnesota Public Radio and, by extension, Minnesota Public Radio News. From the vantage point of the low-end of the food chain, it's hard to see how or when that happens.

Comment on this post

Instant runoff voting may be a winner

Posted at 1:08 PM on September 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Well, a video about it, maybe.

The Online News Association today announced its finalists for its annual awards, and that video, from MPR's Curtis Gilbert and Molly Bloom is a finalist in the category: Online video journalism-small site.

Comment on this post

Controversies surrounding the controversy

Posted at 1:07 PM on September 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Religion

There was a piece of last evening's All Things Considered interview with Archbishop John Nienstedt that didn't make it to the the final product because of time constraints. Nienstedt answered questions about a DVD being sent to 400,000 Catholics throughout the state in which church leaders cal for a constitutional amendment banning same-sex marriage to be put before Minnesota voters.

The story started on KSTP the other night. The archbishop says when he gave the interview to the station, the subject.

"Throughout the conversation, the word homosexual or same sex or gay was never mentioned.

The station's Web site has two stories posted. One is a text story, which quotes the archbishop from a previous speech, called "In defense of Marriage and Family."

A video post several hours late
r carried two comments from the archbishop, none longer than 10 seconds. None of the facts in the story, however, appear to be in dispute other than the archbishop does not believe the DVD constitutes an "attack" on homosexuals. But that word wasn't part of the station's report.

Given that the station interviewed the archbishop after his speech, it would appear the archbishop's complaint is that the station didn't tell him that it knew about the DVD.

A transcript of the edited interview with the archbishop has now been posted on the All Things Considered page.

In the wake of the story, some have suggested the church cannot be involved in a debate over a constitutional amendment banning same-sex marriage because it violates laws about the political activities of non-profits.

It doesn't appear to.

The rules for non-profits are they can't work on behalf of a particular candidate. They are free to weigh in on issues.

According to the IRS:

Organizations are absolutely prohibited from directly or indirectly participating in, or intervening in, any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for elective public office. Contributions to political campaign funds or public statements of position (verbal or written) made on behalf of the organization in favor of or in opposition to any candidate for public office clearly violate the prohibition against political campaign activity. Violating this prohibition may result in denial or revocation of tax-exempt status and the imposition of certain excise taxes.

It's a somewhat finer line, however, when it comes to lobbying:


An organization will be regarded as attempting to influence legislation if it contacts, or urges the public to contact, members or employees of a legislative body for the purpose of proposing, supporting, or opposing legislation, or if the organization advocates the adoption or rejection of legislation.

Organizations may, however, involve themselves in issues of public policy without the activity being considered as lobbying. For example, organizations may conduct educational meetings, prepare and distribute educational materials, or otherwise consider public policy issues in an educational manner without jeopardizing their tax-exempt status.

The church says the DVDs are educational.

Comment on this post

What's the problem with the "b word"?

Posted at 2:08 PM on September 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Balance. It's the word of the week in the continuing story of why the University of Minnesota pulled a Bell Museum-sponsored documentary about pollution in the Mississippi River.

"I'm not a scientist in this particular area. I was just looking at balance, and it seemed unbalanced," a university official told the Minnesota Daily.

Undefined, however, is the word, "balanced," and what it looks like.

It's a word that has caused more controversy in recent years, although most of it surrounds stories about climate change. Many of those who believe climate change is a scientific fact, resent attempts to present assertions that is not. Balance obscures consensus, they argue.

Balance is what has led to the dominance "he said/she said" news programming. In this particular case, a documentary is not journalism. But would balance -- some of those who viewed the film didn't think alternative farming methods should have gotten so much attention -- change the meaning?

"The world is not a balanced place. Stories that we cover today are increasingly complicated, they're complex. The truth and falsity of information is difficult to know. It's up to journalists to discern these distinctions when possible... to let viewers, readers, and listeners know how much they don't know," Brent Cunningham, managing editor of the Columbia Journalism Review told NPR's Talk of the Nation during a 2006 show on the subject.

What does balance look like to you? Is it equal time? Should the documentary producer -- or journalist -- present all sides and let you figure it out?

Comment on this post

Examining NPR

Posted at 9:25 AM on September 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Media

NPR's ombudsman opened a can of worms last week when she wrote about NPR's rejection of underwriting announcements for Harry Shearer's documentary, "The Big Uneasy," ostensibly because the original wording formed a person's opinion, not matters of fact.

Shearer has been participating in a conversation in the comments section of a post I wrote about the controversy last week, and it's pretty clear that I should've gone into greater detail on the issue, since it involves an alleged lack of aggressiveness on the part of NPR toward the cause of the flooding of New Orleans during Hurricane Katrina.

Yesterday, Shearer provided e-mails showing that he had accepted NPR's proposed wording for an announcement in support of his investigative documentary, contrary to the NPR ombudsman's account of the controversy.

"While the ombud frames the debate over acceptable language in the underwriting announcement as he said/he said, I supplied her with a copy of my email accepting the edit NPR Legal says they proposed," Shearer wrote.

The controversy also asserts that NPR News has had an aversion to investigating the Katrina story. Shearer has company. A reporter for Southern California Public Radio (disclaimer: SCPR is part of the American Public Media "family"), writes that she tried to give NPR her investigation into the causes of the Katrina disaster. It passed.


It is not generally speaking the custom of the station-based public radio reporter to out their inner workings with freelance pitches, particularly to NPR. I'll make an exception to say that NPR was offered these pieces, or segments thereof, or a conversation about them. The message I received was that they had their own coverage plans, and anyway, there had been enough about Katrina around that 'versary. (In those moments, the frustration of the local reporter knows no bounds: I lived in New Orleans after Katrina, and with Eve Troeh, now at Marketplace, I grew so restless with people coming in and telling us how it is that we decided to tell people how it was for us, for residents, not parachutists. I've also been on the other side of the equation, working at NPR.)

(Note: Shearer is also participating in a discussion in the comments section of the above post.)

NPR gets a lot of credit -- to a degree, understandably so -- for its innovative use of social networking. But in the aftermath of the NPR's ombudsman's original post on Shearer's complaint, all of the principals involved are online discussing it in the open. Except one.

Comment on this post

The trouble over 'Troubled Waters'

Posted at 9:47 AM on September 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (37 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Media

The attempts of the university of Minnesota officials to explain why they canceled the premiere of "Troubled Waters," a documentary about the Mississippi River and the pollution therein, couldn't get more clumsy.

From the time the story broke in the Twin Cities Daily Planet this week, university officials have paid the price for trying to get ahead of a story, which alleged undue influence by big agriculture, by releasing information in small pieces from different people, who often were unavailable for questions. It's harder to find the smoking gun of influence that way, true, but it's easier to notice that each person telling the real story, is telling a somewhat different real story.

The university is a land-grant institution which exists partly to serve agriculture. The film was made under contract to the Bell Museum of Natural History. The Bell is part of the university.

On Friday, Susan Weller, the Bell's director, explained why she pulled the film:

"Our standard procedure at the Bell Museum is that our exhibits and educational products have at least one researcher who oversees the project's scientific integrity from inception to completion. Unfortunately, this procedure was not followed by the Bell Media unit for production of the documentary, 'Troubled Waters: A Mississippi River Story.' As Director of the Bell Museum, I am responsible for ensuring these standards are followed, and I regret our error in this case.

Late on Friday, MPR reporter Stephanie Hemphill brought another story to the story. The dean of the U of M's School of Agriculture -- the Bell Museum is part of the School of Agriculture -- said one reason the film was pulled was because it "vilified" agriculture.

Dean Al Levine said the film opens with a lot of drama, and spends too much time discussing agricultural pollution before considering any other sources of water pollution.

"Agriculture is a major contributor to these issues, we know that," he said, noting the film takes a half-hour to talk about other sources of runoff, such as cities or lawn chemicals.

Levine says the film isn't inaccurate, but it's unbalanced. He said it should have included scientists who are trying to figure out how to feed 9 billion people by 2050.

Levine reveals the issue is actually editorial, not scientific as the U of M had asserted earlier in the day. He says it's not inaccurate, but that the film should have included scientists who are trying to figure out how to feed 9 billion people in 2050. But that's not science as much as perspective and that's what asserting editorial influence looks like.

Levine's suggestion seems to be that the Gulf's "dead zone" may be the trade-off for preventing hunger. And maybe it is. It would make a great documentary about the environmental cost of eradicating hunger.

A person who has seen the film says it was fair. He has a perspective, too. He's with an environmental organization.

That's part of the problem. This isn't independent journalism. It's not a documentary. (Add) If content is changed by those outside the production process (/add), it's an infomercial and the debate is over which self-interest owns its soul. That's what often happens when a combination of private and public money -- often with its own intent -- is used to contract with an organization that may have "skin in the game," to produce a piece that will end up being shown on public television under the label of journalism or backed by its journalistic credibility. Any time the word "promote" appears in a mission statement for any editorial project process -- it does in this one -- it disqualifies itself from that classification. (Update: I acknowledge that a documentary is not by definition journalism)

The process in this case is not how journalism works. It's how advertising works. Perhaps iit's too late for "Troubled Waters." By the time it airs on television -- if it ever airs on television -- it may have little integrity because the process that created it is too polluted. The larger question now is how many other "documentaries" around here are produced the same way?

Comment on this post

Harry Shearer vs. NPR

Posted at 2:23 PM on September 17, 2010 by Bob Collins (33 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Every now and again, the curtain is pulled back on the newsroom of National Public Radio. NPR's ombudsman does so today with the story of Harry Shearer's complaint that he couldn't promote his film about Hurricane Katrina on other NPR shows, because he had already been booked to appear on Talk of the Nation.

It also gets into the always-controversial question of "underwriting" on public radio, because NPR refused Shearer's copy for an "underwriting credit" to promote his documentary.

As is now standard, Shearer took his complaint to the Huffington Post.


Well, here's a clue about what NPR stands for now. I've just made a documentary film about why New Orleans flooded, "The Big Uneasy", in theaters nationwide on Monday. Having been denied access to coverage by either of the network's two flagship news programs, I decided to buy in, purchasing some of those "enhanced underwriting" announcements that the rest of us would call ads.

Ombudsman Alicia Shepard (who is leaving NPR) responded:


But NPR has devoted extensive coverage over the past five years to Katrina and the aftermath. And NPR did cover Shearer's new film - just not in the way he wanted it.

Shearer's attitude that it's only worthwhile to appear on a flagship shows ignores how the Internet has changed news consumption. Millions of people hear NPR content on podcasts, online and on mobile phones.

It was disingenuous of Shearer to criticize NPR on Huffington Post without mentioning that he had in fact appeared, for a half-hour, on an NPR show.

Just another day in the news business.

(h/t: David Brauer)

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: Bill Kling

Posted at 11:58 AM on September 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Bill Kling announced this morning that he's leaving MPR next year. He's been a catalyst and a controversy at the same time. He's on Midday with Gary Eichten and it seems appropriate to use the occasion to see what people think, and what direction MPR should take, and maybe reminisce a bit.

From the inside, there's always been a perception that when Kling leaves, MPR will be at a crossroads. Despite all the capable people in the company -- and trust me, they're excellent -- when there are different paths to take, all eyes turned to Kling for which one to take. The track record has been pretty good but it will be interesting to see how the dynamic of the organization changes with his departure.

12:08 p.m. - Q: Why are you leaving?

A: I signed an agreement to stay for five years and that's up in June. There's a time you should be. An organization will atrophy if young people can't rise up in the company. (Bob notes: This implies, doesn't it, that the next president will come within the company?). We have a balanced budget. This is the time to attract that person to come in. We set it up so "he did a good job, but we've got an even greater opportunity."

Q: Were you forced out?

A: Absolutely not. We've had a succession committee for more than a year, headed by an executive from General Mills. I've talked with them about the kind of people who might do it well. We're looking inside the organization as well as outside. We're not done yet. You look at other public radio organizations and they haven't achieved their potential. I want to go out and raise money... to demonstrate how should public media be seen. We have 913,000 in Minnesota, 600,000 in Los Angeles who love what we're doing. But loving it doesn't force us to do better.

Q: Why do you have to leave to do that?

A: I don't want to have the title and not do it justice. Sooner or later, someone has to come in. We have to come up with strong leaders.

(Aside: Back when we were building what's called the ICC -- International Control Center-- at MPR, I was on the committee to decide what technical capabilities it should have. As we considered what technology in the future we should account for at the time, someone said, "Who wants to be the one to tell Bill Kling we can't do something?" That usually settled it.)

12:17 Q: Did you have any thought in 1966 that all of this would come to be?

A: Of course. It was survival. I can remember when the first check for $5,000 came in. At that point, we didn't know if there would ever be any significant audience support. You couldn't think beyond.... you always thought, 'how can we serve our audience?'....

People sent us tapes. We tried to bring the best of what we could get our hands on. As the audience responded, we said, 'if you trust us, we'll do more.' We've gone now to where we have 111,000 members. Your technology changes. Your society changes. Look at what's happening with magazines and newspapers; all of the ways in which people consume news.

12:19 p.m. Q: Why hasn't public radio as a whole taken hold?

A: National Public Radio is something we were all involved in creating. It's hitting on all cylinders. It's got a great president, they're opening bureaus. What we haven't gotten right is the local service and it should play.

(Bob notes: Frankly, the problem here is the changing commercial market. As local news has disappeared from commercial radio, public radio has had a chance to fill the gap. The problem is there's also the tradition of public radio which is we don't do crime stories, we don't do breaking news etc. As commercial radio news becomes extinct, there's a conflict between those who embrace the traditional public radio news model, and those, frankly, who come from a more traditional commercial news model. In the end, the two have to come to an agreement, but that tension certainly exists.)

12:24 p.m. Q: What kind of money are you talking about?

A: We're talking about adding $5 million plus to the budget of these institutions. Yes, it's nice that Cincinnati has four reporters in its station. But they should have 100. If public radio is going to pick up the slack as newspapers disappear, you're not going to do that with four reporters.

12:25 p.m. Q: (Caller Randall) Your article "no good deed goes unpunished" is not going to be true. Are you looking at international models?

A: We're just beginning so we will clearly. Europe in particular has some wonderful models. When I talk about the BBC, I'm talking about the domestic BBC. It plays on all levels -- five live channels of sports and news -- they're with it; they've gone where the audiences are. When you think about this country -- you've heard us say 'no rant/no slant' -- anger is growing. You go to Washington and if you can get a private conversation with our Senate and congressional delegation, they'll tell you the change in the decorum in the House and Senate is total. One told me he's actually afraid of the anger being focused on government.

Why is that happening? Because it makes money. If I said outrageous things today, you'd come back and listen tomorrow and every time I do that, we'd make more money.

You see it on all sides of the spectrum. Look at the British population -- I've done this. I've asked 'tell me what you think about the news of the domestic BBC" and they've all said, "straight as an arrow." That tempers the anger. They have the same thing we have; they have the tabloids going off in all directions, and yet there's a centering institution that calms things down. We don't have that in this country. I'm hoping that's something we can achieve.

12:32 p.m. (Caller Scott) I've noticed a change in the direction of MPR toward social media. If I wanted to hear what everyone thinks, I'd go to their blogs. I think MPR has become too commercial.

A: It's not a commercial endeavor. Sometimes I think the same thing you do and you switch over and see how much there is. On social media: We have to be where the audience is. I love listening to radio. Now, if I'm in Colorado, I can listen to Minnesota Public Radio, and hear high-quality stereo sound, just as I can in my kitchen.

(Bob notes: That's not social media. That's technology. The two are different)

We have 6.9 million downloads a month. The NewsQ page -- it's getting 1.3 million impressions per month. That's extraordinary. We talk about it and we suggest there are ways to interact. Everyone in the media business says it's the future for how print media will be distributed. We need to be there for people who want to read their news.

(Tale from the past: When I was first starting the MPR News Web site in 1999, the MPR billboards didn't have the Web site address. "Why not?" we in online asked. "Because people don't have computers in their cars," was the answer. We were so quaint.)

12:40 p.m. -Q: If you're successful in raising money for stations around the country, does that mean the government can stop subsidizing public radio and TV?

A: No. We'll be able to jump start four or five radio organizations and demonstrate how good they can be. At the end of five years, we'd expect the community to pick up the cost. When we first got funding, we were able to add 6 reporters for five years. Now we have 80 people in the newsroom. We think CPB funding will be critical toward sustaining the leap forward we want to make.

12:41 p.m. Q: People are worried about competition. When you talk about public media, what are you talking about?

A: It's all the way our content gets out. When you send out something by computer, that's not radio, that's media. We can do video. We can do podcasts. We can do streamed audio. We have public insight journalism, where we have almost 90,000 people in the country, who've signed up and said, "I know something about something that might be helpful to you." They make our reporting smarter. Now we're thinking there may be a channel where their knowledge may be sent out on an ongoing basis. It's new ways of getting information to people.

12:43 p.m. Q: (Caller Grace) I don't know where you're going or what you're going to do, but could there be an educational station?

A: We have a lot of options now. We have HD radio. You need to know. HD... I sat in a car the other day, turned on the radio, and there were all three of our channels. On 91.1, there are two other programs you can listen to. It's an opportunity to get content out in radio, get more content to people. We can already do it on the Web. The kind of things you're suggesting, are possible. It used to be there was just one way to get content to you. We may send the content you're talking about in a podcast, or HD radio. HD solves all of the interference problems.

12:45 p.m. - Q: (Caller Matt) - My Republican friends absolutely hate MPR. What can you do to put in people's minds that not only MPR but NPR is educational?

A: It's an old, old out-of-date characterization, but it's there. I don't know what you do about it. Our COO, Jon McTaggart, is on the board of NPR. The head of our Los Angeles operation, Bill Davis, has just been elected to the board of NPR. If we're giving you information that is the best-informed content we can produce... it still may not agree with what someone thinks. There are those who say there's no such thing as climate change and I think you're liberal every time you suggest the melting of the ice cap in Greenland is because of climate change, some people want to kill the messenger. They don't want to agree with what they hear. We don't rant. We don't try to make people angry. We simply try to get the best thinking out to people and I don't know anybody else in media trying to do that. The distortion isn't MPR, it's the people around us.

12:49 p.m. Q: MPR has an aging audience, what's the plan for providing programming toward a younger generation? I was a fan of In the Loop, and that went away?

A: It's one of the reasons why I want a new generation of leadership to come into the company. Some of the media companies have leaders in their 70s and 80s. There's not much hope for those companies. Our biggest strategy is The Current. It just received every accolade it could in City Pages and other music-related press that play to the 20-year-olds in our communities. People are beginning to talk about "The Current effect." It's drawing in young audiences. They're joining in to see what else we've got -- like Policy and a Pint, in which we have people talk about positions, and then people have a beer, and dance, and think Minnesota Public Radio is kind of cool. And then they migrate to our news and information service. And we want to be there where they are -- social media, Twitter. Your point is right on and we're making progrress.

12:52 p.m. Q: Why are ratings down for all three services?

A: They're huge to begin with. Audience measuring systems are up and down all the time. Our trend is a growth trend and I'm not the least bit worried that it's down in one month for some reason.

(Gary reads an e-mail from Wiesbaden Germany)

12:53 p.m. Q: You have a lot of business program. Are you having discussions about creating that frequency of programming about the state of our democracy?

A: We've talked a lot about it. It's behind everything I'm talking about now, in terms of strengthening our programming. You're talking about a civics lesson. What you've got to start with is the information that helps a democracy function.Public media is the key to reaching audiences at all levels to conduct their democracy as well as they can. Jefferson said when the people are well informed, they can be trusted with their government. The people aren't well informed right now.

Q: What kind of person should be the new leader of MPR?

A; A generalist. Someone who's creative. A good manager. A good leader. Someone who can go out in the public and convince them that this is something strong that should be better. We'll see.

Q: Will members have any input?

A: They can apply for the job. Sure, we'd be open to any kind of communication. The search committee is headed by Ian Friendly of General Mills -- a very smart and strategic guy. They'll get it right. And I'm a member of the committee. You can be sure I will have an enormous vested interest in getting this right.

-- End --

(For additional perspectives on the interview, see David Brauer's notes at MinnPost, and also Hart Van Denburg's live-blogging at City Pages.)

Comment on this post

If a Quran burns in the woods...

Posted at 12:03 PM on September 9, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

As I posted the other day, I had a feeling that Gen. David Petraeus' statement on the plans of a Florida preacher to burn the Quran was more intended for the management of news organizations than it was the Florida preacher. A memo issued by the Associated Press today would appear to confirm that the message got through: Don't show images of someone burning the Quran.

From: Kent, Tom Sent: Thursday, September 09, 2010 11:53 AM Subject: Standards Center guidance: Planned Sept. 11 Quran burning

Colleagues,

As you know, a group known as the Dove World Outreach Center in Gainesville, Fla., has announced that it intends to burn copies of the Quran on Sept. 11.

In the runup to this event, we've seen a rush of stories, photos and video from points around the world. Let's keep our coverage in proportion. Although many are speculating on the effect the Quran burning could conceivably have, at the moment it's a proposal by a tiny group that may or may not happen.

We plan ONE main spot story on this issue a day. The News Center will coordinate where this story will originate from. Routine spot news -- for instance, comments about the plan by political or other public figures -- should be funneled to the point handling the main story. We should avoid a profusion of separates beyond what any newspaper, website or broadcaster would actually use. This includes stories, photos, audio and video that repeatedly make the same point, for or against the burning. Consult the News Center if you have questions on this.

The concept of this planned event is offensive to many Muslims worldwide. National leaders and spokesmen for other religious denominations have also found the plan repugnant.

Should the event happen on Saturday, the AP will not distribute images or audio that specifically show Qurans being burned, and will not provide detailed text descriptions of the burning. With the exception of these specific images and descriptions, we expect to cover the Gainesville event, in all media, placing the actions of this group of about 50 people in a clear and balanced context.

AP policy is not to provide coverage of events that are gratuitously manufactured to provoke and offend. In the past, AP has declined to provide images of cartoons mocking Islam and Jews. AP has often declined to provide images, audio or detailed descriptions of particularly bloody or grisly scenes, such as the sounds and moments of beheadings and shootings, displays of severed heads on pikes and images of hostages who are displayed by hostage-holders in an effort to intimidate their adversaries and advance their cause. Decisions are made on a case-by-case basis.

From time to time, a member or customer will insist that we distribute offensive material to them so they can make the decision about whether or not to publish it. We've had to make clear that a decision to distribute, for us, is the same as a decision to publish for them. We must adhere to our own standards.

Tom

For the record, I agree with the decision. But if it's AP's policy not to transmit images that are designed to offend, how do we explain this image it transmitted earlier this week?

This is the difficulty of being an editor and having to define what is offensive. An editor in this case had determined that the burning of an effigy of President Obama, and standing on the American flag were a legitimate emotional reaction, not something designed to offend someone.

What about this one?

ap_westboro.jpg

These are all tough calls, and I'm glad I don't have to make them (anymore).

The flaw in the decision, however, is it strips the decision from the editors of newsrooms worldwide. The Associated Press provides materials to newsrooms, which employ editors to decide whether it should go in the local paper or on the local Web site.

Overall, the AP, as you may know, is a fairly conservative (not in the political sense) organization when it comes to journalism. Its standards are high. It is as mainstream as media gets. The memo evokes memories of past discussions in the early days of News Cut -- What standards should non mainstream media have on this story?

(h/t: Romanesko)

Comment on this post

Wary of the experts

Posted at 4:05 PM on August 24, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Back in the old days -- the '90s -- Minnesota Public Radio frequently sought the expertise of a "mortgage consultant" to comment on the housing market. Then one day, a sharp-eyed editor -- fine, it was me -- noted that he often said it was a good time to buy a house. Forgetting for a fact that it really was a good time to buy a house (if you sold before the bubble burst), it didn't make a lot of sense to seek analysis from someone who was in the business of processing mortgages.

Those who often have the most expertise in a given field, also often make their money in that field (that's why they're "experts") and, hence, lack -- shall we say -- objectivity. Political "analysts" in the Twin Cities are quite often people who are directly tied to a particular political party. When's the last time you heard a DFL "analyst" criticize the DFL? Or, similarly, a Republican "analyst" criticize Republicans?

That's why reporters, who cover these people every day for no other reason than that's their job, often make better "analysts" than the analysts. Unfortunately, most political reporters don't want to be analysts because they think it'll hurt their credibility with people who may not agree with them.

This was a particular problem, too, with questions of investing. Prior to the collapse of the housing bubble, and subsequently the stock market, it was always the perfect time to invest in the market, we were told. How many times did you hear that leaving your money in the market was the best thing to do during the market collapse? Maybe it's true. Maybe it's not, but what else would you expect someone in the business of the stock market to say?

National Public Radio provided a good example of the conflicts between "analysts" and reality this afternoon when All Things Considered host Robert Siegel called up a Realtor to talk about today's pathetic housing sales report.

"Houses that were selling for 45-50 thousand are selling in the 70s now. We have very little inventory. We hit bottom in February, " she said, suggesting that the worst is behind us and low interest rates make it a good time to buy a house. And maybe in Manassas, Virginia, that's the case. But today's report appears to contradict that assertion, given that it was the worst one-month drop in 40 years. But what else did Siegel expect her to say? It's a lousy time to buy a house? Save your money?

Fortunately, NPR turned to other "experts" to say that.

Comment on this post

Does a judge's sexual orientation matter?

Posted at 10:37 AM on August 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media

In its reporting on a federal court judge Vance Walker's decision that California's Proposition 8 -- the anti same-sex marriage law -- is unconstitutional, National Public Radio reporter Karen Grigsby Bates added an aside on Walker:

"He was appointed by the first President Bush - George H.W. Bush. He is generally considered to be very thoughtful, very thorough. And he's gay. He's gay and out," she said.

Whoops.

NPR's ombudsman, Alicia Shephard points out that Walker's sexual orientation is an accepted fact among many journalists, but it may not be.

"But, in a case such as this, the first obligation is to verify that the person is gay and that can only come from Walker or close personal friends or family who are quoted by name. As far as I could determine, Walker has never openly said he is gay," she writes today.

But Shepard's most illuminating revelation may be why so many journos accept it as fact:

When I asked about sources, NPR cited the Chronicle column, a dozen or so Internet links to show it was widely discussed in California and gay press - and that Walker isn't denying it.

It must not be comfortable for NPR reporters and editors to be quizzed by an ombudsman on an issue such as this, but the reporters and editors did themselves no favors by replying with an excuse that is, basically, "everyone says so."

Then there's the question of whether a judge's sexual orientation matters to the story, which Shepard doesn't really think is a question at all:

It only becomes relevant if there is a conflict of interest, and then the news media is obligated to report it.

"If the judge had actively participated in the Prop 8 debate in some fashion - fundraising for advocates or opponents - that would be significant," said Bob Steele, an ethicist with the Poynter Institute. "Such activism would likely disqualify him from this case no matter what his sexual orientation."

If the judge confirmed he is gay that might be an interesting factoid. But since we expect judges to be impartial - even though all judges have some conflict - then it's wrong to assume Walker or any judge can't be objective on a topic that may have something to do with his personal life.

Comment on this post

Timewasters: Attacking reporters

Posted at 12:54 PM on August 17, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Reporters for a Connecticut FoxNews station were sprayed with hornet and wasp spray yesterday, while filming a woman suspected of receiving beer from a beer delivery driver who later shot 10 people at his workplace.

 

The woman's husband was charged with assault.

It's a tough business.

Sometimes the shoe is on the other foot...

Comment on this post

Wait wait ... don't edit me!

Posted at 10:27 AM on August 17, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Media, Schools

You know what would make a good topic for "Wait Wait... Don't Tell Me!"? A story about a guy who wrote a play with the words "for God's sake" in it -- a play that was to be used by schools in Texas as part of the English curriculum testing -- and then the deal falls apart because the writer refused to take out "for God's sake."

It's a true story that's happened to Peter Sagal, host of "Wait, Wait, Don't Tell Me!".

The Fort Worth Star Telegram has the story today:

Sagal complained on his blog that the request was irrational and indicative of Texas' reputation as "the state that's leading the charge back into the middle ages in terms of educational standards."

Sagal told the Star-Telegram that he has followed the State Board of Education's various curriculum debates for years.

"We had a joke on the show about them excising Thomas Jefferson," Sagal said, referring to a controversy earlier this year in which the state board cut Jefferson from a section on influential philosophers in its social studies standards. The board later put Jefferson back in. After struggling with the issue and getting advice from fans via Twitter and his blog, Sagal decided that whether or not Texas schoolchildren read his play didn't have anything to do with his difference of opinion regarding other aspects of the state's curriculum.

"I don't think I was going to help the cause of improving the education in Texas, if that's something I could even imagine doing, by keeping my play from Texas students," Sagal said.

Sagal said he was going to use the money he was to be paid by Texas to help defray the cost of a friend's treatment for colon cancer.

Comment on this post

The fine line of editorial cartooning

Posted at 12:16 PM on August 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Editorial cartoonists generally get a higher degree of leniency than other commentators on the nation's editorial pages. But Mike Lester of the Rome (Georgia) News Tribune pushes the envelope on the issue of the mosque near the site of the World Trade Center.

editorial_wtc.jpg

Comment on this post

Three words the media can't say

Posted at 1:00 PM on August 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

"I don't know."

Those are the three most hated words in America's newsrooms, and a quick scan of the search results on Google News under the subject "Ted Stevens" shows why that, perhaps, should change. Someday. (Click for more readable, larger image)

stevens_headlines.jpg

The rush to quote someone -- anyone -- with the fate of the former Alaska senator reached its most embarrassing point when a TV station in Alaska reported Stevens dead, based on a second-hand -- or possibly third- or fourth-hand -- report. It wasn't until a newspaper double-checked that the "source" said he didn't know Stevens' fate for certain.

"Get it first" is still more important in many news organizations than "get it right."

Is Stevens dead? I don't know. We'll find out eventually. And we can wait.

Update 1:39 p.m. - A spokesman for the Stevens family says the former senator died in the crash.

Comment on this post

When public radio goes bad

Posted at 2:51 PM on July 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Last Friday, NPR's All Things Considered aired its usual letters segment and many listeners complained that a five-minute segment on Mel Gibson's latest transgressions was about five minutes too long. But NPR did not respond to the criticism that questioned whether public radio still stands for what public radio once stood for -- smart information that can exercise the brain muscle.

Today, All Things Considered's executive producer responded by way of a post by the NPR ombudsman. As they say on radio, we caution that what follows might be considered offensive to old-time public radio fans:

The Mel Gibson story is totally defensible," said Christopher Turpin, ATC's executive producer. "To me Mel Gibson is a huge international star. It's a story that everyone is talking about. I was in the coffee shop and what were people talking about in line? They were talking about Mel Gibson. So I don't think we can pretend these things don't happen. I think because there's a huge amount of business involved, there are very interesting questions about the entertainment industry, what happens to celebrities when their personality or character is undermined by their personal behavior."

"Good," as the man once said, "grief."

Fortunately, Alicia Shepard, NPR's ombudsman doesn't let her employer off lightly:

While I understand that NPR programs struggle to find the right balance between serious news and tapping into the zeitgeist in the story of the moment, I agree with many who complained that NPR could have skipped this story and lost nothing. After all, NPR has built its reputation on in-depth reporting of important news and arts and entertainment coverage that rises above the ordinary.

Listeners generally do not turn their dials to public radio for the kind of gossip featured at the grocery store check-out counter. At the very least, if ATC really believed this story deserved airtime, something less than 4 minutes and 31 seconds would have done the job.

Comment on this post

Dereliction of media duty

Posted at 5:25 PM on July 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The White House Press Corps -- appropriately -- has complained that President Barack Obama hasn't faced the media and taken questions very often. With his first comments since BP plugged -- sort of -- the leak in the Gulf of Mexico, and with all the pent-up curiosity that the reporters must have, we sat up straight this morning when the president said "I'll take a couple of questions" after his Rose Garden statement.

Take a deep breath and scroll to 2:10.



The reporter who asked the ridiculous question was somebody named Paula Cruickshank who works for something named CCH News. She didn't get a chance to follow up on his answer.

Comment on this post

Should the media help police?

Posted at 4:55 PM on July 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Since Minneapolis had a good chance of welcoming anarchists the Democratic National Convention in 2012, today is a good day to revisit the role of the media in the 2008 Republican National Convention.

It comes from former NPR ombudsman Jeff Dvorkin, who wonders whether the news media and law enforcement are occasionally too tight. In a blog post today, Dvorkin applauds Utah newspapers who refused to run a list of individuals, who are allegedly in the country illegally.

He says that's in stark contrast to newspapers in Toronto where the G20 summit brought out the anarchists. Subsequently, the police asked the media to publish photos of people allegedly responsible for the some violence and damage, to help identify and catch them.


Some photos show individuals clearly in the act of trashing a police car. That would appear to be enough evidence to convict. (I can imagine what a good defense lawyer might say: "Your honor, my client was only trying to retrieve her property which had been thrown onto the roof of the police vehicle...").

Others photos are "head and shoulder" shots released by the Toronto police. They don't reveal any evidence of law-breaking, beyond the say-so of the authorities.

While the damage to property in parts of downtown Toronto was considerable and the actions of hooligans, reprehensible, is it the role of the media to act as police agents? Are reporters being sufficiently skeptical and asking the police those four most important words: "How do you know?" Or is this an instance when citizen journalism descends into vigilante journalism?

This sounds a little too familiar for comfort. In the aftermath of the St. Paul violence in 2008, local authorities did the same thing.

St. Paul Police and the Ramsey County Sheriff's Office released this photo, for example:

And the media -- and that includes News Cut, for the record -- printed it. The difference, however, is that in this case the police weren't looking for the ID of the attacker; they were looking for the ID of the victim.

But is that different from Dvorkin's complaint. Is this an ethical violation?

Comment on this post

All about public radio

Posted at 12:00 PM on July 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Arbitron, the radio audience measurement company, has released its annual profile of... us. Public Radio Today 2010, How America Listens to Radio, analyzes nine public radio formats and paints a picture of the typical -- if there is such a thing -- public radio listener.

News/talk is the dominant public radio format, beating its next-strongest public radio format (combinations of news and classical music). In fact, there is no age demographic in which news/talk isn't the most-listened-to public radio format.

A "heat index" reveals where news/talk on public radio is heaviest, although the most intriguing note is where it's not:

pubradio_news_format.jpg

Nearly 70% of public radio news listeners have a college degree and 92% have attended some college.

Listeners to classical public radio stations jumped 1.7% in the fall of 2009, compared to a year earlier, which Arbitron attributes to the disappearance of the remaining commercial classical stations. More men, apparently, are listening to classical than a similar Arbitron report four years ago. And, contrary to the prevailing wisdom, the classical music listening audience got younger, increasing its below-55 audience from 29% to 32% in a year.

The "heat index" map isn't surprising...

pubradio_classical_format.jpg

Contrary to their public perception, almost half of public radio listeners drive -- or plan to purchase -- an SUV or midsize car, the report says. The least popular vehicle -- and this isn't surprising anyone, is it? -- is a pickup truck.

Comment on this post

Why you should always read the story under the headline

Posted at 11:23 AM on July 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

The devil may be in the details, but the primary message is always in the headlines. Monday's report from Israel on the commando assault on a Gaza-bound "aid flotilla" provides a perfect example with today's online stories.

Here's the BBC:

bbc_flotilla_headline.jpg

FoxNews:

fox_flotilla.jpg

New York Times:

nyt_flotilla.jpg

Comment on this post

People worth knowing

Posted at 12:30 PM on July 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Every morning, it seems, we're greeted with another shooting, another fatality in a car crash, an ATV accident somewhere, another life lost. Little effort goes into finding the humanity behind any of the stories but Austin Daily Herald reporter Mike Rose provided a good example today of why we in the business should try harder.

Here's the story as reported by AP:

An Austin teenager was killed and a 5-year-old boy injured in an all-terrain vehicle crash near Albert Lea.
The Freeborn County sheriff's office says 18-year-old Dennis McDermott died at St. Marys Hospital in Rochester.
Deputies found McDermott lying beside the ATV after Sunday's crash. The 5-year-old boy, whose name was not released, was conscious. The boy was treated and released from Albert Lea Medical Center.

And here's what Mr. Rose found: The young man who died had Down Syndrome. He took up wrestling in high school and wasn't very good at it. But he didn't quit:

It wasn't always easy -- because of his Down syndrome, Dennis sometimes struggled with the sport, particularly when he was just starting out. One day, he told his dad about his struggles.

"He hardly ever complained about anything," James McDermott said. "(But) he said, 'I can't win.'"

Never one to give up, Dennis McDermott kept trying. He took his fair share of losses, but he kept pushing himself. During his 10th-grade year, Dennis started practicing and training more -- getting "buff," his mom noted.

That year, the hard work paid off -- Dennis pinned an opponent and won a match.

"I never heard him complain again," James McDermott said. "He just went back to loving wrestling."

Added his brother, Jimmy: "That was one of his proudest moments."

In the big scheme of things, perhaps, Dennis McDermott wasn't much different than a lot of other people. But a lot of other people who are a lot like a lot of other people have stories worth telling and are people worth knowing. That's where a good reporter comes in.

Find the article here.

Comment on this post

Hot or not?

Posted at 10:49 AM on July 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

A few eyebrows have been raised in the journalism community today with the Star Tribune's front page, specifically whether the Star Tribune is treating a couple of female candidates differently than they would if they were men:

MN_ST.jpg

Hot? Hot as in the race is close (There's no public polling in the race so far)? Or hot as if they're two attractive women? The answer might lie in the photographs. Rep. Michele Bachmann's picture seems to have been weirdly "adjusted," possibly to give her a hair color closer to her opponent's.

The picture is actually a "lift" from Bachmann's campaign Web site.

mb_red.jpg

Writing in NewsWeek this week, Julia Baird calls this "The Palin Effect."

There seems to be an insistent, increasingly excitable focus on the supposed hotness of Republican women in the public eye, like Sarah Palin, Michele Bachmann, Michelle Malkin, and Nikki Haley--not to mention veterans like Ann Coulter. The sexual references are pervasive: they come from left, right, and center, and range from gushing to highly offensive. The Atlantic asked, "Is Sarah Palin Porn?" as others quizzed the former governor about whether she had breast implants. Right Wing News compiled a list of the hottest conservative women in new media. Playboy even ran an outrageous piece titled "Ten Conservative Women I'd Like to Hate ****," which read like a sick attempt to make rape cool. "We may despise everything these women represent," wrote the author, "but goddammit they're hot. Let the healing begin." Moron.

Giving the Star Tribune the benefit of the doubt, the race is considered "intense." The story itself contained no reference to either candidate's appearance. Still it's hard to imagine a couple of guys beaming from the front page, along with a headline which, while technically accurate, could easily have another meaning.

Comment on this post

NPR and the long goodbye

Posted at 11:11 AM on July 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

A few weeks ago, I posted the story of Barry Peterson, the CBS News correspondent who has written a book (Jan's Story) about his wife's descent into Alzheimer's. This morning, he appeared on NPR's Weekend Edition Saturday with host Scott Simon.

The interview documented Peterson's struggle with living up to his wedding vows -- in sickness and in health -- while being able to have a life of his own. But something was missing from Peterson's account that he gave to Simon, and the segment that aired on CBS a few weeks ago.

Here's the NPR interview.

There was an important angle, however, in the CBS segment that NPR must have deliberately chosen to leave out, considering how important it is to the story of a husband choosing between wedding vows and life -- Peterson fell in love with another woman.


Watch CBS News Videos Online

"It (Alzheimer's) presented me with one of the most difficult decisions I've ever had to make," Peterson said of the new woman in his life. That statement alone should've made it important enough to be in the NPR story about how Alzheimer's challenges families in ways few people can imagine.

Comment on this post

Ethics in a war zone

Posted at 2:48 PM on June 24, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

Did NPR endanger a farmer by publicizing his name on an All Things Considered post last week?

Continue reading "Ethics in a war zone"

The myth of the online comment

Posted at 11:25 AM on June 21, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Forum Communications last week announced it would begin separating readers' online comments from the news stories with which they're associated. It was the latest in efforts some media organizations are taking to rein in the hatred, racism, and stupidity that have become the hallmark of Web site "comments," especially for newspapers.

This weekend, the Buffalo News announced it would now require its online commenters to identify themselves by name, and their identity will be checked.

News Editor Margaret Sullivan writes as if it's as difficult as trying to stop an oil well explosion:

Media organizations all over the country, particularly newspapers with active Web sites, are struggling with this subject. There's no easy answer. The tension is between wanting to take advantage of the freewheeling expression of the Internet and wanting to keep standards of reasonable tolerance and decency on a public site.

There's no easy answer? Of course there's an easy answer. Newspaper editors have been able to tell the difference between something valuable and something hateful, racist, and stupid for generations. It seems an odd assertion that they so consistently profess to struggle with the question.

So what's the real reason? They don't want to spend the time doing it.

There's something else, though, that newspaper people don't want to do. They don't want to talk to you. One of the reasons "self policing" has failed is because there's no sense that there's any conversation taking place.

We know by simple observing of human nature that if someone actually thinks a real person is going to talk to them right back, they'll be less, shall we say, indelicate in what they say. And a real conversation might break out.

It's not hard. There's nothing to wrestle with or struggle over.

Reporters by nature object to taking more time to actually talk to readers and listeners, contending they don't have it to give. But if there's something Twitter has taught us by following reporters, it's that that's an entirely false argument.

(h/t: Quick13 via Twitter)

Comment on this post

Journalists, nurses in ethical dust-up

Posted at 12:34 PM on June 17, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

I'm not altogether sure I understand the fury from the Minnesota Nurses Association (by way of David Brauer's blog at MinnPost) over the fact a meeting the nurses had was closed to the press, but the Strib inflitrated.

According to David:

The latest flashpoint is a Strib story that includes quotes from what the MNA says was a closed-to-the-press union membership meeting Wednesday. The piece, written by Josephine Marcotty and Chen May Yee, includes passages such as:

One nurse stood up and said, "I'm a young nurse and I talk to a lot of young nurses." She said she was worried that some would cross the picket line.

MNA spokesman John Nemo says the media organizations were informed via press release that the meeting was closed.

I'm probably old school here but I'm inclined to respond, "so what?" It's the job of reporters to find information and that's what the Star Tribune did. Did they break the law to get it? Not that I can tell. Did they get the story wrong? That doesn't appear to be the contention.

Far more troubling are two other parts of Brauer's story. One in which the nurses union spokesman seems to acknowledge he'd already been favoring certain media outlets over another. And one in which a TV reporter seems more than willing to accept information crumbs as the nurses are willing to provide them.

In any event, Nemo vows payback. "I told the Strib I'm cutting them out of the scoops. On Monday, they'll have to wait for the strike vote. I'm giving it to [Pioneer Press reporter] Jeremy Olson first."

He makes even that sound charitable: "We don't need the mainstream media to tell our story. We built our whole campaign around social networking -- 10,000 fans on Facebook, and MNAblog.com gets 8-10,000 hits a day. It's not 1988 any more."

Ethical? One can't very expect the media to sit and wait for spoon-fed information from one side in a labor dispute, when the people dispensing that information are favoring some media over the other.

Better to just get the information on your own. You know, like reporters do.

As for the need for mainstream media, it's true. It's not 1988 anymore and the nurses don't need mainstream media to get their information out to nurses, but they do need the mainstream media if they're engaged in a fight for the public's hearts and minds, which they are.

Someday, perhaps, the majority of the not-involved-in-nursing-or-hospitals general public will browse YouTube videos and Web site blogs to get these morsels on their own, but that's not a reality of 2011.

As penetrating as "new media" has become in our daily lives, it hasn't come close to carrying the influence the old guard still wields. Like it or not, that's simply a fact.

It's understandable that in a contentious labor situation, cooler heads aren't likely to prevail when it comes to relationships with the media. The communications individuals have a job to do: To get their story told, preferably just the way they want it.

But that's not the job of journalists. If there are elements of the story that are wrong, a reporter's head should be fair game. Attribution, not insinuation, belongs in news stories. Clearly, two sides (or more) of a particular story should be told. But increasingly, the definition of bias among the communications professionals is that another point of view saw the light of day.

Look at another situation, the oil spill in the Gulf. Other than actually breaking the law, at what point should reporters stop trying to get the full story, rather than just the one BP wants told?

Comment on this post

Entenza's media reach

Posted at 3:48 PM on June 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Minnesota gubernatorial candidate Matt Entenza may be trailing in the polls, but he's been the runaway leader in using media to get his face in front of as many people as his deep pockets will allow.

Continue reading "Entenza's media reach"

Behind the scenes of the NPR video

Posted at 10:58 AM on June 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The writer of the viral NPR video reveals the darkest secrets of public radio.

Continue reading "Behind the scenes of the NPR video"

The end of Helen Thomas

Posted at 10:47 AM on June 7, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Stick a camera in front of an 89-year old woman and ask her for deep thoughts on foreign policy and international affairs, and the odds are you'll be disappointed. If the 89-year old is White House correspondent Helen Thomas, you may be disgusted as well.

Thomas announced her immediate retirement today, a day after the agency that handles her speaking engagements dropped her as a client. It all stems from an incident last month when rabbiLive.com got this interview with her.

It's still unclear why the website singled Thomas out. "We're asking everybody," the interviewer said before the Jewish Heritage Celebration at the White House, but no other videos from "everybody" appeared on the site.

It might have something to do with her reporting after then president George Bush blocked a U.N. call for a cease fire in Gaza in January 2009:


Bush's pro-Israeli Mideast policy and refusal to ease civilian suffering by calling for a Gaza ceasefire reminds us of his similar stance in Israel's war against Lebanon two years ago.

Israel took a beating in that war with Hezbollah and had to retreat. Since then, it appears to have been looking for a way to restore its image of military superiority in the region.

She had also challenged the United States' reaction to last week's assault on the Turkish flotilla heading for Gaza:

President George W. Bush loathed her so much, he refused to call on her at news conferences for more than three years. The White House Press Corps was going to strip her of her front-row seat, not because they intended to police the views of its members -- wink -- but because they didn't think opinion writers should be in the front row.

No matter, Thomas has now been branded as an anti-Semite who conducted her reporting based on her personal views.

It's, obviously, not a good way to go out.

Comment on this post

On Dale Connelly and the art of radio

Posted at 12:17 PM on June 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (22 Comments)
Filed under: Media

connelly_1.jpg

After his final broadcast on a Minnesota Public Radio program, Dale Connelly got the send-off by the working folks at MPR News a few minutes ago, even though he asked that no going-away party be held. "It's true what they say about the news media," he told us. "You really don't listen."

mpr_crowd_1.jpg

We gave him a teddy bear, a pillow, some pajamas, and some tea to help him sleep, now that he won't be getting up early in the morning anymore.

A lot of people -- and correctly so -- will point out that MPR owes its growth to Garrison Keillor. But it also reflects the work of people like Connelly, who reminded us today that few people listened back in the day when he was part of the news operation. "You'd call people and nobody would call you back and why would they?" he recalled.

Many years ago, an MPR executive decided to brand us with a "Your News Source" slogan, which Dale turned into "Your News Horse," and a different slogan: "We may not get there first, but we'll stay longest."

Like most people in the mainstream media, we've gotten pretty good at holding these little going-away affairs with their trips down memory lane. But the institutional memory of organizations like this is fast disappearing, too. And fewer and fewer people who grew up with radio are coming into the radio business because fewer people are growing up with radio as a primary form of communication.

Technology has made the challenges of live broadcasting almost disappear. Twenty years from now, these little parties will have stories like, "hey, remember the time my computer crashed?"

It just won't be the same.

Comment on this post

Registering reporters

Posted at 11:36 AM on May 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

MPR's Tom Scheck calls out attention to this little piece of constitutional savagery as described in the Toronto Toldedo Blade.

A Michigan lawmaker crafted a bill that requires reporters to be registered.

Says the columnist:


"I mainly just wanted to stimulate discussion," he told me. "I didn't think the bill would be likely to pass, but I thought I'd put it out there and if there was any support from your profession, we'd move forward. Heck, I thought it might be helpful to legitimate journalists," he said.

Indeed, he made some valid points. "There are fewer legitimate reporters who cover the legislature all the time. I see stuff being written by people I never heard of, and I don't know whether they have any credentials.

"You have bloggers and editorial writers who write about what we are doing who never come up here and have no idea what's going on. If I need a plumber, I want one who has credentials and who is licensed by the state."

So, he reasoned, why not reporters? His bill would set up a governor-appointed board to determine who could be a Michigan Registered Reporter. According to his specifications, successful candidates would have to show that they had a journalism degree, three years of experience, or other qualifications, including letters from already sanctioned reporters.

The columnist -- an ombudsman -- points out the bill also requires registered reporters to be of good moral character.

Comment on this post

Bachmann vs. Twitter

Posted at 4:11 PM on May 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

A week or so ago, a Newsweek reporter followed Rep. Michele Bachmann around and dispatched his observations via Twitter. It's still not entirely clear what Andrew Romano's story was supposed to be about -- Twitter or Bachmann. But it had enough "legs," as we like to say in the dying-media business, that all of his "tweets" were retweeted with great regularity, as if they provided some insight.

They didn't, and in a Web column today, Romano let's on that that appears to have been the point.

I sounded, in other words, like a kneejerk Bachmann hater. But that wasn't really the case; I hadn't spent enough time with her to decide if she was unserious, or crazy, or whatever. Instead, I was simply doing what Twitter demanded: being pithy and provocative. Straightforward narration would go unnoticed. Quotes from Bachmann's old friends would seem un-newsy. Nuance would cost too many characters. So I became a color commentator, casting off the reporter's traditional cloak of detachment and publicly weighing in on the proceedings at regular intervals. And because observation and publication were now compressed into a single act, I spent a lot of time thinking about how to phrase my tweets that I otherwise would've spent absorbing a scene or speaking to locals. I don't remember much about the crowd in Monticello, the businessmen in Blaine, or Bachmann's larger themes. I do remember what I wound up tweeting, and that's about it. Real magazine profiles require more.

Still, Romano found reporting advantages to Twitter, including the somewhat scary notion that he didn't have to approach some people for comment; they came to him.

But the Bachmann camp also read his tweets and, suddenly, she didn't have time for an interview:


My guess is that her staff read my tweets and decided that it wasn't in Bachmann's best interest to talk to me. And that says as much about Bachmann as anything I observed on the road. Given her mastery of the provocative soundbite and her recent ranking as the most influential Twitterer in the House, I'd initially believed that Bachmann, love her or hate her, was emblematic of a new, niche-media breed of politician. But it turns out that she's just a louder-mouthed version of the old model: happy to attack her opponents from afar, happy to play the victim, but unwilling to engage, mano a mano, with anyone she deems insufficiently friendly. What Twitter revealed about Bachmann is that she's not democratic enough for Twitter--or the new era it embodies.

And so, Newsweek killed the print piece -- the in-depth look at one of the country's most polarizing politicians and leaving Romano with another online blog entry that sounded "like every other Bachmann hater."

Maybe Romano has stumbled on another story idea, though. In 2010, is that pretty much all we want anyway?

Comment on this post

Moments with Don Shelby

Posted at 11:18 AM on May 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Don Shelby will announce his finalized plans for retirement from WCCO tomorrow. Let the remembering begin!

Unfortunately, I can't find any video of Shelby doing David Letterman's Top 10 in the mid '90s, in which he uttered the classic line, "there is a gopher in my pants."

Comment on this post

The price of holding a grudge

Posted at 11:51 AM on April 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Three items from Planet Petty:

Last week, the DFL refused to allow Mark Dayton onto the floor of its convention, presumably because he's not honoring the DFL endorsement process and is running in the primary in his bid for governor.

The Republicans are opening their state convention today amid a brouhaha over its apparent refusal to grant media credentials to upstart The Uptake, which is an accredited media organization at the Capitol, but leans left.

And in New York today, Wall Street pushed back the only way it knows how in its aversion to labor unions. CNBC, NBC's business channel, wanted to interview Richard Trumka, president of the AFL-CIO, which was about to stage a protest on the street. The New York Stock Exchange refused to allow Trumka into the building to do an interview with CNBC, which broadcasts from the stock exchange.

To their credit, the two anchors of the program didn't let pettiness prevent them from telling a story:

Comment on this post

A day in the life of the media

Posted at 10:41 AM on April 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

A situation in Somalia today certainly leads us to appreciate the First Amendment even more than we obviously do.

Proclaiming that music is un-Islamic, insurgents in Somalia have warned radio stations to stop playing music. The government of Somalia -- there's a phrase that's as strange to write as it is to read -- has told any radio stations that comply that they will be shut down.

What's a radio station to do? The New York Times has the answer:

"We have replaced the music of the early morning program with the sound of the rooster, replaced the news music with the sound of the firing bullet and the music of the night program with the sound of running horses," said Osman Abdullahi Gure, the director of Radio Shabelle radio and television, one of the most influential stations in Mogadishu.

The previous director of Radio Shabelle was gunned down last year.

Elsewhere on Planet Media:

At a high school in Seattle Spokane, the principal has confiscated every copy of the school newspaper after a column in which students were asked, ""If you could be famous for anything, what would you be famous for?" Some of the answers included, "Dropping a nuke on the Middle East." "Being JFK's assassin." "Leader of the KKK." "Killing the president with a trident."

Meanwhile, in Virginia, police A raided the offices of James Madison University's student newspaper Friday, confiscating hundreds of photos of an off-campus riot last weekend, according to the Roanoke Times.

The police and the county attorney intend to use the seized photographs to find those who broke the law at the riot.

"The community was really upset about what happened," the editor of the paper said. "I understand that they want to find all these people. But this is between what's right and what's wrong."

Comment on this post

Climate change and the TV meteorologist

Posted at 1:27 PM on April 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (25 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Science, Weather

AP07021505884.jpg

There may be a good reason why TV weather forecasters are reluctant to talk about climate change. The minute they do, they risk alienating a large segment of the audience which may know as little about the science of climate change as they often do.

This week, researchers at the University of Texas and George Mason University released a study showing only 54% of weathercasters believe climate change is occurring, while one in four agreed with the assertion that climate change as a result of human activity is a scam (See the full research here).

"From our perspective there's a lot of positive in it about the willingness of a lot of weathercasters who say they don't know as much as they want to about the science," Kris Wilson, senior lecturer in the College of Communication at the University of Texas told me this week. "They can still change their mind; they're open to learning about the science."

Wilson has created a two-hour module for weathercasters that tries to convince them that if they would simply report the science of climate change, the public might get better information.

"One of the big chunks was how do climate models differ from weather models, because many of the skeptics were couching their criticisms with 'you can't trust the models,'" according to Wilson. "If you can just stick to the science, the science is really pretty clear and definitive and the consensus that's been built among climate change science is really very extraordinary in the field."

Why does it matter what weathercasters say? Because for many people, it's the only source of science information once they graduate from school. And TV newsroom managers are asking their weatherperson to take on some of the tasks of science reporting, a role 79% of the meteorologists surveyed say they welcome. Yet, only a third of TV weathercasters believe there is a scientific consensus on climate change.

But the method by which a TV newscast is put together, doesn't help. "This winter is a perfect example because it was cold in, say, Washington DC." Wilson says. "And so what happens is a producer will stack the blizzard in Washington right before the weathercast, and then sometimes the anchors will turn to them and say 'Well, how can that be happening if global warming is going on?"

"Weathercasters refer to that as an 'ambush,'" he says. "You don't ever know what's going to happen in that moment and sometimes what gets communicated is very off the cuff and spontaneous."

And often, wrong.

It can be a scary moment in a profession where audience approval is required. WCCO meteorologist Mike Fairbourne found that out in 2008 when he signed a statement from 31,000 "scientists" who contended the role of humans in global warming is overblown. He was criticized by those who say the climate science couldn't be more clear.

"Climate change, for unfortunate reasons, has become so politicized that you can't even talk about science without setting yourself up from one side or the other. So weathercasters are trying to keep a low profile," according to Wilson. "They also recognize the risk involved because it puts them out there. The most common questions they get involves a hesitancy to trust a weathercaster about a long-term forecast when they can't get the short-term forecast right."

That would certainly appear to be the case in Minnesota, where out of more than a dozen meteorologists I contacted for their view for this post, only two were willing or able to give it.

steph_anderson.jpg "I feel tremendous pressure to take a side on global warming," Steph Anderson, a meteorologist at KTTC TV in Rochester told me in an e-mail. "I'm a scientist, so people expect me to have a scientific viewpoint on it, and reasoning behind it. Turns out, I don't like to talk about it."

"Honest and upfront, I don't talk about it, I don't believe in it. Mostly because I can't say it's happening, yet. It's hard enough to get a seven-day forecast right; I'm supposed to believe that the earth is going to warm excessively in so many years? Climate has changed over the earth's time. We've had ice ages and warmed back up. It's cyclical. Who's to say that won't happen this time around? Weather's hard enough to predict, but I don't predict climate, I don't work with models that do such things, but I know that in order for me to believe something, I need concrete data over a long period of time. Frankly, I haven't seen that yet with the global climate change debate.

"I also won't take a stance on global climate change when I'm presenting short-term data that's all over the place. This last summer we had one of the coldest July's on record. Now in March we haven't had any snow. My seven-day forecast changes several times over the course of a week. I'm fighting enough for credibility. If I'm crying global warming and it's not true...or if I'm not crying warming and it is true...I'd rather not risk my credibility at something that's so long-term and far out I can't predict it....and is hard to predict anyway."

Kris Wilson says the tendency of weathercasters to relate climate change to meteorology -- rather than climatology -- is the source of viewer/listener misinformation. "They have distinct differences and what we're finding is that they're projecting a lot of inconsistencies and flaws of weather forecasting models onto climate forecasting models. The weather is much more volatile. But climate models don't work that way."

Heidi Cullen, a meteorologist who once suggested meteorologists should not be certified by the American Meteorological Society "if they can't speak to the fundamental science of climate change," told the New York Times this week that the climatologists aren't stepping on the weather forecasters' turf. "They are not trying to predict the weather for 2050, just generally that it will be hotter," she said. "And just like I can predict August will be warmer than January, I can predict that."

Craig Edwards, an MPR meteorologist and long-time National Weather Service meteorologist, says the political nature of the debate clouds the need for stewardship. "In the book by Newt Gingrich and Terry Maple, A Contract with the Earth, they state there is no "we vs. they" when it comes to the stewardship of the planet. As a meteorologist, if I predict rain for Friday and it doesn't rain, you can track me down on Saturday and tell me I was wrong. As a climatologist, if I predict that 100 years from now that the ocean level will rise 20 inches and it only comes up five inches, I won't be around for you to tell me I was wrong. If we have 100 years to prepare for coastal sea level to rise two feet, yet we continue to build oceanside, shame on us."

"Do I feel as if we should be doing everything we can to reduce our energy consumption, drive more fuel-efficient cars, and be more earth-friendly?" Anderson adds. "Absolutely, but we should have made this effort long ago, not because of global warming fears, and at least before Al Gore's film came out. To me, his film has turned global warming into more of a political game than a science one. Also, I don't feel the average citizen is very informed of climate change and is rather brainwashed. So when they hear a piece of data, such as, "this year the earth warmed 1 degree", I feel their mindset goes like a magnet to a fridge to "global warming!". But what caused that 1 degree warm-up? Was it really humans? Was it something else?"

Steph Anderson says she prefers to "leave the long-term stuff up to the experts." The experts -- climatologists -- say the problem is they don't get the chance to spend five minutes a night before a trusting television audience.

Learn more about the research from Kris Wilson of the University of Texas.(Listen)

Comment on this post

WCCO.com walks The Wire

Posted at 11:19 AM on March 18, 2010 by Bob Ingrassia (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

thewire.png

WCCO-TV unveiled a new way to interact with the news today. "The Wire" is a graphical way for Internet users to explore news, events and comments.

Trying to describe the The Wire highlights how different it is. Is The Wire a news site, a web service, a platform, an application, a social network?

David Brauer at MinnPost struggled with terminology, winding up calling The Wire a "news-buzz-graphical-interface web thingie."

Good for WCCO-TV for trying something new. The project, led by WCCO's director of new media John Daenzer, has been in the works for months.

The station hopes The Wire drives traffic to its main news site and eyeballs to its newscasts. It also aims to generate some direct revenue -- CenterPoint Energy is a main sponsor right now, using the site to promote its product repair plan.

It's a noteworthy play for WCCO. Like newspapers, local TV news stations have been struggling to overcome falling income and declining audiences for their "legacy" products.

Local media outlets across the nation are aiming to grow their digital operations, even as they cope with staff reductions, a tough economy and huge shifts in their traditional business models.

KSTP-TV is taking a different approach, recently announcing a push into the "hyperlocal" space. The station plans to launch a series of sites serving neighborhoods and suburban cities.

WCCO's The Wire is too new for anyone to know whether it will develop a sizable audience or languish as an Internet curiosity.

But it certainly looks innovative. News, events and comments appear in bubbles along a timeline. The site, built by WCCO and the Twin Cities web-development shop The Nerdery, is smooth and cutting edge.

The interface may be a bit much for some users, especially at first. You don't really know what to do when you get there, so it takes a bit of learning.

Will The Wire be like Google Wave, where many first-time users wondered, "What do I do now?" Or will it build a loyal base of users and become a prominent part of the Twin Cities news landscape? As they say on TV, stay tuned.

Comment on this post

Sid the Kid

Posted at 4:28 PM on March 15, 2010 by Than Tibbetts (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's become an annual Minnesota media tradition. Every year, on the Ides of March, we mark one more revolution around the sun for our close, personal friend Sid Hartman. Sid's marking his 90th birthday this year.

MPR's Jim Bickal profiled Hartman on the eve of his 89th birthday last year.

Proving I'm not kidding about this being an annual tradition, the Star Tribune's "Yesterday's News" blog dug up Hartman's first column three years ago, when Sid was at the tender age of 87.

Update: MinnPost's David Brauer point us to a WCCO Radio collection of Sidisms.

Comment on this post

Kennedy's tirade

Posted at 5:11 PM on March 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, War

Rep. Patrick Kennedy had a meltdown on the House floor today, calling the press "despicable" for not covering "the most important national issue of the day," which he says is Afghanistan.

There's two press people in this gallery," Kennedy yelled during a debate over an anti-war resolution. "We're talking about Eric Massa 24-7 on the TV, we're talking about war and peace, $3 billion, 1,000 lives and no press? No press."

It's true, as I indicated on 5x8 this morning, that the 24-hour cable TV news crowd is weirdly obsessed with tickle fights, but he's wrong that "the press" isn't covering things. But after awhile, talking about ending a war isn't quite as newsworthy as actually ending one.

And, by the way, most reporters who monitor all the talk on the House floor don't do so in person. They do it by watching TVs in their cubicles.

As for "despicable," here's the front page of today's New York Times:

NY_NYT.jpg

And how many press releases on "the most important issue in the nation" has Rep. Kennedy posted on his Web site since his last election? None.

kennedy_pr.jpg

Comment on this post

The medium is the message

Posted at 11:49 AM on March 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Last year's debate surrounding the Nobel Peace Prize was whether a president in office for just a few weeks had done anything to earn it.

This year, it might come down to this question: Does the Internet promote peace?

The Nobel Prize committee reportedly has received more nominations for the award this year than ever before, and various media outlets are reporting that one of the nominees is "the Internet."

The nomination was pushed along by a group called Internet for Peace, whose manifesto reads:

We have finally realized that the Internet is much more than a network of computers.
It is an endless web of people. Men and women from every corner of the globe are
connecting to one another, thanks to the biggest social interface ever known to humanity.
Digital culture has laid the foundations for a new kind of society.
And this society is advancing dialogue, debate and consensus through communication.
Because democracy has always flourished where there is openness, acceptance,
discussion and participation. And contact with others has always been the most
effective antidote against hatred and conflict.
That's why the Internet is a tool for peace.
That's why anyone who uses it can sow the seeds of non-violence.
And that's why the next Nobel Peace Prize should go to the Net.

There are certainly cases to be made. This video of a dying woman during the uprising in Iran led to worldwide condemnation, although it didn't appear to have any effect other than convincing Twitter users to turn their avatars green:

Of course that which can used for good can also be used for evil. Take Jihad Jane, for example, who is accused of using the Internet to recruit terrorists.

In any event, the Internet is not unique to galvanizing world opinion. Back in the earlier days of television -- 1984 in this case -- images of famine in Africa were so shocking that it led to a worldwide effort to alleviate the suffering.

Here's the section of a New York Times article that year:

The plight of starving Africans had been recounted previously in newspapers and on television but it was not until a film report by a British journalist appeared on NBC late last month that governments and individuals were galvanized to help. Catholic Relief Services has received nearly $3 million in donations and Save the Children, $1.4 million since the report, according to officials of those organizations, and other groups have reported a similar influx. In recent weeks, the United States has increased its food assistance to Africa, including an estimated $37.5 million worth of grain for Ethiopia and several other countries.

The irony? The very medium that shocked us into action, also desensitized us to the problem.

Comment on this post

Spreading rumors

Posted at 4:02 PM on March 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Those of us who are big fans of social media, are occasionally reminded that it can be a terrible way to get accurate information.

The best example of this in years came today when a rumor swept across texting-land that Supreme Court Chief Justice John Roberts was resigning. According to the New York Times, a subsidiary of the National Enquirer picked up the story, and then Matt Drudge's Web site linked to that story, and it was often and running.

The blog, Above the Law, traced it back to a class at Georgetown Law School where a professor deliberately told the class that Roberts would resign tomorrow. He waited a half hour before revealing that he was fibbing. He expected that what would happen, is exactly what happened.

The blog quotes the story from a student in the professor's class:

Our criminal justice professor started our 9am lecture with the news that roberts will be resigning tomorow for health reasons- that he could not handle the administrative burdens of the job. He would not say how he knows- but halfway through our lecture on the credibility and reliability of informants he revealed that the Roberts rumor was made up to show how someone you ordinarily think is credible and reliable (ie a law professor) can disseminate inaccurate information.

[B]etween the hour when the class began and when he revealed that he made it up, plenty of students txted and imed their friends and family.... [So] there's a very good chance that the Roberts rumor that spread like wildfire on the internet was sparked by an eccentric law professor trying to make a point.

The professor hasn't confirmed the story, so none of this might be true.

It says something about the next generation of lawyers, however, that a professor who insists that information be checked for accuracy is considered "eccentric."

Comment on this post

Role reversal

Posted at 3:48 PM on March 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's been around for a few months, but this ad from a Finnish newspaper offers the opportunity for some thought -- What if it were the Internet that was dying and newspapers that were the upstart media?

Somewhat related: MinnPost's David Brauer reports the Pioneer Press' owners have emerged from bankruptcy, with the company's president scoring a big payday.

Comment on this post

Star Tribune Web site serving damaging virus

Posted at 1:08 PM on February 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

malware.jpg

There are reports around the Twin Cities today that the Star Tribune's Web site has spent the morning serving up malware to its visitors. First reports surfaced from the University of St. Thomas earlier today. Since then, a growing number of people surveyed via Twitter also report problems. Your local public radio station blogger also had viruses showing up after visiting and commenting on a review of last night's B.B. King concert.

A few minutes later, a program made to look like anti-virus software popped up reporting the computer was under attack, but the "program" itself was a virus.

The Star Tribune posted this notice a few minutes ago:


We have received reports that a third-party advertising network has been placing a "Malware Ad" onto our site.

A "Malware Ad" is a potentially malicious ad that could contain a virus or attempt to get you to pay for unsolicited services. The ad informs you that your machine has been infected with a virus and that you should click it to run a scan on your machine. We do not approve of this ad and consider it a potential security threat to your computer -- although we do not yet know that for certain.

We take this situation very seriously and are responding aggressively to get it resolved. We have removed all ad networks from our site. All advertising networks will be required to perform complete a check of every ad they run, and to verify that they are not running this ad, before we allow them to run on our site.

If you see an ad matching this description, please let us know about it by emailing content@startribune.com.

How does something like this happen? Ask the New York Times. It happened to the newspaper's Web site last fall.

While Web site owners usually review the ads they run for quality control and security reasons, many online ads are sold and distributed through middlemen known as ad networks. As a result, ads can appear on a site that its operators have not directly approved, and they may be pulled into its pages from computer servers that it does not control.

About half of the ads delivered to The Times's Web site come from ad networks. As reports of strange activity came in over the weekend, the technical and advertising staff at The Times began to suspect that a rogue ad had slipped through this way, and they moved to stop displaying such ads, said Diane McNulty, a spokeswoman for the Times Company.

But it now appears that the ad was approved by the site's advertising operations team, Ms. McNulty said. People visiting nytimes.com continued to complain about the pop-up ads throughout the weekend.

The real damage, however, comes when the employee sheepishly delivers his infected laptop to his company's I.T. department, fruitlessly claiming he didn't spend the weekend visiting porn sites.

For the record: It's not uncommon for Web sites to use third-party ad servers. Jeff Harkness of MPR's digital unit reports that MPR "(1) allows our clients to serve ads to our sites via 3rd party networks (Doubleclick, Mediaplex and EyeWonder are among the more common) and (2) National Public Media has an ad network that we partner with.

But you're safe here. Trust me.

Update 3:23 p.m. - So now that you've got an infected computer, how can you get rid of the Star Tribune's malware/virus. This page has a step-by-step instruction. It's not easy. (Alternately, you can try these instructions at Bleeping Computer.)

Comment on this post

Keeping secrets

Posted at 2:54 PM on February 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, War

The New York Times came in for a fair amount of criticism last June when it kept secret that one of its reporters had been taken hostage by the Taliban in Afghanistan last summer.

"We show a preference for one of our own in journalism generally by holding back a story or elements of a story compared to how we might cover the kidnapped oil field worker or diplomat or tourist," one media ethicist said.

Would the Times keep secrets if it didn't involve one of its own? Yes, as it turned out. They did this week.

The capture of Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar, the Taliban's #2 commander, was kept secret at the request of the White House.

Here's Times executive editor Bill Keller on PRI's "The Takeaway" today.

Comment on this post

One picture

Posted at 2:53 PM on February 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This is the image of the year in the annual World Press Photo competition announced this week. Taken by Pietro Masturzo of Italy, it shows two women shouting from the rooftops of Tehran last June. Click for a larger image.

01+Pietro+Masturzo.jpg

Here are some of the other favorite images in the competition:

02+Adam+Ferguson.jpg

Afghan woman rushed from the scene of a suicide bombing in Kabul in December. Photo by Adam Ferguson, Australia, VII Mentor Program for The New York Times.

03+Walter+Astrada.jpg

The winner in the spot news category. Bloodbath in Madagasca. Walter Astrada, Argentina, Agence France-Presse

04+Kent+Klich.jpg

1st prize: General News Singles Gaza photo album: Tuzzah, Gaza Strip, 3 March. Kent Klich, Sweden

05+Marco+Vernaschi.jpg

1st prize General News Stories. Guinea Bissau. Marco Vernaschi, Italy, for Pulitzer Center

06+David+Guttenfelder.jpg

2nd prize People in the News Singles, US soldiers respond to Taliban fire outside their bunker, Korengal Valley, Afghanistan, 11 May. David Guttenfelder, USA, The Associated Press.

07+Charles+Ommanney.jpg

1st prize People in the News Stories. Inauguration Day, Washington DC, 20 January
Charles Ommanney, United Kingdom, Getty Images for Newsweek

19+Kitra+Cahana.jpg

1st prize Arts and Entertainment Stories. Rainbowland, New Mexico. Kitra Cahana, Canada, Fabrica for Colors

Comment on this post

The obituary minefield

Posted at 1:47 PM on February 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

One of the great things about National Public Radio is it's still willing -- and enthusiastic -- about employing an ombudsman to respond to questions about some of its news stories.

And today, Alicia Shepard got the job of sifting through the furor caused by this David Horowitz quote that was included in an obituary of Howard Zinn:


"There is absolutely nothing in Howard Zinn's intellectual output that is worthy of any kind of respect,. Zinn represents a fringe mentality which has unfortunately seduced millions of people at this point in time. So he did certainly alter the consciousness of millions of younger people for the worse."

Yeow! That brings back memories of the time I wrote an obituary on a former governor of Minnesota and included the factoid that his detractors once referred to him as "Governor Goofy." Accurate? Yeah. Tasteful in an obit? No way.

Shepard's ruling:


Writing an obituary can be a challenging assignment because it is often the last thing that will be said about someone, and the subject can no longer speak on his own behalf. It must be fair. It must provide context and it must tell warts and all -- all in a limited space.

Critics are right that NPR was not respectful of Zinn. It would have been better to wait a day and find a more nuanced critic -- as the Washington Post did two days after Zinn died --than rushing a flawed obituary on air.

Here's her column. And here's the original obit:


Comment on this post

Super Bowl: Are you ready for some religion?

Posted at 2:24 PM on January 26, 2010 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Media

ap_tebow_jan26.jpg

Usually the discussion about Super Bowl TV ads is reserved for the day after the Super Bowl.

For the last few months, I've been wondering how the nation as a whole will react to Florida quarterback Tim Tebow, a tremendously talented player (and, from all accounts, a wonderful kid) who is one part quarterback and one part preacher. When his NFL career starts next season, the league is likely to get him to tone down the religion. He might be better off with a Bible Belt team.

We don't need to wait long to find out if his "in his face" religious views will cause a controversy in the NFL. An advertisement from James Dobson's Focus on the Family organization, aimed at the Super Bowl audience, will tell of Tebow's mother's decision not to have an abortion. The baby turned out to be Tim Tebow.

Generally speaking, Super Bowl ads are politics free. A few beer ads with calmations dalmations and clydesdales, some pop superstar drinking Pepsi, and babies spitting up while selling stocks are the usual fare.

But some of the big money is pulling out of the Superbowl commercial biz, and CBS is trying to attract advocacy ads to replace them.

It's not going over well with some groups. "An ad that uses sports to divide rather than to unite has no place in the biggest national sports event of the year, an event designed to bring Americans together," Jehmu Greene, president of Women's Media Center said. It and others women's groups are protesting the ad.

The irony here, of course, is that in protesting the commercial, the groups are giving the Focus on the Family message far more than it could get for the $2.5 million it costs to buy a 30-second ad in the Super Bowl.

Update. 3:05 p.m. - The Guardian (UK) points out that this ad was rejected by CBS for the Super bowl in 2004. Here are some of the other ads rejected.

Comment on this post

Obama vs. President Obama

Posted at 1:11 PM on January 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Long-time political columnist David Broder was on MPR's Midday today, assessing President Barack Obama's first-year performance.

But Broder's use of "Obama" instead of President Obama rankled listener Robert Devine of New Brighton, who wrote, "It seems disrespectful to eliminate the normal title given to a high-office elected official ... in the ongoing discussion and refer to them just by their last name. I would expect more from someone who has a deep background in journalism."

This, you may recall (since I wrote about it here) is one of the most common complaints fielded by NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard, who notes that the format has been the NPR policy since the '70s.

Frankly, we don't hear it very often at MPR, where we use the Associated Press Stylebook, which instructs us to use President Obama on first reference and the last name on second and subsequent references. The Stylebook, though, isn't infallible. After all, the AP says people who enter pleas in court of "not guilty," should be described as having entered a plea of "innocent," even though there's no such plea in the American judicial system.

Mr. Devine points out, too, that what might work in a newspaper, sounds entirely different on the radio:

"My opinion is that live discussion should consistently maintain the title throughout the dialog. I tuned into the middle of Mr. Broder's discussion and hearing him refer to the present and former presidents by their last name cause me to wonder how a person in his position could endorse a disrespectful practice. I realize he had no ill intention by that practice, but it did not reflect well on him, in my opinion. Modeling good respectful behavior in speech and conduct is something every younger generation greatly needs to witness."

Mark Knoller, who covers the White House for CBS News, says that organization's policy is to refer to the president as Mr. Obama on second references. During the Bush administration, he said people found that offensive, too.

If on every reference I called him "President Bush," it would grate on the ear. By calling him "Mister Bush" on second reference, we make the report easier to understand - while at the same time - showing our respect.

Is there a political motivation in the complaint? Clark Hoyt of the New York Times certainly thought so when he responded to it in 2007. Besides, he said, nobody who actually puts his feet up in the Oval Office seems to mind.

But because she, Leslie and some other readers are disturbed, I went to the White House to see what folks there think about how the president is referred to in The Times.

Are they upset at the title "Mr. Bush?"

"No, not at all," said Tony Fratto, the deputy press secretary. "There are lots of things we find disrespectful to the president, usually on the editorial page or in a news analysis, but we take no offense at his titled reference in news articles," Fratto said.

"Remember," he said, "We have citizen presidents. Mr. is a perfectly fine title."

Comment on this post

Behind the scenes of NPR's Haiti coverage

Posted at 11:14 AM on January 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Disasters, Media

National Public Radio's ombudsman, Alicia Shepard, provides the story-behind-the-story logistics that go into bringing the story in Haiti to NPR listeners.

Comment on this post

A Tale of Two Late Nights

Posted at 2:26 PM on January 15, 2010 by Than Tibbetts (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Let's play another round of News Cut's "Who said it?" (cue theme)

"I feel like a guy who has bought a car from somebody, painted it, fixed it up and made it look nice and then the guy comes back and says he promised to sell the car to his brother-in-law."

If you guessed Conan O'Brien, circa January 2010, try again.

That was Jay Leno in December 1992, as NBC network execs publicly fretted whether to hand the Tonight Show to Leno or then Late Night host David Letterman. Letterman, of course, left NBC to form the Late Show on CBS after Leno was handed the keys.

Mr. Leno said he would "obviously leave NBC immediately" if the network decided to give the "Tonight" show to Mr. Letterman. He said he would absolutely refuse to do a show in the 12:30 A.M. spot now occupied by Mr. Letterman's show, "Late Night," and would indeed consider creating the same problem for NBC that Mr. Letterman's proposed deal with CBS caused.

Conan's crack advice to kids rings true even in 1992: "You can do anything you want in life. Unless Jay Leno wants to do it, too."

Comment on this post

Desensitized to dead bodies?

Posted at 12:52 PM on January 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Disasters, Media

I wrote yesterday about the difficult choices news editors are having this week when it comes to how and whether to show dead bodies in Haiti.

Today, visual journalist Charles Apple looks closer at the choices newspapers are making, and considers whether there's danger in making dead body images common?

For Day Three coverage, it seems a little late to go with body photos. Especially given the tropical climate in Haiti. After the coverage Thursday that focused on dead, dying and anguished, I'd prefer to see photos of people being helped or fed or cared for.

Of course, perhaps that's the point. Perhaps there isn't enough of that going on.

It doesn't take long, it would appear, for us to become desensitized.

One of the other things that's been interesting to note about news coverage is the difference in editorial philosophy between newspapers and newspaper Web sites.

Here's an example from the New Orleans Picayune. Here's the paper:

1001quakefridayneworleansla.jpg

And here's the paper's Web site ( click to enlarge):

web_site_nola.jpg

The top story is the New Orleans Saints game this weekend. Haiti coverage was limited to reaction to the disaster from Saints players.

The situation is somewhat the same locally. On the Star Tribune Web site, Brett Favre plays higher than Haiti, which is scaled evenly with the latest on fighter Brock Lesnar.

Comment on this post

Fresh Eye on the Radio: Conan's letter

Posted at 5:16 PM on January 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Fresh Eye on the Radio (with Mary Lucia), Media

conan_jay.jpg

It is either intensely comforting or profoundly disturbing the American workplaces are stopping today to debate whether Jay Leno or Conan O'Brien should be on television in the 10:35 time slot.

Today, O'Brien issued a public statement on the controversy, via the New York Times media blog:
People of Earth:

In the last few days, I've been getting a lot of sympathy calls, and I want to start by making it clear that no one should waste a second feeling sorry for me. For 17 years, I've been getting paid to do what I love most and, in a world with real problems, I've been absurdly lucky. That said, I've been suddenly put in a very public predicament and my bosses are demanding an immediate decision.

Six years ago, I signed a contract with NBC to take over The Tonight Show in June of 2009. Like a lot of us, I grew up watching Johnny Carson every night and the chance to one day sit in that chair has meant everything to me. I worked long and hard to get that opportunity, passed up far more lucrative offers, and since 2004 I have spent literally hundreds of hours thinking of ways to extend the franchise long into the future. It was my mistaken belief that, like my predecessor, I would have the benefit of some time and, just as important, some degree of ratings support from the prime-time schedule. Building a lasting audience at 11:30 is impossible without both.

But sadly, we were never given that chance. After only seven months, with my Tonight Show in its infancy, NBC has decided to react to their terrible difficulties in prime-time by making a change in their long-established late night schedule.

Last Thursday, NBC executives told me they intended to move the Tonight Show to 12:05 to accommodate the Jay Leno Show at 11:35. For 60 years the Tonight Show has aired immediately following the late local news. I sincerely believe that delaying the Tonight Show into the next day to accommodate another comedy program will seriously damage what I consider to be the greatest franchise in the history of broadcasting. The Tonight Show at 12:05 simply isn't the Tonight Show. Also, if I accept this move I will be knocking the Late Night show, which I inherited from David Letterman and passed on to Jimmy Fallon, out of its long-held time slot. That would hurt the other NBC franchise that I love, and it would be unfair to Jimmy.

So it has come to this: I cannot express in words how much I enjoy hosting this program and what an enormous personal disappointment it is for me to consider losing it. My staff and I have worked unbelievably hard and we are very proud of our contribution to the legacy of The Tonight Show. But I cannot participate in what I honestly believe is its destruction. Some people will make the argument that with DVRs and the Internet a time slot doesn't matter. But with the Tonight Show, I believe nothing could matter more.

There has been speculation about my going to another network but, to set the record straight, I currently have no other offer and honestly have no idea what happens next. My hope is that NBC and I can resolve this quickly so that my staff, crew, and I can do a show we can be proud of, for a company that values our work.

Have a great day and, for the record, I am truly sorry about my hair; it's always been that way.

Yours,



Conan
Here's today's Fresh Eye with Mary Lucia:

You can also subscribe to the podcast via iTunes or by going here.

Comment on this post

NPR's Tea Party cartoon

Posted at 3:14 PM on January 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

In the last few days, some of my conservative online friends have sent me the link to a cartoon on the npr.org Web site as proof of the anti-conservative nature of National Public Radio.

I don't work for NPR, and I don't spent much time reading the opinion/editorial sections of most online news sites, so I wasn't aware of "Learn to Speak Teabag" and, having read it, didn't think it was funny and reinforced my belief that most political discourse in America isn't going to be mistaken for challenging intellectual endeavors.

Today, NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard gave her colleagues the chance to explain how it got on the npr.org site, and then noted the obvious:

That said, there are problems with the Tea Bag animation. Chief among them is it doesn't fit with NPR values, one of which is a belief in civility and civil discourse.

Fiore is talented, but this cartoon is just a mean-spirited attack on people who think differently than he does and doesn't broaden the debate. It engages in the same kind of name-calling the cartoon supposedly mocks.

And why is NPR running a cartoon from just one perspective?

NPR is a lightning rod in the ongoing political struggle. But it's a credit to that organization -- and others -- that in a time of big cutbacks, they employ someone to answer complaints from the audience and hold people accountable to explain editorial decisions to the people who matter most -- the readers and listeners.

Comment on this post

The Augsburg Fortress story

Posted at 9:29 AM on January 6, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It's been awhile since we've seen a story get as much reaction as an Associated Press-distributed story (based on a KSTP report) about pensions benefits at Augsburg Fortress Publishers. The original story has been taken off the MPR site, but here's what it said:

The publishing house of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America is cutting off retirement benefits for current employees and retirees.

KSTP-TV reports that Augsburg Fortress sent notices to about 500 employees and retirees last week saying it will terminate its retirement plan March 5.

Former employee Karen Walhof told KSTP the letter stated that as of Dec. 31 the company owned members more than $24 million, but only had a third of the money in assets. If the company kept paying out monthly benefits, the plan would run out of money in five years.

Most people in the plan will receive some type of lump sum payment. Minneapolis-based Augsburg Fortress blamed the money problems on fewer book sales, shrinking ELCA congregations and increasing competition on the Internet.

The Associated Press issued a corrected version last night, but it had already circulated. Today, a public relations firm issued a clarification:

1. It was Augsburg Fortress that terminated the program, not ELCA. They are separate entities for this purpose. Augsburg has its own board and made the decision.

2. Benefits were not "cut off" for retirees and current employees. The vast majority in the defined benefit program will receive a lump sum payment in the coming weeks based on their time of service and retirement status. That is not a "cut off." Also, current employees have participated since 2005 in a defined contribution program similar to a 401(K), with a company match, that is not affected by this move.

3. The company's theoretical total liability is roughly $24 million, based on estimates of mortality and the time value of money, etc.. It doesn't "owe" people $24 million due in a defined period of time. They are different concepts and are commonly addressed as such.

4. The causes for the problem cited in your article are accurate, but incomplete. All those factors have been present for some time but were manageable from the point of view of maintaining retirement benefits. The key change was the market decline from 2007-2009. The portfolio fell sharply, as did most organizations', but AFP had to continue paying out close a quarter million dollars per month from that market bottom, which compromised its ability to capitalize on the market recovery. As the AP story said, if it did nothing we'd have run out of money in five years and some 300 current and former employees not currently collecting benefits would have received nothing.

This press release was also attached from the ELCA News Service:

CHICAGO (ELCA) -- Augsburg Fortress, the publishing ministry of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA), announced in a Dec. 31, 2009, letter to participants that it will terminate its defined benefit retirement plan effective March 5. The action, approved by the board of trustees of Augsburg Fortress Dec. 18, affects 500 plan participants.

Not affected by the decision is the company's current retirement plan -- a defined contribution plan -- in which Augsburg Fortress' current employees can participate. That plan is a 403b plan "common for non-profit organizations," according to information from the publisher. Approximately 150 current employees are enrolled in this plan.

Most participants in the defined benefit plan will receive a lump sum payment, said Beth A. Lewis, president and chief executive officer, Augsburg Fortress, Minneapolis. The trustees amended the plan to provide for a "more equitable allocation of plan assets among plan participants," she wrote in the letter to plan participants. Without the amendment, more than half of the plan participants would have received nothing at all, Lewis wrote.

"We wanted to make certain that we had the most equitable distribution of assets possible," she said in an interview with the ELCA News Service. "If we had done nothing, the plan would have run out of money in approximately five years and left about 60 percent of those in the plan with no retirement benefits. We didn't think that was equitable or fair."

In 2005 the Augsburg Fortress board of trustees took action to freeze the defined benefit plan, and began offering its 403b plan to its employees. The costly defined benefit plan "has been underfunded for about nine years," Lewis said.

She explained that the defined benefit plan appeared to have enough funding to provide payments to plan participants for many years, but all of that changed when financial markets turned downward in 2008 and early 2009.

As of Dec. 31, 2009, the plan's retirement benefit obligations totaled about $24.2 million, the company said in a series of questions and answers sent to plan participants. The plan's assets were only $8.6 million.

The company said other options to fund the shortfall were considered, such as trying to find sources of external funding, declaring bankruptcy and selling company assets, or doing nothing. In the end, the board chose to terminate the plan and amend it to spread assets more equitably.

"This decision breaks our hearts," the document said. "But, among four bad options, we truly believe this is the best of them. Not good. Just the best of the hard choices facing us."

Augsburg Fortress is a separately incorporated unit of the ELCA churchwide organization. The company said it sought support from the churchwide organization, but was advised that it "has no obligations or fiduciary duties with respect to the Augsburg Fortress plan." The publisher's retirement plan is separate from any ELCA-sponsored retirement plan.

John Rahja, Augsburg Fortress' chief financial officer, said assets of the defined benefit plan are separate from the company's assets. "The plan operates independently from Augsburg Fortress. Terminating this plan really doesn't affect Augsburg Fortress operations and how we run our business day to day," he told the ELCA News Service.

The company reported to plan participants that it could not cover the retirement plan's shortfall "because of our own operational challenges resulting from fewer sales to shrinking ELCA congregations, and increasing competition from the Internet and publishers outside of the Lutheran tradition."

Rahja explained that a defined benefit plan is funded solely by the organization, and benefits are determined by average earnings and length of service. The current 403b defined contribution plan gives employees the option to contribute and the organization the option to match those contributions. Employees also determine how their retirement funds are invested, he said.

Comment on this post

When is a suspect's politics newsworthy?

Posted at 11:21 AM on January 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (43 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Is the political affiliation of alleged perverts a legitimate part of a news story that's not about politics?

The Star Tribune thinks so. In today's story about Twin Cities businessman William Wanner, who is charged with fondling a 10-year-old girl at the Minneapolis Club, this paragraph stood out:

Records show that Wanner is affiliated with Wanner Engineering Inc., a maker of industrial pumps, and has been a significant contributor to local and national Republican candidates.

There is no further mention of Wanner's politics, so it's not clear what the point of identifying his political donations are to the story of his arrest on molestation charges.

The description as a "significant contributor" also invites inspection. He gave $1,000 to the Mitt Romney campaign, far less than the $2,300 a person is allowed to give. He gave $8,000 to Norm Coleman's PAC, far less than $42,700 a person is limited to in a two-year cycle.

This isn't the first time the Star Tribune has linked political connections to the Republican Party with an arrest on morals charges. I pointed it out in an August 2007 Polinaut post ("Does the Strib think Republicans have a thing for hookers?") a similar situation. When a man was arrested in a prostitution sting on St. Paul's East Side, the Star Tribune said:

"Recently, he publicly supported a candidate seeking to replace state Rep. Steve Sviggum. All three elected officials were Republicans."

But the Star Tribune wasn't alone in connecting today's story to the suspect's politics. Fox9 News did the same thing:

Wanner is licensed to practice law in Wisconsin. He contributed $8,000 to the Norm Coleman Victory Committee and $1,000 to the Mitt Romney For President campaign in 2008.

The Star Tribune turned the Web site comments off on today's story, so we don't know if anyone has noticed the assertion.

Incidentally, the arrest of Tom Petters was arguably one of the top crime stories in Minnesota in 2008. Petters, since convicted of running a Ponzi scheme, contributed $14,200 to Democratic candidates in 2008. When he was arraigned in October 2008, the newspaper made no mention of his political contributions.

Emails to editors and reporters at both institutions have not yet been answered.

Comment on this post

On Deborah Howell

Posted at 11:26 AM on January 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Icons, Media

I have, occasionally, accompanied a family member to someone's funeral, listened to the eulogy, and left thinking I missed an opportunity by not knowing the person. Today's online eulogies to former Pioneer Press editor Deborah Howell evoke the same feeling.

In the old "just the facts" style of "old media," the news stories of her passing in New Zealand do not allow us to know her, only her accomplishments.

That's where "new media" shines. Former colleague Katherine Lanpher, for example, tweeted me this wonderful description of Howell:

lanpher_tweet_jan2.jpg

Typical Lanpher; a more beautiful tribute could not possibly be penned.

Former Twin Cities journalist David Carr tried:

carr_tweet_jan2.jpg

Howell ended her career at the Washington Post. Today, the Comic Riffs blog remembers her love of comics, editorial cartoons, and the people who wrote them. Michael Cavna tells the Howell story of some editorial cartoonists who snuck into some parties at a political convention:

Which is why I took her advice. I called Luckovich, the great Atlanta Journal-Constitution cartoonist. Luckovich not only confirmed the story -- he also filled in colorful details. Bottom line: Even with the most casual anecdote, Deb had gotten the story right.

Now, all my sources check out again: Deb was a pioneering editor, a consummate dogged journalist, an enormous supporter of newspaper cartooning and cartoonists and as big as Texas in her generosity and friendship.

She was apparently a big fan of Opus. She had to explain once why this panel got rejected by the Post.

opus_howell.jpg

She held her fire until the last paragraph:

I think Post editors overreacted in killing the strips. Comics are meant to be artful, fun and provocative. The two strips were all of that and worth publishing. Let comics be comics.

P.S. Love that penguin!

Michael Calderone at Politico writes that Howell gave it as good as she got it:

As ombudsman, Howell wrote critically on the Post's journalism, and at times, found herself on the receiving end of criticism. For instance, after writing that the Jack Abramoff scandal also involved Democratic politicians, Howell drew fire from liberal watchdogs and bloggers, resulting in the Post's comments section briefly going down.

Still, Howell remained undeterred, writing after: "There is no more fervent believer in the First Amendment than I am, and I will fight for those e-mailers' right to call me a liar and Republican shill with salt for brains. But I am none of those."

Jeff Jarvis, writing at his Buzz Machine blog, suggested that Howell understood that in the new media landscape, the most informative tool is the one traditional journalists are most afraid of: their own voice:

I learned that Deborah had little fear of learning. I argue that we must all learn in public now -- which means making mistakes and finding lessons and moving on. We online need to be more generous with others as they learn our ways. There's no sense in replacing one orthodoxy with another. What we need instead is curiosity. That is what Deborah had.

More?

How about Steven A. Smith's sweet remembrance upon Howell's retirement just over a year ago:

Deborah has shown considerable courage herself through the years. I remember the fuss among readers and even advertisers when The Pioneer Press printed and then won a Pulitzer for "Aids in the Heartland," one of the first stories anywhere to show that Aids was not just an urban plague. Deborah's unflinching support of reporter Jacqui Banaszynski's project led to truly groundbreaking journalism.

But on a more personal level, I owe Deborah for the single most important management lesson I ever received.

I was a mid-level city desk editor at The Pioneer Press at the time. I had been assigned an intern for the summer, a young woman who was to join my small team of reporters. For any number of reasons, the intern and I did not mesh. It was an ugly relationship. I couldn't seem to get through to her, she legitimately disliked me. It happens. But at the time, I took it all personally.

Late one evening after a particularly contentious encounter, I threw up my hands. Impulsively, I typed out a note to Deborah telling her I was going to wash my hands of the problem, that I simply wasn't going to work with this young lady any longer and that I sincerely hoped some other sucker would have more luck.

And I slipped it under Deborah's office door.

In those days staffers would occasionally receive in their mail boxes so-called "blue notes," handwritten notes on blue paper generally critical of something we had done, a mistake we had made, etc. Complimentary notes were on white paper, so that glimpse of blue in the mailbox sent a shiver down many an editor's spine.

The morning after my temper tantrum, in response to my intemperate note, I found a Howell blue note in my box. "Take responsibility" is all it said.

By the way, it says something about the state of her former newspaper in the Twin Cities, that it gave her death only six weak paragraphs -- eight sentences -- of copy. I'd love to know what she'd think of that.

Comment on this post

Carl Kasell's farewell

Posted at 2:24 PM on December 30, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Minnesota Public Radio listeners didn't get to hear long-time National Public Radio newscaster Carl Kasell's farewell this morning. Like many stations, MPR "covers" the last two minutes of the full NPR newscast in order to provide a local newscast.

Here's his goodbye:

He'll continue his role, however, on Wait! Wait! Don't Tell Me!.

Comment on this post

WCAL sale upheld

Posted at 11:51 AM on December 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The Minnesota Court of Appeals has upheld St. Olaf College's sale of Northfield's WCAL radio to Minnesota Public Radio. The station became The Current. MPR was not a party to the suit.

In its decision, the court upheld a district court ruling that the group SaveWCAL waited too long to file its complaint. "Despite its notice that the attorney general would not intervene to prevent the sale, SaveWCAL did not initiate legal action to pursue its breach-of-charitable-trust theory prior to finalization of the sale. In fact, SaveWCAL did not participate in any legal proceeding related to the sale until 2007 and did not file the petition that is the subject of this lawsuit until four years after the sale closed," the Appeals Court said in its ruling (available here).

But the court gave a nod to the disappointment that a classical radio station was replaced by one playing alternative rock:

We acknowledge and respect the loyalty and devotion that SaveWCAL has shown to this radio station. We also recognize that our decision may be unpopular. Nevertheless, we are obligated to follow the law.

Comment on this post

Illinois politics

Posted at 10:36 AM on December 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

The Republican Party of Illinois has condemned one of its own for running a radio ad suggesting the candidate's Republican opponent is gay .

Candidate Andy Martin's defense is particularly stunning:

Martin says his ad is based on a "solid rumor on the Internet," CBS 2 reports. The attack is the latest of many over-the-top claims from Martin, yet WBBM Newsradio 780 is required to run the ad because it cannot censor political advertising.

A "solid rumor on the Internet"?

Martin knows something about Internet rumors. He started the "Obama is a Muslim" rumor on the Internet.

Back to the radio ad. Why can politicians get on the air and assassinate a person's character on the basis only of an "Internet rumor?" Because politicians changed the law in 1978. Under a 1971 law, radio stations were given the the responsibility for determining when a political commercial was unacceptable. That was taken away in 1978, despite objections by broadcasters that it was an unwarranted government intrusion. Now, radio stations can lose their license for refusing to air a commercial like Martin's.

Former presidential candidate Barry Commoner exploited the law two years later by purchasing political ads for his campaign that started with an obscenity.

Comment on this post

Take my money

Posted at 9:24 AM on December 13, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

About 10 days ago, I mentioned the effort by former MPR reporter Chris Julin to pay for his online access to the Duluth News Tribune. He doesn't get the dead-trees edition, so he asked the paper if he could just send money for the Web version. The paper said "no."

Here's an update:

Today the paper's editor, Rob Karwath, writes that Julin wasn't alone. Another couple tried to give the paper some money. It's a reminder, he says, of the value of the local newspaper, regardless of what form it takes:

That value is beat reporting. Stahl covers Duluth city government and Lawler has the arts and entertainment beat. By assigning reporters to cover beats and develop relationships with sources, we get stories TV stations in town don't. In smaller operations, everyone usually becomes a general-assignment reporter. Stories get missed.

Julin and the Farrells put their money where their hearts are. It's something they didn't have to do. It's understanding what our business requires in order to continue providing the value they enjoy.

And for us at the News Tribune, it's encouraging.

Now the frustrating part. You can't read the editor's letter unless you register on the site.

(h/t: Chris Julin)

Meanwhile, over at the Pioneer Press' Christmas party...

"It's a Wonderful Job" from Ben Garvin on Vimeo.

Comment on this post

Remember Iraq?

Posted at 2:41 PM on December 3, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media, War

Do we have the ability to follow two wars at once?

The blog Baghdad Observer suggests not:

The once-huge international press corps here has shrunken significantly, with many verteran war correspondents decamped to Afghanistan. Major U.S. TV networks have pulled out, or are in the process of doing so. Other news organizations are hanging on until after the elections, which have been delayed from January to at least late February or March. (McClatchy, I am proud to say, plans to maintain a presence in Baghdad).

The Pew Project for Excellence in Journalism tracks the attention news organizations give to stories. Its latest has Iraq nowhere in sight.

The last time Iraq was in the top five stories in a given week was at the end of June.

Comment on this post

The Body's back

Posted at 1:36 PM on December 1, 2009 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Media

Jesse Ventura is back in his favorite spot -- the limelight.

The former governor is on a promotional tour for a new TV show, Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura, on truTV.

Here's a heaping helping.

On Larry King's show on CNN, the former governor took on foreign policy:

Well, it still angers me, because it reminds me a great deal of Vietnam. The Russians couldn't beat they will. The English couldn't beat them over there. You are not going to get a military solution, in my opinion, in Afghanistan. It's impossible.

Yet we're just like Vietnam. Are we propping up a phony government like we did in Vietnam? Remember, the United States blocked free elections in Vietnam? Had there had been elections in Vietnam, Ho Chi Minh would have won in a land slide.

Well, is this the same thing going on? We're propping up an unpopular government. We're sending our military in.

I tell you what should happen, Larry. We need an immediate Congress to pass a war tax, because you know what? We're involved in two wars now and this country is feeling no pain. Well, I got news for you. When you're involved in war, everyone should feel a little bit of pain. We need to pass a war tax to pay for this war.

And I'll tell you something else. It's time to bring back the draft. These guys are on their fifth or sixth tours over there. I used to be advocate for a professional military. I'm not anymore. It's too easy for these people to take our young men and women to war and not account for it.

And let's pass one more law, Larry. The next time the government votes to go to war, I think every congressman and senator should be required to pr predesignate someone in their family begins immediate military service. I'm tired for these people voting to go to war and then they have no dog in the fight.

In a 2002 interview with MPR's Tom Scheck, Ventura made an observation that potential viewers of his new show might consider. "I always tell everybody that I believe 50 percent of what I read or hear in the media," Ventura said. "So let them take it with a 50 percent; half and half, because that's how accurate the media is."

The fight for the hearts and minds of the American people

Posted at 12:05 PM on December 1, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The most influential man in American journalism today declared that the future of journalism is bright.

Speaking at an FTC conference on the state of journalism, News Corp. CEO Rupert Murdoch said news editors are more concerned about winning prizes for journalism rather than giving the people what they want. "I can't tell you how many newspapers I see have a wall of journalism prizes and a declining circulation," he said during the Federal Trade Commission-hosted panel, "How Will Journalism Survive the Internet Age?"

According to Business Insider, Murdoch said that newspapers have prospered because the communities that they serve trust them to hold governments accountable and to provide their readers with pertinent information.

You know, like this:

NY_NYP.jpg

Most of these breast-beating panels on the future of journalism miss the point. It's not a question of whether journalism will survive. It's a question of whether good journalism will survive.

On many days -- and with the war in Afghanistan about to be escalated, this is one of them -- it becomes a question not of whether journalists are giving the people what they want. It's whether the people are right in the journalism they want -- for many, that's the latest on Tiger Woods and the gate crashers at the White House -- at the expense of journalism they need.

Comment on this post

The Future of News redux

Posted at 11:13 AM on November 20, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

Earlier this week, MPR hosted a day-long forum on The Future of News. Colleague Julia Schrenkler, who handled most of the online action, has posted the video of the keynote, which featured Ken Doctor. He runs the Web site Content Bridges.

He's also written a post about the conference and, in particular, the one portion where teeth were bared. Star Tribune Publisher Mike Sweeney and his editor-in-chief, Nancy Barnes, declared that MPR was engaged in a "land grab," because it had advantages as a non-profit over the Star Tribune.

Doctor's take:


Some participants had joked about how MPR was putting on a self-serving conference, one that asked the question about the future of news and came pre-equipped with the two-word answer: Public Radio. Not untrue, but the conference managed to bring not only Sweeney and Strib editor Nancy Barnes into the room and onto panels. It is also brought in Joel Kramer, publisher of MinnPost (as well as Voice of San Diego's Scott Lewis), knowing that Kramer might be (and was) vocal about MPR's unwillingness to partner with MinnPost.

If Sweeney came concerned, he might have left more worried. Yes, Public Radio's legacy business is radio, and, more recently, audio, via podcast and streaming. What Sweeney heard, though, was a larger Who, public radio's nascent attempts to assert itself as a major online (and then presumably mobile) news player throughout the country.

You can find the whole Future of News Web site here. Incidentally, I didn't see this fabulous piece of work until yesterday:

Comment on this post

Today in flu

Posted at 1:44 PM on November 6, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

It seems like only yesterday when the news media was being skewered for overblowing the H1N1 flu (which for some reason is increasingly being referred to as the "swine flu" again). Now, a survey by Pew Research Center suggests the news consumer can't get enough.

According to the survey of the Pew Research Center for People and the Press:

About three-in-ten (29%) name reports about the fast-spreading flu and its vaccine as the story they followed more closely than any other last week, according to the latest weekly News Interest Index survey, conducted Oct. 30-Nov. 2 among 1,001 adults by the Pew Research Center for the People & the Press. Somewhat fewer mention news about health care reform (22%) or the economy (17%) as their top story.

But a second survey, from the Pew Research Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism (PEJ), shows a disconnect between what the people want and what the people are getting:

The national news media devoted 5% of the newshole to swine flu, much less than the coverage given to the health care debate (16%), Afghanistan (13%) or the economy (12%).

Let's see if we can adjust that a little bit. Here's some H1N1 news:

Most people who are looking for the H1N1 vaccine can't find it, Harvard reports today.

Since the H1N1 flu vaccine became available in October, 17% of American adults, 41% of parents, and 21% of high-priority adults have tried to get it. Among adults who tried to get it for themselves, 30% were able to get the vaccine and 70% were unable to get it. Among parents who tried to get the H1N1 vaccine for their children, 34% were able to get it and 66% were unable to get it. Among high priority adults who tried to get the H1N1 vaccine, 34% were able to get it and 66% were unable to get it.

So far Minnesota has ordered more than 460,000 doses of vaccine from its share of the federal supply, MPR's Lorna Benson reported today. The state health department has been using a random lottery system to select sites from among thousands of clinics who'll get the vaccine.

Officials are worrying that people are getting frustrated in their search for the vaccine, and will just give up looking.

Comment on this post

Are sportswriters the same as reporters?

Posted at 11:33 AM on November 2, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Sports

Tomorrow is Election Day in Minnesota. Would you expect a political reporter in the Twin Cities to predict a winner in either of the big-city mayoral races? Obviously, not (even though most newsies do have predictions).

So why is it OK for newspaper sportswriters to predict the outcome of games? If you follow football, for example, you've no doubt seen the Friday comparisons of two teams ending with a prediction of who will win.

Those days are over in Denver, apparently, where the Denver Post has banned the practice.

"We did not get a single complaint from outside," (Editor Greg) Moore continues, "but I did look at the predictions before the San Diego game. Obviously, I had seen these for years. And it occurred to me that it must be making it hard for news reporters, especially when they pick against the team they cover. In an equal vein, these beat reporters don't want to seem like homers, always picking the Broncos. The more I thought about it, the more it seemed an unreasonable position to put these reporters in."

Moore says it's a matter of ethics.

Comment on this post

Behind the scenes of A Prairie Home Companion

Posted at 10:46 AM on October 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Icons, Media

harry_smith_aphc.jpg

CBS Early Show host Harry Smith was one of the guests on A Prairie Home Companion last Saturday and produced a nice piece for his show this morning on what it's like to be a guest, including the pitfalls of a last-minute Keillor re-write of a song Smith was scheduled to sing.


Watch CBS News Videos Online

Here's an extended Smith interview with Keillor.

In his segment on TV today, Keillor offered this piece of advice to Smith: "Wherever you go in broadcasting, never take calls from the listeners.

Or as we like to say here in the newsroom: The public. At least in these cubicles, we love to hear from you.

Comment on this post

Hoax of the day

Posted at 2:16 PM on October 19, 2009 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

Perhaps it's time to change the name of newscasts to hoaxcasts.

Today's hoax-as-news event occurred in Washington where someone pretending to be from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce announced the organization was endorsing climate change legislation.

The event at the National Press Club ended when a real spokesman for the Chamber burst into the room.

"Whoops," says The Guardian:


In today's instant news era, that wasn't quite soon enough. Several green organisations tweeted or blogged on the about-face. Reuters news agency put out a straight news story about the Chamber's apparent U-turn, and the Washington Post and New York Times put the story on their news sites (both later removed the stories from their websites). CNBC actually sought - and got - comment from analysts. It also broke its programming to have a reporter read out the fake press release.

The hoax was carried out by The Yes Men, a group which has perpetrated similar nonsense in the past, and.which has a new movie out about its "work."

There once was a saying in newsrooms, "if your mother says she loves you, check it out." It might be time to bring that baby back.

Coincidentally, the New York Times announced today it's cutting 100 newsroom jobs. No word yet if one of the positions affected is the one that determines if a story is real.

(Update 4:55 p.m.) - The Chamber rattles the legal sabers.

Comment on this post

The value of not making money

Posted at 10:38 AM on October 12, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

As I see it, there are now approximately two types of media.

First, there's the media outlet that has an open, or at least an unhidden, political agenda. Your Fox Newses and MSNBCs and your Huffington Posts and Drudge Reports.

Then, there's everybody else, just trying to grab a slice of the online-traffic mongering, banner-ad clicking revenue pie.

I'm kidding (mostly), but there is an interesting space in which the average, struggling media machine is trying to fit. A space where the organization can produce quality content while still making money.

That's why this announcement from the Atlanta Journal-Constitution is so interesting.

Going forward, our board will use its unique position to work for readers in pursuing with candidates the issues that are critical to the future of our community. The board will provide readers with clear, concise information about candidates' positions and records. The AJC will no longer endorse political candidates.

In an era where journalism is "non-profit," the AJC's move might literally be a step on company's path to becoming a non-profit company. Whether the move is a viable one remains to be seen; MPR, along with National Public Radio, are among the few bona fide successes in non-profit media. Newspapers have been operating on a member-based model — instead of tote bags, a paper shows up on your doorstep every morning — and that model hasn't exactly been thriving lately.

For the sake of discussion, if the Star Tribune, Pioneer Press, Duluth News Tribune, the St. Cloud Times, or even your hometown rag became a non-profit, would you support it?

See also: Imagining a future without journalists

Comment on this post

Pioneer Press: Go Star Tribune!

Posted at 8:37 AM on October 4, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Here's something we didn't expect to see in the Sunday Pioneer Press - an ad talking up the competition Star Tribune, which emerged from bankruptcy this week:

strib_pipress_ad.jpg

That should stoke the speculation that there's already a dance underway that might lead the Twin Cities to becoming a one-newspaper town.

Comment on this post

Our dereliction of duty

Posted at 9:57 AM on October 3, 2009 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News, War

hafterson_dog.jpg

Every now and again -- when I'm speaking to some group -- someone will ask, "how do you determine what news is?" They're looking for a definition I can't give them. It's not an algorithm (sorry, Google); it's a feeling from your heart to your head. You know it when you see it or when you feel it.

You have to be some sort of heart-dead or brain-dead person not to see the stories within the story of Pvt. Travis Hafterson, whom I've been writing about this week (here, here, here, and here). The 21-year-old Marine from Circle Pines left Camp LeJeune in North Carolina on leave last month only to find out his orders had been rescinded. He was looking for help for post traumatic stress disorder and his mother suggested he come home to get it.

We can argue -- and we have, respectfully, in the posts I've made on News Cut this week -- about whether he should have done that, but one thing cannot be denied: Travis Hafterson is a broken human in need of help and we did this to him.

We sent a kid off to war -- twice -- with all the bravado we could muster on lawn signs, bumper stickers and radio talk shows, and while we lived a comfortable life supporting our troops here with our yellow-ribbon magnets, Hafterson and thousands of other combat soldiers were accumulating memories that turn into nightmares.

Here's just one of several I lifted from a psychological report he underwent last Saturday:

"He watched as an Iraqi police member opened the door of the house, only to have the back of his head explode from enemy fire. He tossed a grenade into the home. ... Though (the enemy) had lost limbs, he was still alive. So Hafterson had no choice but to kill him with a knife through the throat."

Hafterson's primary story isn't the only one that went largely unreported this week. So was the amazing story of how Minnesota's system worked. Psychologists and psychiatrists gave up their days off last weekend, social workers stepped in, attorneys donated their time, court-appointed experts reacted with diligence, a Ramsey County judge and the staff of the Civil Commitment Court acted swiftly, sensitively, and urgently, purely because they recognized the need to help a kid -- "one of our own," you might say -- who came home for help.

On Thursday, the Marines swept in, grabbed Hafterson before he could get it, and sent him to a military prison. He's disappeared into the closed society of the military again, and the public symptoms of a wider mental-health scandal disappeared with him.

The Marines couldn't have done it without the indifference of the news media in the Twin Cities.

Almost a year ago to the day, another Minnesota soldier also had a problem. Gwen Beberg befriended a dog in Iraq but had to leave "Ratchet" behind when she returned to the states. The local media sprang into action. The local newspapers carried the story on page one. Local TV news personalities wouldn't let the story die, and finally the military relented. When the dog came home for a happy reunion, the TV stations were there live.

No such luck for Pvt. Hafterson or, for that matter, the hundreds or maybe thousands of soldiers like him who may exist if only we in the news media were interested enough to find out. No TV station picked up the Hafterson story this week. The Pioneer Press was the only newspaper to do so. The Star Tribune, which announced a "military affairs" beat just a week ago, ignored Hafterson's plight. The Associated Press took a pass. The Huffington Post rejected the story as did National Public Radio. The alternative online news sources around here who fancy themselves the future of journalism -- MinnPost, The Uptake, and City Pages, for example -- proved that they can shrug their shoulders as well as the big boys. Of all alternative online sources of news, only Rick Kupchella's new Bring Me the News "covered" the story.

If the news media here had treated Pvt. Travis Hafterson like a dog, it would've been an improvement.

While the Hafterson story was playing out in the Twin Cities this week, a summit on the future of journalism was being held in San Francisco, where the San Francisco Chronicle noted the theme:

Key to survival in the digital media age is rapidly responding to the preferences that consumers reveal every time they click a link, view an ad, read a story or post a comment, said Michael Franklin, professor of computer science at UC Berkeley. He is also the founder of Truviso, a San Mateo company that creates tools for analyzing consumer data.

Each online action represents clues that media companies can use to customize content, products and ads to particular consumers. That, in turn, can increase customers' engagement with the site and the likelihood of responding to marketing, he said.

Fancy talk, indeed, but it leaves out the two most important elements of journalism. It needs to employ people who give a damn and it needs to make you look, when your instinct is to turn away.

At some future point, the PTSD story will resurface in the form of some tragedy, and the media wags will ask "how could this happen?" When it comes time to ask the question, we should be looking in the mirror.

Comment on this post

Perils of the photo op

Posted at 2:01 PM on September 17, 2009 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

"Photo opportunities" are always risky business for a president. The demands of office put you in some pretty weird situations, especially with the media constantly looking for the "money shot."

This was the "money shot" in most newspapers today.

obama_sep17_1.jpg

President Obama was promoting Chicago's bid to host the 2016 Olympics during an event on the White House lawn. Somehow, someone happened to have a light saber handy.

obama_sep17_2.jpg

Depending on your political views, you either thought "Hey, cool! The president is a regular old Stars Wars fan," or "The president is diminishing the decorum of the office."

Lots of opponents of George Bush circulated this video under the latter category...

... and few of them know that what President Bush was promoting that day was Malaria Awareness Day.

Yeah, well, whatever. I'm in it for the laughs. So are the newspaper photo editors, which is why this picture wasn't on the front page:

obama_sep17_4.jpg

That's Joel Pool, Louis Schaab, center, and Nate Murray, right, all with the National Rehab Hospital sled hockey team, a sport which I've never heard of before.

Sled Hockey -- I've since learned thanks to this picture -- "is played on a standard size ice rink with standard size nets and pucks. There are six players on the ice for each team -- three forwards, two defense men and a goalie. Subs may be made when stopped or on the fly. Most of the same rules for hockey played in the United States apply to Sled Hockey." (See Web site)

You can learn a few things from a good photo op.

(AP Photos/Charles Dharapak)

Comment on this post

Is Keillor coming or going?

Posted at 11:28 AM on September 17, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

gk_sep17.jpg

Garrison Keillor is planning to retire, the Star Tribune says:

"A Prairie Home Companion" host Garrison Keillor said Wednesday that he is "not counting on doing it [hosting the show] more than a couple more years." He added that he would like to see the show continue with more of a musical focus, and that he would love to serve as that show's producer.

No, he's not, the Associated Press says:

A couple of friends "made a serious attempt" to get Keillor to retire, he said. "They gave me a beautiful sales pitch. They drew a lovely picture of what it would be like, and I could work on writing books and I could write at my own speed, and I could travel, except I travel now," Keillor said.

Keillor was unavailable to comment to MPR today.

Comment on this post

Making the news

Posted at 11:13 AM on September 11, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

ap_potomac_sep11.jpg

CNN today framed a Coast Guard training exercise on the Potomac River near the Pentagon as "felony stupidity." But the case actually shines a light on the journalistic rules of CNN.

A few minutes after the president appeared at a ceremony honoring the dead in the 9/11 attacks at the Pentagon, CNN reported that the Coast Guard had fired shots at a boat on the Potomac, sending the nation, apparently, scurrying for word of a terrorist attack.

It turned out to be a training exercise, which sent the CNN anchor team into hyperbole over the Coast Guard decision to have a training mission on 9/11, where it could be mistaken for an actual terrorist attack.

"Is there any admission on the part of the Coast Guard that they made a terrible mistake?" a CNN anchor asked a reporter. But the mistake was CNN's. There were no shots fired, and along the Potomac, there was little indication anything was wrong, and a Coast Guard statement suggested the training exercise was primarily on a radio frequency. A CNN staffer heard the words "bang bang" on a newsroom scanner, and the news organization went with its report.

Later, a CNN reporter cited "sources in the newsroom" while saying the news network put the story on the air before calling the Coast Guard -- or anyone else -- to ask what was happening. It once was a well-observed rule in the news media that journalists don't report anything heard on a news scanner without verifying its truthiness.

"Coast Guard Confusion: Training Exercise Sparks Panic on 9/11 Anniversary," the headline on ABC News' Web site screamed. Well, no, it was CNN that caused whatever panic might have ensued (Note: There's actually no indication anyone outside the CNN newsroom had panicked.)

Try as CNN might in the aftermath to focus the spotlight on the Coast Guard, Washington officials weren't biting. White House spokesman Robert Gibbs says if law enforcement felt there was a need for the exercise it's "best not to second-guess." the Associated Press reported.

Gibbs sharply criticized CNN for airing an inaccurate report that shots were fired during the exercise, saying "before we report things like this, checking would be good."

As an old colleague-comic in a newsroom used to say, "Never check the facts, son. You ruin a lot of good stories that way."

(AP Photo/Haraz N. Ghanbari)

Comment on this post

Ira on Ira

Posted at 11:31 AM on September 9, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

PRI just posted this video of Ira Glass of This American Life accepting the Edward R. Murrow Award.

Begin your Ira Glass impersonation now.

Comment on this post

What's the story?

Posted at 9:49 AM on September 9, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, War

The rescue of a New York Times reporter in Afghanistan is providing a glimpse into how several news organizations have different headline takes on the same story.

Sometimes, apparently, there are different views within the same organization.

The headline on the New York Times around 6:30 this morning said "New York Times Reporter Freed in Afghanistan." But only within the story itself was it noted that Stephen Farrell's translator was killed. That, Al Jazeera notes, is a huge part of the story.

At 9:50 a.m., the headline was changed.

nyt_farrell_headline.jpg

NPR, using Associated Press copy, went with the "freed reporter" headline.

npr_farrell.jpg

The translator's death was below the headline.

But even that only tells part of the story. A British soldier was killed, too. The Guardian, on the other hand, views the story differently... from its perspective:

guardian_farrell_headline.jpg

But that's not the whole story, either. The BBC -- and apparently only the BBC -- played the story without injecting a perspective.

bbc_farrell.jpg

The number dead is not entirely clear. It's lost in a hail of other parts of the story. Whose bullets killed whom? And how did the women die?

Comment on this post

Did NPR whitewash Ted Kennedy's career?

Posted at 10:48 AM on September 2, 2009 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Media

National Public Radio ombudsman Alicia Shepard has blown the whistle on her employer's news staff for its coverage of the death of Sen. Edward Kennedy:

But on that first day, in the 23 on-air stories, only one mentioned the name Mary Jo Kopechne and 5 mentioned Chappaquiddick.

Shepard was responding to complaints from listeners who suggested the network was whitewashing Kennedy's biography:

Kennedy may have been a great legislator. He may have been a wonderful uncle, a terrific father, a faithful friend and rejoiced in his second marriage, but there were warts too. He got kicked out of Harvard for cheating. He was known in his younger years for womanizing and drinking too much. In 1991, he was carousing with his son, Patrick and nephew, William Kennedy Smith in Palm Beach. Later that night, a woman accused Smith of raping her. Smith was tried and later acquitted.

Not everyone loved Teddy Kennedy. He was a complex man with a family history that defies belief when all the tragedies are strung together. To accurately portray any man or woman, it is just as important to fully include what is unpleasant or unflattering -- especially since those events for Kennedy went a long way toward shaping who Teddy Kennedy was when he died.

Comment on this post

Notes from Planet Journalism

Posted at 12:28 PM on August 6, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Two items testing ethical waters in journalism today.

CLUNKERS VS. KATRINA

NPR's ombudsman, Alicia Shepard, takes NPR's Mara Liasson to task for this:

Says Shepard:

Nearly 2,000 people died and thousands more were injured or lost their homes during Hurricane Katrina in 2005. The Bush administration's inability to help hundreds of thousands of people in New Orleans after Katrina is considered one of the greatest recent examples of government incompetence.

It is inconceivable anyone could compare that disaster to Cash for Clunkers, which simply gives people a voucher worth up to $4,500 to trade in an old car for a newer, more fuel-efficient vehicle.

Liasson, meanwhile, is contrite. "I said something really stupid, which I regret," Liasson told Shepard.

NAMING VICTIMS

Anytime a news organization plays the "withhold the name/don't withhold the name" game, it runs into a minefield of ethical questions.

Generally speaking, news organizations in these parts withhold the name of people who have been arrested until they've been charged. But most apply the guideline inconsistently.

One canon that the Associated Press has is not naming victims of a sexual assault.

But the AP couldn't see the case of the Wisconsin man coming who, apparently, played around on his wife with four (or more) women, and then was attacked by them. The AP did not name the man because he's a victim of a sexual assault. So far, so good.

Then he got himself arrested on an allegation of child abuse. Now is he a victim? Or a perpetrator who can be named? This morning, the news organization named him once he was charged.

But by afternoon, the AP issued this advisory:

Please note BC-US--Cheater Assaulted, 1st ld-Writethru, which makes an important change deleting the suspect's name because he is named as the victim of a sexual assault in another case.

The AP named three of the women charged in the case, but didn't name the fourth.

Because he's the man's wife, identifying her would identify him.

Comment on this post

Newspapers without the paper

Posted at 11:15 AM on August 5, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

In a world of a 24-hour news cycle, If you're not publishing daily, are you still a newspaper?

The Red Wing Republican Eagle announced today that it will publish only two days a week starting in September.

"We will deliver more local news to subscribers -- but twice a week in larger newspapers instead of in five smaller papers. This change will allow our staff to concentrate only on the local market," publisher Steve Messick said on the Web site today.

It's another attempt to save money but right off the bat, revenue from subscriptions will drop by about $50 per subscriber.

It's not a new concept, of course. The Capital Times of Madison switched to a twice-a-week print schedule more than a year ago, also promising to put more energy into its Web site. The Detroit Free Press publishes only three times a week.

More than 100 newspapers nationwide have made the cut, according to Editor & Publisher magazine. So far, nobody's died because of it, and most of the problems the move causes seem generally to involve the comics and Friday night high school football scores.

Comment on this post

Ink, dead trees and you

Posted at 9:42 AM on July 29, 2009 by Ken Paulman (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media

On Midday today, host Mike Edgerly will be discussing the future of newspapers with Rick Edmonds, a former reporter, editor and publisher who is now a researcher for the Poynter Institute, and Ken Doctor, former managing editor of the Pioneer Press.

We all know the simple version of the story. The web is displacing newspapers as a mass medium, newspapers therefore are doomed. Various offshoots of that narrative tend to blame the content - because the "MSM" is too liberal/conservative, they've alienated their readers who are now turning to the vast cornucopia of perspectives available on the Internet. Or something like that.

But in reality, newspapers don't have a content problem, they have a business problem.

It's important to distinguish newspapers as an advertising vehicle and newspaper journalism. Demand for the latter is higher than it's ever been, but it's the advertising - the print advertising - that has always paid the bills (and still does). As I've noted on this blog before, a good chunk of the journalism you're reading online is subsidized by those ads. Fewer readers = fewer ads = fewer reporters = fewer readers, and on we go.

The paradox should be familiar to media-watchers by now: Absent a new revenue model for newspapers, most of the newspaper journalism we read online goes away. No such thing as a free ride.

When you compare a printed paper to the web as a means of transmitting information, the printed paper is impractical to the point of being absurd. But, for the sake of discussion, let's put practicality aside for a moment. Are there things that the printed newspaper does that technology can't displace? And are those things valuable enough to allow newspapers to continue as a viable commodity?

Comment on this post

'Nightline' fights back

Posted at 8:11 AM on July 28, 2009 by Ken Paulman (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Remember "Nightline"?

When Ted Koppel left the late-night news program in 2005, it was written off for dead. A news show, without the star power of its lead anchor, had no hope of competing against Leno and Letterman, or so went the conventional wisdom at the time.

But according to a story in the New York Times, the program is not only holding its own, it sometimes comes out on top.

Granted, a lot of those ratings can be attributed to coverage of the death of a certain pop singer, but the executive producer also notes that the program beat the talk shows with a show about Afghanistan and an interview with President Obama.

"Nightline" is not exactly Charlie Rose. It's not even "60 Minutes." But amid such topics as "Does Satan exist? Debating the Devil" and "Hookers for Jesus preach to unlikely flock" you'll find segments on consumer protection, endangered species and the Iranian election.

A common refrain is that with all the Internets and the Tweeters and whutnot, we've become so preoccupied with pop culture that we're no longer in touch with important issues (as opposed to a generation ago, when people ignored such temptations as "The Ed Sullivan Show" and "Laugh-In" and instead gathered the family around the woodstove to recite the speeches of Abraham Lincoln). So on one hand, the fact that people are switching off Letterman and turning to the news instead is a Good Thing. But one could also argue that TV "magazine" shows give short shrift to serious issues in favor of slick, candy-coated segments designed to draw an audience, and that we end up less informed as a result.

But in the end, can the fact that one of the major networks still sees journalism as one of its top contenders be anything but positive?

Comment on this post

Trust

Posted at 11:36 AM on July 22, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

It took a few days but "Cronkite backlash" has started. The backlash in the wake of the deaths of icons, comes after a period of hyper-testimonials (See Russert, Tim).

It's Jack Shafter at Slate who argues that you can't trust trust:

If Cronkite were working in today's news environment, painting the news from the same palette he used when he anchored the CBS program, would viewers still invest their deep trust in him? (Assuming, of course, that the public did regard Cronkite as the nation's most trustworthy man.)

I doubt it. The news business has both expanded and fragmented in the post-Cronkite, post-Fairness Doctrine era. The news monopoly the three broadcast networks enjoyed for two decades has been shattered by the three cable news networks, all of which embrace (and thrive on) the controversy that Cronkite eschewed. The Web, which can make the cable news channels look positively Cronkitian, has only reshattered the shards.

Yeah...yeah, but let's get to the money quote:

Beware of those who fetishize trust, Monck and Hanley counsel. "Trust is a shoddy yardstick. It doesn't gauge truth, it gauges what looks close to the truth: verisimilitude," they write. It's not just the naive and undereducated who end up trusting people and institutions that they shouldn't. The sophisticated and the well-schooled are vulnerable, too.

Be skeptical, news consumers, especially of the journalists you trust most. It will make you smarter and keep them honest.

Trust your spouse. Trust your dog. That ought to do it.

Comment on this post

Is the radio obsolete?

Posted at 10:55 AM on July 20, 2009 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media

An article on a journalism blog has Public Radio and the future of "old" media in its crosshairs.

The question comes down to this:

Do we still need radio?

Public Radio Dangerously Close To Making Public Radio Obsolete on PaidContent.org argues that smart phones and apps to to turn phones into "radios" have made the old transistor obsolete:

Now with the addition of what's playing on my favorite stations right now, I have a lot more choices in one screen that I had previously: so instead of enduring "A Prairie Home Companion" on the weekend (not my cup of tea), I could try "On The Media" on at the same time on WBEZ Chicago public radio. And if I happen to join a show after its start, chances are I can get the latest edition of the show on demand (helpfully linked from the live version). In the car, where a lot of public radio consumption happens (especially in SoCal) with one of the options to connect the iPhone to the radio speakers, it makes the local public radio station redundant, to a large extent. Of course you can argue this is only true for the 20 million or so iPhone users, but you can see this playing out on other smartphones like Android and others, when the same app launches of their platforms.

Rafat Ali frets that the funding mechanism for Public Radio -- primarily local pledge drives -- would suffer because people don't have a connection to their local station.

The future will be the death of us all. And therein lies the Catch 24 for all media in the digital age. Content is still king and content still comes from local stations. If people enjoy the breadth of possibilities across the Public Radio spectrum and stop supporting their local stations, it seems likely that the content they enjoy would begin to disappear. So the key, one supposes, is whether the audience in this environment understands that.

American Public Media, the parent of MPR, is one of the entities that helped develop the application. Incidentally, MPR News has an IPhone app. You can learn more about it here.

I'm not exactly in the iPhone app demo. I don't have a smart phone. I do have an iPod stuffed with all sorts of great music that I listen to while I'm mowing the lawn or am stuck in a big aluminum tube somewhere. I've tried using podcasts but I can't get into the habit of updating them enough nor listening to them regularly. So even with this "tool," I have not found I listen to less radio; I actually find myself listening to more.

How about you? How do you see your digital future?

Comment on this post

On Cronkite

Posted at 8:11 AM on July 18, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Icons, Media

I've written -- twice -- about Walter Cronkite in the last month or so. You can click the "icons" category over there on the right and find them. So I won't go into his death too much. But I left out a couple of obvious videos that marked his career:

The death of Martin Luther King Jr.

And the moon landing:

A lot of people this weekend will lament that Cronkite was the last vestige of the "just the facts" newscast. And it's true, each story he introduced may have appeared to have no underlying message. But the dirty little secret of journalism -- one of them -- is that why a story is chosen to air is every bit as important as what a story says, and you can't make that decision without having an opinion about why a story matters enough to be told.

At the National Scholastic Press Association workshop at the University of Minnesota on Friday, a high school journalism teacher asked me how she could get her students to understand "objectivity" (a word I don't use, I prefer "fairness"). "Don't explain it to them" I suggested. "When they turn in a story, just ask them 'why?'." Why they pursued the story? Why they took a particular angle? Why one sentence appeared before another? Why they talked to the people they talked to? As they answer each question, the part of us -- the personal us -- that is part of the process, will be more clear.

Cronkite, it is said, influenced thousands of people to get into journalism. That's probably accurate. But I didn't find Cronkite to be the most inspiring journalist on the show. I found the person who was always at the end of his broadcast to be the most compelling:

News is supposed to be a snapshot of our world. He knew that a single note from a piano, for example, can still make us cry. And that 90 seconds of video of the world just being the world, can lead us to contemplate it far more than a babbling head. His stories were consistently the most memorable and I always wondered what it was -- and still is -- about journalism that kept them from leading the news.

I often wondered whether anyone asked Cronkite that question.

The part about us that's good, is every bit as newsworthy as the part about us that isn't.

Comment on this post

How a Minnesota man blew the whistle on the New York Times

Posted at 11:58 AM on July 8, 2009 by Bob Collins (37 Comments)
Filed under: Media

nyt_fake.jpg

Whoops. It's happened, again. A journalist /photographer working on behalf of the New York Times is suspected of faking a story. In this case, it's photographs that appeared in the NY Times Magazine about abandoned construction projects.

faked_image.jpg

A contributor to Metafilter figured out that the picture was doctored to make the unfinished room more dramatic than it apparently really was; that the photographer essentially "mirrored" the image.

The "proof" is posted here, the Metafilter poster says. (Note: The proof in the link above is not a before-and-after, it's proof that splitting it in half and copying it to the "other side" creates the same picture as the one published as original.)

If it is a doctored image, why do photographers think they can get away with this sort of thing in the age of the Internet? There's always someone "out there" to uncover it.

Someone like Adam Gurno of Northfield Rosemount. He's the one who proved the image had been doctored.

"It was an excellent photo essay," he told me this afternoon. "The picture of the framing is actually pretty striking. I looked at it and I said, 'this doesn't look right.'"

Gurno says he sent his proof to the Times but he only got a form e-mail in return. Nonetheless, the Times has removed the photo essay from its Web site.

How the ethical lapse came to light should be a warning to all journalists.

"When you work in computer programming...there's a maxim in the programming world that says 'all bugs are shallow to 10,000 eyes.' It means if you have something open source and you let 10,000 people look at it, they're going to find all the little things about it. Everybody's going to approach it from a slightly different angle. And I think it's the same with this picture," he said.

"I understand magazines Photoshop models on their covers and that's neither here nor there. But when they actually call it 'journalism,' that's when I decided to dig in a little bit extra," he said.

Here's the full interview:

Update 3:57 p.m. - An excellent post on digital manipulation can be found here. Update 4:59 p.m. - The New York Times will run the following correction in Thursday's session:
A picture essay in The Times Magazine on Sunday and an expanded slide show on Nytimes.com entitled "Ruins of the Second Gilded Age" showed large housing construction projects across the United States that came to a halt, often half-finished, when the housing market collapsed. The introduction said that the photographer, a freelancer based in Bedford, England, "creates his images with long exposures but without digital manipulation." A reader, however, discovered on close examination that one of the pictures was digitally altered, apparently for esthetic reasons. Editors later confronted the photographer and determined that most of the images did not wholly reflect the reality they purported to show. Had the editors known that the photographs had been digitally manipulated, they would not have published the picture essay, which has been removed from Nytimes.com.
(h/t: Sam Choo, All Things Considered)

Comment on this post

Sign of the Franken

Posted at 12:42 PM on July 6, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

They came. They saw. They made a big fuss. Al Franken, the beneficiary (sort of) of eight months of seeming non-stop coverage, draws a crowd even when he's not there. At the Capitol, a worker put a sign up outside his new office, and a gaggle of reporters was there to document its every word.

It had no comment. It is the most heavily photographed sign at the U.S. Capitol since former Sen. Mark Dayton closed his office because of terrorism fears.

dayton_sign_jul6.jpg

As for Franken, he met with Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, and then met the media, saying nothing he hasn't said before to reporters there to cover him saying it again. The national news media duly reported that Franken did not make any jokes.

Meanwhile, the Senate Web site still lists only a single Minnesota senator. But the franken.senate.gov Web address is ready for him, although it currently redirects to the Senate home page.

franken_senate_web.jpg

Franken will be sworn in on Tuesday.


Comment on this post

The 'T' word

Posted at 3:27 PM on July 1, 2009 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

torture_protest.jpg

Catching up.

When NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard was on Midmorning a few weeks ago, she said the Public Radio audience was angry that NPR won't call waterboarding torture. She said she'd have an article about that by the end of the day, but she didn't and I forgot to check.

She explained the policy last week:

... the problem is that the word torture is loaded with political and social implications for several reasons, including the fact that torture is illegal under U.S. law and international treaties the United States has signed.

That earned over 400 comments, most of which did not agree with Shepard. She wrote a follow-up post yesterday, noting that she brought the audience concerns to the editors and that NPR is apparently resolute on the matter:


One can disagree strongly with those beliefs and their actions. But they are due some respect for their views, which are shared by a portion of the American public. So, it is not an open-and-shut case that everyone believes waterboarding to be torture. Many in NPR's audience obviously believe it is, but others do not.

The main argument of my column was that NPR should describe waterboarding rather than use coded language to characterize it. Another alternative is to quote responsible officials who have described it as torture, for example President Obama and Attorney General Eric Holder.

Media critic Dan Kennedy, who writes Media Nation, took Shepard to task last week for "getting it so wrong."

Perhaps NPR can eschew the T-word and instead describe waterboarding as "an interrogation technique once considered so heinous by the United States that it hanged Japanese officers for doing it to Americans."

To which, he says, Shepard responded...

I'm not trying to say what is and is not torture, but is every abuse classified as torture now or are there degrees? When a police officer throws a suspect to the ground and handcuffs them, is that torture or simply abuse?

And to which he -- Kennedy -- responded today:

As John McCain and others have pointed out, the United States executed several Japanese military officers for waterboarding American prisoners of war after World War II. And as I wrote last week, if NPR really can't bring itself to use the T-word, perhaps it can describe waterboarding as "an interrogation technique once considered so heinous by the United States that it hanged Japanese officers for doing it to Americans."


So yes, if I were an editor at the Boston Globe, you're damn right I would refer to waterboarding as torture. That seems about as solid as referring to oil as a fossil fuel, or baseball as a sport. By eschewing the term "torture" to describe a practice that the entire international community regards as such, NPR is not being neutral. Rather, it is embracing a euphemism that places the network squarely on the side of the torturers and their enablers.

NPR should not use enhanced interrogation techniques on the English language.

On Midmorning, Shepard said she's not just NPR's omudsman, she is "the ombudsman for Public Radio," which seemed to be news to the people at MPR News I talked to.

So, is there an MPR policy preventing reporters and hosts from using torture instead of waterboarding? No.

FYI, Ms. Shepard will be on Talk of the Nation on Thursday at 1:40 p.m. (CT) to talk about the issue.

(Photo: Getty Images)

Comment on this post

News conference choreography

Posted at 3:06 PM on June 23, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News, Politics

obama_newscon_jun23_09.jpg

The very tail end of President Obama's news conference today provided the best glimpse into the workings of the White House press corps.

Listen to the comment shouted at the end of the president's remarks. (Listen)

After Obama had bid everyone "adieu," an unidentified reporter whined "No questions about Iraq?" It seemed an odd complaint to a president, coming from someone responsible for asking the questions, one of which, by the way, included "how many cigarettes do you smoke a day?"

I wondered about that on Twitter, when Kevin Watterson, the Minnesota House Republican Caucus' communications boss, suggested coordination between Obama and the press corps over what questions would be asked.

He wasn't the only one. Writing on the Politico blog, Michael Calderone noted that Obama invited a question on Iran from Huffington Post's Nico Pitney.

Reporters typically don't coordinate their questions for the president before press conferences, so it seemed odd that Obama might have an idea what the question would be. Also, it was a departure from White House protocol by calling on The Huffington Post second, in between the AP and Reuters.

CBS Radio's Mark Knoller, a veteran White House correspondent, said over Twitter it was "very unusual that Obama called on Huffington Post second, appearing to know the issue the reporter would ask about."

Knoller says a news conference shouldn't "be choreographed," although presidents historically have had a "go-to" reporter to call on when questioning gets tough -- the kind of reporter who might ask about, for example, a new dog or the number of cigarettes he smokes a day.

Most of the questions asked today seemed to follow the issues that currently have our attention -- Iran and health care. It's not clear what question about Iraq the lonely reporter with the complaint would have asked had he been given the chance.

On that subject -- the news agenda -- a survey of what we're interested in (by way of the news media) speaks to our short attention spans.

Here's the graph for the last week, compiled by Pew's Project for Excellence in Journalism:

BuildChartP2.php.jpg

And the week before that:

week_before.jpg

And the one before that:

061109.jpg

Iraq hasn't registered on the PEJ's news coverage index since the third week in February.


(Photo by Alex Wong/Getty Images)

Comment on this post

School newspaper flap

Posted at 12:02 PM on June 23, 2009 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Schools

Another flap over the direction of a school newspaper has broken out in the region.

In West Fargo, Jeremy Murphy, the student newspaper and yearbook adviser, has been removed because of "how negative the paper was," according to the Detroit Lakes Online Web site (reg. required).

Murphy, a former reporter, didn't hold back in a letter he sent to the North Dakota Newspaper Association. "Administrators simply want an adviser who will restrain students from reporting on certain topics and I wasn't willing to compromise their freedoms to that extent," he said. "Although they didn't have any specifics, I just think it was the fact that students covered both sides and that negative perspective really wasn't well-received by district officials."

The paper -- The Packer -- won top honors in this year's Northern Interscholastic Press Association competition.

The paper's Web site has a great sample of stories including the bankruptcy of a company that was handling the French class trip, the one-person race for student body president, and a student who's moving to Kenya. Its opinion page features a column wondering why some of the teachers became teachers and one that questioned administrators for canceling a school trip because of blizzard fears.

School newspapers have always presented a dilemma for administrators who balance the teaching of a subject area -- in this case, journalism -- with the needs of their teachers.

In Faribault, Minn., the school district's superintendent closed down the school newspaper last December because the school paper wouldn't let him pre-read an article about a teacher. The students simply started publishing the paper online.

Comment on this post

When should the media keep secrets?

Posted at 8:57 AM on June 21, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

rohde_getty.jpg

David Rohde, the New York Times reporter, escaped the Taliban over the weekend, which is surprising because we didn't know he'd been kidnapped seven months ago. It was the second time he'd been kidnapped in a war zone. In 1995, he was taken by Bosnian Serbs (photo above is a 1995 Getty Images photo after his release).

Buried several paragraphs into the Times' story is this nugget:

Until now, the kidnapping has been kept quiet by The Times and other media organizations out of concern for the men's safety.

"From the early days of this ordeal, the prevailing view among David's family, experts in kidnapping cases, officials of several governments and others we consulted was that going public could increase the danger to David and the other hostages," said Bill Keller, the executive editor of The Times. "The kidnappers initially said as much. We decided to respect that advice, as we have in other kidnapping cases, and a number of other news organizations that learned of David's plight have done the same. We are enormously grateful for their support."

You can see what's coming next, right?

Did the Times -- and 40 other news organizations who knew (and which ones were those?) keep a story out of the newspaper out an ethical standard of conduct? Or was it because it was their reporter or a guy in their business?

The answer may lie in the math. According to the Times, "Mr. Rohde, along with a local reporter, Tahir Ludin, and their driver, Asadullah Mangal, was abducted outside Kabul, Afghanistan, on Nov. 10."

Two escaped -- Ludin and Rohde. Three minus two, leaves one behind, whose future is just as endangered, it would appear, by publicity about the kidnapping. If there was concern about the life of a kidnapped person, why publish the story now with one person still being held?

There is no editor's note attached to the story to explain the double standard.

"You have to respond in the way that puts the person who's been kidnapped in the least vulnerable position," Tom Fiedler, dean of Boston University's College of Communication, told the Washington Post's Howard Kurtz. "Trying to second-guess the decision by the New York Times to withhold that would be unfair."

Would it? If only we could get Mr. Mangal's answer. (He was reported by Rohde to have joined the Taliban)

Update 5:26 p.m. "I think that is a weak spot in the underbelly of the decision making in these cases. We show a preference for one of our own in journalism generally by holding back a story or elements of a story compared to how we might cover the kidnapped oil field worker or diplomat or tourist. In those cases, we might not bring as serious a deliberative process to how we're going to cover it," the Poynter Institute's Bob Steele told the Christian Science Monitor.

Comment on this post

Twitter in Iran

Posted at 8:00 PM on June 15, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Twitter had planned a network outage on Monday evening, but has now postponed it until Tuesday because people were depending on it too much for coverage of the events in Iran.

"Our partners are taking a huge risk not just for Twitter but also the other services they support worldwide--we commend them for being flexible in what is essentially an inflexible situation," Twitter officials said.

The outpouring of reaction over Twitter's initial plan to pull the plug may be the biggest repudiation of mainstream media news sources in the U.S. ever.

It's not hard to see why. During Monday evening's original down time for Twitter, CNN was broadcasting Larry King's interview with American Idol David Cook and comedian Jeff Foxworthy.

Comment on this post

What front pages reveal about us

Posted at 12:30 PM on June 11, 2009 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The struggles of the newspaper industry have been well -- perhaps too well -- documented in recent years but today's front pages of Minnesota newspapers show how they're trying to adapt to survive in a world of breaking news -- de-emphasize it.

Yesterday's top story -- the shooting at the Holocaust Museum in Washington -- got little front page attention around the state today.

The Pioneer Press and Star Tribune put the story below "the fold." The Pioneer Press emphasized a fine profile of a Vietnam vet with post-traumatic stress syndrome. The shooting played third banana to that and the continuing flap over the St. Croix bridge.

pipress_shooting.jpg

The Star Tribune headlined the legislative auditor's report on the apparently out-of-control Metro Gang Strike Force and the presidential elections in Iran.

strib_shooting.jpg

The Duluth News Tribune played the shooting -- or at least the Minnesota connection -- big.

duluth_news_tribune_shootin.jpg

The Mankato Free Press found no room at the top of the front page:

mankato_fp_shooting.jpg

At the bottom of the page, Miss California and the shooting vied for space. Miss California won.

mankato_bottom.jpg

The St. Cloud Times was one of the few newspapers that gave it top-story attention:

stcloudtimes_shooting.jpg

You are the editor. How would you have placed the story?

Nationally, it wasn't much different. The New York Times played it low-key.

nyt_shooting.jpg

... which makes Bill Keller's comments in this spoof all the more interesting.

The Daily Show With Jon StewartMon - Thurs 11p / 10c
End Times
www.thedailyshow.com
Daily Show
Full Episodes
Political HumorNewt Gingrich Unedited Interview

Meanwhile, over at the Huffington Post -- said to be the biggest threat to newspapers -- the story is still playing big with an obvious second-day lede.

huffpost_shooting.jpg

Comment on this post

More newspapers try to be TV stations

Posted at 4:03 PM on June 1, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

I worked in television in Boston once, between radio gigs. I hated it, though, because I was a TV fish out of radio water. "Write to the pictures!" was the mantra and I still don't get it. It was hard for a non-TV person to master. The Boston Globe's Bob Ryan was at the station around the same time, and quit to go back to newspapers for pretty much the same reason.

Newspapers, however, seem bent on figuring it out. A few months ago, the Star Tribune started a daily "TV-style" newscast. Today, the Duluth News Tribune premiered DNTV (registration possibly required), a similar attempt. It's obviously too early in the project to judge, but I still don't get it.

I can tell good use of video from bad, however, and the New York Times shows that newspapers can produce high-quality video in storytelling with its documentary tracing the decline of General Motors.

It's a good example of what the newspaper TV stations are missing. There's plenty of talking head newscasts on television, but there aren't many well-produced documentaries. The New York Times is filling a niche. The Duluth News Tribune is not.

Comment on this post

The Saberi tapes

Posted at 12:37 PM on May 28, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Media

saberi_clinton.jpg

Journalist Roxana Saberi has given her first in-depth interview to National Public Radio. An edited version airs this afternoon on All Things Considered. Or you can just listen to it now via NPR's Two Way blog. (mp3).

She says she confessed in Iran to being a spy but later recanted. "To this day I'm still not sure what they arrested me for," she told Melissa Block. "It wasn't for buying alcohol; it wasn't for reporting without a press pass. My interrogators claimed that I was spying for the U.S., and however much I told them that I was not -- that I was simply writing a book and doing interviews for a book, which I hoped to use to show English speakers around the world a more balanced and complete picture of Iranian society -- however much I told them this, they told me I was lying and that I was a U.S spy."

(Photo: Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images)

Comment on this post

Watergate's birth

Posted at 8:40 AM on May 25, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

Historical insight or long-lasting sour grapes?

Two ex-members of the New York Times say they had the tip on Watergate first. They say it came from former FBI chief L. Patrick Gray, the Times reports today.

If true, the revelation also means that the top two officials at the FBI were trying -- it would appear, desperately -- to get the media to follow the break-in story. W. Mark Felt, the associate director of the agency, has already been identified as "Deep Throat," the tipster who guided the Washington Post through the biggest story of a generation.

Comment on this post

Why is torture seductive?

Posted at 1:59 PM on May 13, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

"What is it about torture that is so seductive to our mainstream media?" Rory O'Connor asks on his blog today. He's taking on the media which, he suggests, has gone to great lengths to defend the use of torture.

That makes US accomplices? I think not - remember, the same media figures told us, falsely, that "Some torture clearly works," that "we need to keep an open mind" about it, and that "we'll have to think about transferring some suspects to our less squeamish allies, even if that's hypocritical." After all, my fellow "accomplices," as Alter wrote in his Newsweek column shortly after 9/11: "Nobody said this was going to be pretty."

But nobody ever said it would get this ugly, either! As if the calls for torture and the claims that prosecution will "be too hard legally and politically and too easy morally" weren't infuriating enough, we now find the latest media/torture depredation: The Philadelphia Inquirer has had torture architect John Yoo on its payroll as a columnist since last year!

Maybe not all the media:

The Daily Show With Jon StewartM - Th 11p / 10c
Waffle House
thedailyshow.com
Daily Show
Full Episodes
Economic CrisisPolitical Humor

Comment on this post

After Saberi

Posted at 11:37 AM on May 11, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Salon.com's Glenn Greenwald finds journalistic hypocrisy in the backpatting going on following the release of journalist Roxana Saberi.

He suggests perhaps the media should be interested now in the plight of journalists being held without charges by the U.S. and/or allies,

Many people scoff at the notion that the American media propagandizes the American citizenry, but here one sees the vivid essence of that process. Our establishment media loves to point to and loudly condemn the behavior of other governments as proof of how tyrannical and evil they are -- look at those Iranian mullah-fanatics imprisoning journalists/look at those primitive, corrupt, lawless Iraqis and their "culture of impunity"/look at the UAE and their tolerance of torture -- while completely ignoring, when they aren't justifying, identical behavior by our own government.

Comment on this post

How much is the Web worth?

Posted at 1:52 PM on May 7, 2009 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

Would you pay for content on the Web?

Rupert Murdoch, the money behind Fox and the Wall St. Journal, expects to start charging you for access to his Web sites within a year.

"We are now in the midst of an epochal debate over the value of content and it is clear to many newspapers that the current model is malfunctioning," he says.

It's the sort of thing newspaper owners dream of during periods of REM sleep. But it's been tried a few times, with fairly mixed results. People will pay for porn; they won't pay for news.

Is there any scenario that you'd pay for news on the Web?

Comment on this post

Loss of community?

Posted at 10:20 AM on May 7, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

"Hyperlocal" is the new buzzword among newspapers heading for -- or in -- bankruptcy. The theory is that people are more interested in the local spelling bee champ than the Taliban in Pakistan.

But the demise of two community newspapers this week suggests it's not entirely a panacea for what ails the business. The Stillwater Courier and Lake Elmo Leader have gone belly up.

Now, The Bridge, the "longest running community newspaper in Minneapolis," has ceased publication and will go online only.

Hello Seward Listees,

As you can imagine, after twenty years, I've been profoundly troubled by having to pull out of publishing the newsprint version of The Bridge. Unfortunately, the 30% drop in advertising revenue this year made the move a bit more urgent -- OK, a lot more urgent. The good news is, an online publication as a community-building device just makes a
heckuva lot more sense.

Hopefully, delivering The Bridge as an online publication will be a more sustainable model that can deliver richer content, and more opportunity to participate in the storytelling of our neighborhoods. I think you folks on this forum know that better than most.

About half of our budget, ~$8,000, goes towards printing and distributing what was amounting to eight (of 16) tabloid pages of content. Once a month. That's nuts. Don't get me wrong, the marketplace of ads plays an important role, too, but really, its the
journalism we're after.

To make this work, we need to transition half of our average print advertising to online. This will be a challenge, but we are hearing encouraging reactions from many of the hundreds of advertisers who have supported us over the years and can now continue to do so, but less expensively. Also, we hope to find an uptick in financial contributions from users.

If we can bring in $8-$10k per month, we'll be able to keep our editor and ad rep working the same hours and have some left over for content, admin, and web development. Triangle Park Creative will continue to cover shortfalls in overhead and website development costs as best we can.

The nonprofit Southeast Publications board (or a derivative of it) will continue to provide critical support and oversight. The board will also be trying to recruit members from all ten of our Bridgeland neighborhoods. We envision that each neighborhood will eventually have what resembles their own news bureau.

Yes, we will miss sitting with a paper in our lap, but we will not miss the limitations of eight pages of storytelling space once per month. And then there's that increasingly harder-to-justify act of distributing 10,000 pounds of paper throughout the 'hood. We've always dreamed of a more current publication, and now that is possible by shifting our resources to the internet and doing things like broadcasting weekly eNewsletters.

Honestly, in the twenty years I've provided publishing resources to the lineage of the Seward Profile, I've never been so jazzed about the potential of this publication to build connections within our community. Even though combining the Profile and SE Angle was
promising and bought us a couple more years of publishing, this could be a far more sustainable model for delivering hyper-local, diverse, participatory, and timely stories.

Also, as our core business at Triangle Park Creative is shifting to web design, we can better support the project in some extraordinary ways, just as we did with the paper version for half of its 40-year existence. I'm not sure we are ahead of the curve now, but with your help, we can turn this crisis into a remarkable model of web-based community journalism.

So, please, please, PLEASE help us register as many online subscriber/supporters as you can. Send your network to: www.readthebridge.info (.com, .net, .org) and ask them to create a user account. We're not asking for money at this time, just a couple of check marks in boxes.

We think a key to success is gathering a critical mass of subscribers to leverage marketing, and frankly, justify the effort. What that number is, we don't know. We're guessing 7,500. Since you are on this list-serve, I suspect you already recognize the potential and how it will help what you are doing here, as well.

Let's keep the longest running community news publication in Minneapolis alive.

Thoughts?


Dan Nordley

One of the problems of community newspapers is there isn't much "community" around anymore. Some neighborhoods and cities, of course, are closer than others, but fewer and fewer people identify with where they live.

(h/t: Julia Schrenkler)

Comment on this post

Are journalists class clowns on swine flu coverage?

Posted at 3:27 PM on May 6, 2009 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

mask_reportersw_getty.jpg

One of the harshest criticisms about coverage of the swine flu comes today from a journalist. Stacey Woelfel, the chair of the Radio Television News Directors Association, calls journalists "class clowns" for their coverage.

Now, let me get it on the record here that I think there is some news value to this story. Any time there is a communicable disease on the loose that can make the sufferer uncomfortable for a time, it's worth a report or two. Since death is rare (there's only been one in the entire United States so far), it's not like this is as serious as a major foodborne illness like Hepatitis A. Remember the outbreak in Pennsylvania in 2003 when a Chi Chi's served some bad green onions. Six hundred fifty people got sick and four people died--all from one bad batch of green onions in one city. Compare that to the 226 cases and 1 death we have as I write this. The green onion/hepatitis story was a big one about a threat than anyone could face in the grocery store or restaurant. The swine flu story just isn't. Note this sentence from the CDC website on the swine flu: "It is expected that most people will recover without needing medical care." That's right. If you get swine flu, you probably don't even have to go to the doctor to get it looked at. It's a virus. It has to run its course. Only those in special at-risk categories even need to worry about it. So why all the coverage?

Why all the coverage? It could be, perhaps, because the characteristics of the flu that Woelfel describes as fact, have only appeared to be fact in the last day or so, and that quite often coverage of the flu involved relaying the comments of the experts who were trying to figure out what was going on.

While Woelfel says "the swine flu story just isn't," no responsible journalist could make that declaration a week ago when the nature of the strain hadn't even been determined yet. It was only Tuesday that officials announced, for example, the flu is not as bad as first thought. So saying the story was worth only one or two mentions stretches credibility somewhat.

Woelfel says death is rare. Last week, the people who were telling us the flu story is not a story because 36,000 people die from the flu each year, this week are saying it's not a story because death is rare. You can't have it both ways.

To be clear, there's been some really terrible coverage. But critics are being sweeping in their condemnation by not naming specific journalists or news organizations they allege are being unethical in their coverage, painting all journalists with a broad brush. Most ethical journalists -- and that's the majority -- have done nothing more than what good journalists do: tell you what is known and what isn't.

On National Public Radio's Morning Edition on Tuesday, Gary Schwitzer, the University of Minnesota School of Journalism and Mass Communications professor who writes the Health News Blog (and who called my attention to the RTNDA article via his blog), said "When you start fear mongering in all of your messages on air and on your Web site, I don't think we're serving the public in the best way." No argument there.

The story on NPR also criticized CNN reporter John Roberts, for asking the question:

"Is this the killer virus that we've all been hearing about. Is it just a threat? Is it like 1986 when we had a small outbreak, or is it like 1918 when 20 million people died worldwide?"

With the benefit of a week since the story broke, that might be low-hanging fruit for media critics, but it ignores an important point: There's nothing wrong with asking a question if the answer to it is something we want -- if not, need -- to know. What offended sensibilities was any following speculation that pretended to have an answer different than the one the experts were offering.

While I give CNN a pass on the question, it's hard to argue with criticism of the network. When I asked him about what TV outlets he considered "class clowns" Schwitzer cited CNN's "Bracing For the Worst" and "Outbreak of Fear" graphics. Good examples.

But when you ask critics who level allegations on an entire industry for specifics -- in this case the media -- they almost always cite CNN or Fox or a major TV network. The problem with that, as I mentioned yesterday, is that there's much more to journalism than CNN or Fox or a major TV network, a fact that usually surprises people who work at CNN, Fox, or a major TV network.

"If only RTNDA and its chairman and its website and its terrific code of ethics seemed to make any difference with its members!" Schwitzer wrote on his blog post today. He comes by his expertise honestly, he once headed CNN's medical unit.

But he hasn't watched any of the coverage with which he disagrees, he confirmed for me in an e-mail this afternoon. "I still haven't watched one minute of TV coverage. All the examples I gave you were things I read about from newspaper TV columnists across the country like Howard Kurtz, James Rainey, David Zurawik, Al Tompkins and others. I have no reason to question the accuracy of their accounts of the specific instances they've written about."

It's a pity all of them have chosen to ignore some of the solid reporting on the story.

(Photo: Getty Images)


update 9:13 p.m. - The RTNDA chair who said TV reporters are "class clowns" and who said the flu story is a story that isn't, is news director of KOMU TV in Columbia, Missouri. Let's check and see what the top story on the station's Web site is this evening:

swine_flu_kmou.jpg

Comment on this post

MN Daily update

Posted at 6:41 AM on May 6, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The leadership of the Minnesota Daily, the newspaper of the University of Minnesota, today responded to an "open letter" from two of its editors yesterday that criticized the awarding of some bonuses at the paper.


The OP bonuses are part of the established compensation package for the president, editor-in-chief and business manager - an agreed-upon contract for paying and evaluating those employees through the year.

As such, the OP bonuses are not perks. When the bonuses were first introduced, in fact, OP pay rates were actually reduced throughout the year. The bonuses were intended so the board could "reinstate" those pay cuts if performance merited them.

Read the full response.

Comment on this post

When newsrooms fight

Posted at 4:15 PM on May 5, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

A controversy that has broken out over a few thousand dollars at the University of Minnesota Daily newspaper.

In an "open letter to readers" today, two editors -- Andy Mannix and Mike Rose -- criticize the decision to give $3,000 bonuses to the paper's president and business officer, while noting that the editor-in-chief didn't get a dime.

"These bonuses come at a time when the Daily is facing dire financial hardship," they wrote. "The most impactful budget cuts made to the Daily this semester include massive pay cuts (reaching 50 percent for some), discontinuing a Friday print edition and cutting entire departments and sections of the newspaper."

The brouhaha has spilled over into the paper's comments section, which mostly favored the bonuses, but for those of us worrying about young whippersnappers coming into the profession from college, we were shocked to learn that college journalists appear to be equally worried about the young whippersnappers coming from high school.

The problem with most newspapers is the journalists. Don't let yourself think there arent hundreds of younger, smarter kids graduating from High School right NOW who would gladly fill your shoes.

Would you rather they divied up their salaried bonus and you kids all walked away with $3.00?

Get off your high horse and find something better to cover.

(h/t: Anna Weggel)

Comment on this post

The flu formerly known as swine

Posted at 3:02 PM on April 30, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (6 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media, Politics

What's in a name?

We've moved beyond the "panic" stories to the politically tinged debates over what to call that nasty virus traversing the globe.

World Health Organization officials today begin referring to the virus formerly known as swine flu as "influenza A (H1N1)." (Though the WHO has shown it isn't above industry meddling.)

The Center for Disease Control and Prevention has this note posted on one of its flu pages:

This is a rapidly evolving situation and current guidance and other web content may contain variations in how this new H1N1 virus of swine origin is referred to.

Over the coming days and weeks, these inconsistencies will be addressed, but in the interests of meeting the agency's response goals, all guidance will remain posted and new guidance will continue to be issued.

But they might have trouble switching things up as they've been giving out cdc.gov/swineflu as the site for information.

The City of St. Paul just sent out a press release titled "Information available on H1N1 (swine) flu threat."

Then there's the World Organization for Animal Health which, so far, has the most novel approach:

No current information in influenza like animal disease in Mexico or the USA could support a link between human cases and possible animal cases including swine. The virus has not been isolated in animals to date. Therefore, it is not justified to name this disease swine influenza. In the past, many human influenza epidemics with animal origin have been named using geographic name, eg Spanish influenza or Asiatic influenza, thus it would be logical to call this disease "North-American influenza".

MPR received a letter from a pork producer representative that laid bare the industry's objections to calling it swine flu:

[Please] reference the present flu virus by its appropriate name, the 2009 N1H1 flu.

Referring to the present flu virus as "swine flu" is not only damaging to MN pork producers, but demonstrates an uneducated, reckless approach, which is undoubtedly uncharacteristic of MN Public Radio.

The negative connotations to swine, unfairly made and scientifically unsupported, affect consumer confidence and therefore have a significant negative impact on pork production.

There is scientific evidence that the virus is genetically connected to pigs, but you cannot get the flu by eating pork products. It's not like we're not calling it bacon flu, though. To be fair, when your industry is under sudden and near total onslaught, you have a right to be defensive.

When it comes down to it, the media, at least for now, will likely stick with swine flu.

Today on Talk of the Nation, host Neal Conan was asked by a caller why he was not using the term "correct" term of H1N1. Said Conan, "We call it swine flu because that's what people call it."

So... what do you call it?

Comment on this post

The changing flu landscape

Posted at 10:05 AM on April 29, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (0 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Media

What you knew yesterday about the swine flu might not be true today. Are you keeping up with the information fast enough? Have you passed on information that's incorrect?

Mexico's death toll appeared to be rapidly accelerating, some reports yesterday had put the total at more than 150. But...

Only 26 cases, including seven deaths, have been definitively confirmed to be swine flu, [Mexico Health Secretary Jose] Cordova said.

The virus is suspected in 159 deaths, and other reports suggest that some of these might be caused by unrelated respiratory ailments.

And then there's the big number, you know, of people who die from the flu every year.

U.S. officials stressed there is no need for panic, noting that flu outbreaks are quite common every year. The CDC estimates about 36,000 people in the U.S. alone died of flu-related causes each year, on average, in the 1990s.

Do the math, that's just shy of 100 a day.

We were also told yesterday to call it "H1N1" and not "swine flu," because "this really isn't swine flu," as Agriculture Secretary (and former Iowa governor) Tom Vilsack said. The name change was ostensibly because the virus had genetic components from humans, birds and swine, and not to assure the weary consumer that pork is safe. But...

The deadly H1N1 influenza virus that's fueling fears of a global pandemic is a hybrid of two common pig flu strains, scientists who have studied the disease told Wired.com Tuesday. Earlier reports called it a combination of pig, human and avian influenza strains.

"This is what we call a reassortment between two currently circulating pig flu viruses," said Andrew Rambaut, a University of Edinburgh viral geneticist. "Why it's emerged in humans is anyone's guess. It hasn't been seen before in pigs as far as I know."

Sorry, pork producers, you're probably just going to have to tough this one out. "Swine flu" is easier to say and understand than "H1N1."

So, to some it all up: Take caution, but don't panic. But you haven't been watching 24-hour news channels, right?

Comment on this post

Pity is not a business model

Posted at 3:00 PM on April 20, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Speaking of the New York Times and this morning's post, this really irked me in the comments section of the Afghanistan story:

recommend.jpg

Of the nearly 200 comments NYTimes.com readers left on a very poignant and important story, an editor assigns the vaunted "Editors' Selection" badge to a comment boo-hooing the decline of the newspaper industry.

I wonder if that comment will make its way into the dead-tree version of the Times?

(Nevermind the fact that the unknown editor works for the Times' online crew...)

My sense is that this sense of (impending) loss is all but lost on the large contingent of news consumers who have already given up on newspapers in their paper form.

Pity is not a business model.

Related: Why does the New York Times need to have 6-700 journalists?

Comment on this post

Sex sells (and wins Pulitzers)

Posted at 2:06 PM on April 20, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

This year's Pulitzer Prizes were just announced. Here's the bulletin from the AP:

The New York Times took five Pulitzers on Monday, including one for breaking the call-girl scandal that destroyed Gov. Eliot Spitzer's political career.

And the Detroit Free Press won for local reporting for obtaining a trove of sexually explicit text messages that brought down the city's mayor.

Is this all that's left of top-notch journalism? Surely there's more to great reporting than politicians getting their jollies...

(Yes, I realize Kwame Kilpatrick's sexting adventures came in the context of a felony investigation.)

Update: More uplifting copy from the AP's story...

No Pulitzers were awarded for coverage of the biggest financial crisis since the Depression. And despite a rule change that allowed online-only news organizations to compete for Pulitzers for the first time, none of them won any prizes.

The awards were announced after one of the most depressing years the newspaper industry has ever seen, with layoffs, bankruptcies and closings brought on by the recession and an exodus of readers and advertisers to the Internet.

Comment on this post

America's stiff upper lip

Posted at 2:24 PM on April 9, 2009 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Media, News

It's usually interesting to see how others view us. Matt Frei, who hosts the BBC's World News America, has noticed that the (primarily) cable TV newsies are growing more "emotional" (in evaluating that term, remember that the English called World War II "the unpleasantness").

But we the American public are not:


The collapse of the economy, the outrage of unwarranted bonuses, Ponzi schemes and designer trash-cans have brought the pitchforks out of the cellar. We are finally getting a genuine bonfire of vanities.

And yet I am surprised how generally calm and collected the American public has behaved, despite the best efforts of some of my colleagues to tease out their fury.

Perhaps it is because they have just had an opportunity to express their feelings where it matters: at the ballot box.

Perhaps it is because they still believe that judicious government can fix things.

Or maybe it is because all the ranting and raging is being done on their behalf. On air.

Elitism vs. populism

Posted at 10:09 AM on April 2, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Former NPR ombudsman Jeffrey Dvorkin never shied away from a good fight. He's now a visiting professor in Toronto and writes quite a bit about the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation vs. National Public Radio.

On his blog this week he takes on a sore subject -- the allegation that public broadcasting is "elitist." As usual, he makes few apologies.

As my friend and former CBC colleague Karl Nerenberg says, "Some think CBC may have already hurt itself by being too populist. But it has always been a tails they win, heads you lose situation for CBC TV. If they focus on quality and do not get big audiences, they're too elitist and not worthy of public $$. If they try for bigger gross tonnage with more "pop" fare -- then, the response is: who needs to pay them to do what commercial broadcasters already do! In a way, CBC can't win."

Comment on this post

Shining a light on Capitol access

Posted at 1:02 PM on March 16, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

This is Freedom of Information Day and it's also Sunshine Week, the week where journalists advocate -- more forcefully than usual -- greater access to government data and the secrets that government tries to keep.

And yet, journalists still argue that some of them should have more access than others.

The question of who should be allowed on the floor of the Minnesota House of Representatives came up today during a discussion on MPR's Midday broadcast, featuring Rich Neumeister, a citizen lobbyist and winner of the 2009 John Finnegan Award (MPR story about him here), and Mark Anfinson, the longtime attorney for the Minnesota Newspaper Association.

The controversy, simmering for years, has percolated at the Capitol this session as online-only media (which on a national scale was joined today by the Seattle Post Intelligencer) has asked for, and been denied, the same access to the House floor as mainstream media.

Neumeister advocated for the online journalists today. "There was a bill introduced dealing with criminal intelligence gathering. Law enforcement could gather intelligence on people who may or may not be a terrorist," he said. "I called a number of these bloggers, one of them decided to print the the story. Then Politics in Minnesota picked it up.I approached other people (mainstream media) and it was, 'Well, we're doing this,' and they don't have as many reporters anymore."

"The bigger change and the thing that's driven the Capitol and hearings is not fewer reporters, it's many, many more journalists driven by the online community," Anfinson said. "This same issue popped up during the Republican National Convention when the local law enforcement had a tough time distinguishing between mainline and people who called themselves journalists."

Anfinson says the controversy at the Capitol arose because "practical applications went smack against the doorway and the echo is still reverberating. You can't have everybody who claims to be a journalist going on the House floor. You just can't. We need to come up with solutions, but we can't rush them."

"In the good old days," he said, "the number of credentialed reporters were fairly limited. That allowed some familiarity to develop. They were allowed. What if 500 people want access? I'm not saying they should be excluded, but you can't approach this in a simplistic way."

Neumeister's solution, however, was to start by granting access to the online organizations that everyone agrees should get access, citing Politics in Minnesota (which rarely has had a problem with access because it was started by prominent lobbyists) and Minnpost.

He also said bloggers and online journalists should get the same access at committee hearings that members of the public do, let alone other journalists.

"I think bloggers should be able to go to committee hearings without credentials and do what they need to do to get the message out," he said. "Citizens do this all the time."

"Whether you call them citizens, journalists or citizen-journalists, they're coming to the courtrooms, the committee rooms and the statehouse to report on the government," Jane Kirtley, the University of Minnesota professor of media ethics, wrote in the Pioneer Press on Sunday. They have every right to be there, because you have every right to be there. It's your government at work. It's your business."

And because it is, Neumeister, as MPR's Tim Nelson pointed out, is "one of the state's foremost authorities on what Minnesotans know about the government and what the government knows about them."

What's bad about that?

Listen

Recommended reading: The State of the News Media 2009 (just out today.)

Comment on this post

Do you really want more positive financial news?

Posted at 7:31 PM on March 15, 2009 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

Clark Hoyt, the editor of the New York Times, is the latest big-name journalist to try to respond to complaints that the news media is overemphasizing bad economic news, depressing consumers confidence and prolonging the recession.

Consumers and their media are in a "you go first" staredown on the subject.

In Hoyt's words:

This is an old argument between a newspaper and its readers: journalists see their job as reflecting the world as their reporting tells them it is, but many readers want reporters to look harder for good news to balance the bad. Ellenson said he wants news organizations to go even further. "Tell consumers not to worry," he said. "Go out and spend as if there is no recession."

Maybe there are more opportunities to emphasize silver linings. The demise of flower shows in the recession was front-page news; Broadway's surprisingly strong box office was not. But The Times is not about to do what Ellenson suggests -- and should not. As David Leonhardt, a business columnist, told me: "The problems we have are not psychological. They are hard, real problems. None of them can be resolved by waking up tomorrow and thinking we're going to be happy about them."

Of course the Times shouldn't do what Ellenson suggests. There's plenty of reason to worry. I know it. You know it. The '27 Yankees know it. And so do many of the consumers who are asking the news media to step back from the brink. So why respond to the extreme?

A few weeks ago, Don Shelby similarly overreached in describing the request:

But, the old story of the ostrich comes to mind. It sticks its head in the sand believing that if it cannot see a threat, the threat cannot see the ostrich. We could just keep the bad news to ourselves, but then, people who would like a little warning of approaching danger, would rightly say, we didn't do our jobs

What are people really saying when they voice their complaint? It's not that they want the news media to ignore reality or pretend something is what it isn't. It's that they want the news media to take just as seriously, the stories about what people are doing to overcome the tough times. To tell the story without the constant numerical equivalent of hand-wringing.

AIG handing out big bonuses? Unemployment at record levels? A state budget deficit widening faster than the politicians ability to close it? Of course that has to be -- and should be -- reported.

So what are people asking for? A little hope. A little inspiration. Perhaps a few stories every now and again like those President Obama told in his address to a joint session of Congress a few weeks ago:


But in my life, I have also learned that hope is found in unlikely places; that inspiration often comes not from those with the most power or celebrity, but from the dreams and aspirations of Americans who are anything but ordinary.

I think about Leonard Abess, the bank president from Miami who reportedly cashed out of his company (note: see a story ABC did on this guy a few days later), took a $60 million bonus, and gave it out to all 399 people who worked for him, plus another 72 who used to work for him. He didn't tell anyone, but when the local newspaper found out, he simply said, ''I knew some of these people since I was 7 years old. I didn't feel right getting the money myself."

I think about Greensburg, Kansas, a town that was completely destroyed by a tornado, but is being rebuilt by its residents as a global example of how clean energy can power an entire community - how it can bring jobs and businesses to a place where piles of bricks and rubble once lay. "The tragedy was terrible," said one of the men who helped them rebuild. "But the folks here know that it also provided an incredible opportunity."

And I think about Ty'Sheoma Bethea, the young girl from that school I visited in Dillon, South Carolina - a place where the ceilings leak, the paint peels off the walls, and they have to stop teaching six times a day because the train barrels by their classroom. She has been told that her school is hopeless, but the other day after class she went to the public library and typed up a letter to the people sitting in this room. She even asked her principal for the money to buy a stamp. The letter asks us for help, and says, "We are just students trying to become lawyers, doctors, congressmen like yourself and one day president, so we can make a change to not just the state of South Carolina but also the world.

We are not quitters.

My colleague, Julia Schrenkler, was following the conversation on Twitter during that portion of the speech last month and noted that it was at that point when the most snarky comments were posted. "See, I think it is interesting that folks snark a bit at these individual stories...but also complain that the news media only reports bad news. Isn't this a version of positive experiences?" she said on the live blog I ran that night.

It was a great observation. Do people really want the "positive" stories they say they want? Is the media convinced they don't? Does "positive" news have to be synonymous with "fantasy?"

Comment on this post

Should the media try to make a difference?

Posted at 4:03 AM on March 6, 2009 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Media

If you think that's a stupid question, you're probably an old-fashioned journalist, or at least old fashioned. But Nick Coleman, the long-time columnist at the Star Tribune, says he think the media is too afraid to make a difference these days.

He never got much of a chance to say goodbye to his readers -- some of whom hung on his every word, and some who exalted in the opportunity to hate what he wrote. Back in the day, that's what columnists did -- they got people riled up. Those days are pretty much over at newspapers, who can no longer afford to alienate anyone. Coleman took a buyout from the Star Tribune.

He talked with MPR's Cathy Wurzer. (The audio is below the fold)

Q: Why didn't you take the job that was offered, writing for the variety section?
A: I worked on the variety staff 26 years ago, before I became a media critic. I've done that. After 3,500 columns, I'm set in my ways.

Q: What was the rationale behind the Star Tribune's eliminating your column.

A: I don't know. I wasn't given any explanation. I suggested other possibilities but they were never discussed.

Continue reading "Should the media try to make a difference?"

Things you may have missed

Posted at 6:54 PM on March 2, 2009 by Steve Mullis (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

While Bob is away, News Cut is on a pseudo vacation as well. But, that doesn't mean we're gonna let you News Cut readers go without a fix, so I thought I'd share some interesting reading with you. Here's a quick smattering of things you may have missed during your hectic day, both on Minnesota Public Radio and around the Internet:


That's all I have for now. Bob, hurry back, the News Cutterites are going to get restless!

Comment on this post

Rocky down for the count

Posted at 12:16 PM on February 27, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

It was shocking to read of the sudden closure of the Rocky Mountain News. The writing, presumably, was on the wall, but to come to work to find out that the institution you work for — and the Rocky was an institution (the paper was shuttered 55 days before its 150th birthday) — will cease to exist tomorrow.

The paper's staff put together a documentary of sorts that seems to be directed more to the paper's owner, The E.W. Scripps Co., than to its Colorado audience.

Twin Cities readers and writers might see the words of Scripps President and CEO Rich Boehne as an omen: "Denver can't support two newspapers any longer."

Update: I left this in a comment but it seems worthy of noting in the entry itself.

Apparently the Rocky folks wanted -- and tried -- to continue on as an online-only 'paper' but the company's joint operating agreement with the Denver Post wouldn't allow it.

Comment on this post

On Campus: The online journalist

Posted at 7:06 PM on February 25, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News Cut on Campus

moorhead_matsuura.jpg It was fitting that I talked to Mark Matsuura of Burnsville on a day when San Francisco was about to become the first major American city not to have not daily newspaper.

I sat up straight when Matsuura told me about his career track: Online journalism. He is the first journalism student I've encountered in 35+ of doing this who told me he wanted to be an online journalist.

That in itself is a lesson in the economy. Whose job will he get when he graduates from Minnesota State University Moorhead in a couple of years? Probably a journalist who doesn't want to do online journalism. "It has more future than print," he said. In other words: It has a future. Adaptability is a plus.

During my stop at the school at part of the News Cut on Campus listening tour to gauge the effect the economy is having on students, Matsuura said he'd like to write about technology issues.

He says he hasn't found the economy to be much of "a challenge" paying for school. "I pay for half and my parents pay for half," he said. "I'm not too worried about loans; I'll deal with it later. You make a choice to go to school and you can't just stop because you don't have the money right now."

Some students I've encountered during this two-month project have said they're somewhat worried about their parents' jobs, and the possibility a layoff might disrupt their own schooling. Matsuura says he has no such worries. His dad is a big cog for a small company; his mother just survived the latest round of layoffs at her business.

Comment on this post

Where are the economists?

Posted at 7:00 AM on February 23, 2009 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

Conservative and liberal groups don't agree on much, but they agree on this: TV did a very questionable job covering the economic stimulus bill signed by President Obama last week.

The liberal Media Matters for America said of the 681 people who appeared as guests on cable news and Sunday TV talk shows, only 6 percent, were economists, said the Associated Press.

While Media Matters didn't survey the network evening news shows, the conservative Media Research Center did, and found that only 13 percent of those interviewed were economists.

The rest were the usual suspects -- reporters, political "experts" and talking heads.

The producer of ABC's This Week said the guest selections mirror the need for news shows to have verbal battles between contrasting viewpoints.

Comment on this post

A quiet death

Posted at 8:40 AM on February 21, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Did the New York Times suggest John McCain had an affair with a lobbyist? The issue became a moot legal point this week when Vicki Iseman dropped her lawsuit against the newspaper over an article last year that many people -- myself included -- thought bent over backwards to make the suggestion without offering a shred of evidence.

In exchange, the paper agreed to publish an op-ed piece from her lawyers.

Let's the revisionism begin!

In its "Note to Readers" on Friday (also part of the settlement), the Times said:

The article did not state, and The Times did not intend to conclude, that Ms. Iseman had engaged in a romantic affair with Senator McCain or an unethical relationship on behalf of her clients in breach of the public trust.

Let's look at what the article said again:

Convinced the relationship had become romantic, some of his top advisers intervened to protect the candidate from himself -- instructing staff members to block the woman's access, privately warning her away and repeatedly confronting him, several people involved in the campaign said on the condition of anonymity.

That was the story's second paragraph.

When the article came out, every major journalism critic and blog covered the story. When the issued died this week, it died quietly, almost as if it didn't matter in the first place.

(h/t: Dan Kennedy)

Comment on this post

Cartooning Obama

Posted at 2:04 PM on February 20, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media

corrigankilledobama.gifMost of the talk in newspaper circles these days is about how to stay employed at dying companies. But in the cubicles occupied by editorial cartoonists, there's a different conversation going on: How to draw Barack Obama without appearing to be racist.

In his blog post, Read Obama's Lips, Washington Post cartoonist and critic Michael Cavna, says "For every Steve Benson or Mike Luckovich who is zeroing in on a swell, spot-on Obama, there seems to be a cartoonist who invokes 'caricature' in the most grotesque sense of the word.

So, do we (and the Toronto Star) read too much into this? Are too many cartoonists not subtly skilled enough to draw a deft caricature of our first African American president? I seriously doubt that's it. When you truly study art, you delve deeply into all shapes and sizes and learn to "see" -- and learn to see skin not as one single hue, but often as more than a dozen hues (subtle reds, flecks of green, etc.). Of course, perhaps a few cartoonists aren't looking deeply enough at Obama.

Yet even the most highly trained comic artists are quite fallible. As Comic Riffs contributor David Betancourt says of one comic giant: "Drawing large lips on an African American is a huge debate -- I couldn't read any of Will Eisner's original 'Spirit' strips because I couldn't stand the site of the way he drew [grotesquely caricatured] Ebony Ivory."

Nate Kreuter, who writes the Viz blog, says many cartoonists are emphasizing Obama's height and skinniness, and avoiding racial overtones, but not everybody.

Daryl Cagle, a cartoonist for MSNBC.com, figures the issue to get stickier over time:

The cartoon version of Obama will continue to evolve quickly. If we ever actually see him smoking a cigarette, he will always be smoking in cartoons. Obama may turn different colors, and he'll grow or shrink with his performance. Obama's ears will keep growing no matter what he does. As Obama's honeymoon passes and the caricatures become more severe, I expect the complaints about racism in the cartoons will also grow more severe.

He probably won't have to wait long. In an Associated Press story on the subject today, Mike Lester of the Rome News in Georgia didn't shrink from a poke in the eye.


Lester...said that when he was growing up, "if we didn't make fun of you, we didn't like you."

Perhaps race relations would improve, Lester said, if black people lightened up a bit: "They're not too good (at being) made fun of. We can all take a joke.

Comment on this post

Picture of the year

Posted at 12:44 PM on February 17, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

I'm prohibited by copyright law from showing you the winner of the contest for the best news photograph of the year as chosen by the World Press Photo. Lots of online sites appear to be ripping the photographer off, but I'm not going to be one of them. You'll have to look for yourself here.

It is a chilling image of a Cleveland police officer, gun drawn, making sure the people who lived in a foreclosed-upon home are out of it.

It's a sign of the times in the journalism industry, too, that the world's best news photo ran only online, and that the photographer who took it is having trouble finding work.

Another online site -- The Raw File -- won first place in the "stories" category for its photographs accompanying a profile of Troy, New York.

I couldn't find the photographs on the Web site, but did find this photographic story about Troy which further documents the declining economy.


Upstate Girls - What Became of Collar City from The Raw File on Vimeo.

Comment on this post

Furloughs at local newspaper

Posted at 4:07 PM on February 5, 2009 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Economy, Media

The spreading economic woes in the newspaper industry have reached a new level at the St. Paul Pioneer Press. Members of the paper's Newspaper Guild will vote tomorrow on whether to accept one-week unpaid furloughs

The paper's corporate parent, Media News, has ordered the furloughs for non-union employees and management at its newspapers, and is asking its unions to accept them as well.

According to a memo to Guild members, the union asked the newspaper for assurances the furloughs "will prevent or even delay layoffs," but the request was denied.

At other Media News newspapers, the furloughs are to be completed by March 30, but the union asked for -- and received -- a delay for their completion until the end of April.

The company says it's following the lead of Gannett, the giant media company that is forcing thousands of its employees to take the one-week furlough.

Update 4:46 p.m. - Here's how the furlough works:


1. This is a one-time agreement that is intended to apply only to this furlough (Feb. 9, 2009-April 30, 2009).
2. Seventy (70) percent of the furloughs in the Guild bargaining unit will be accomplished by March 31, 2009.
3. Employees will sign up for five (5) furlough days on or about February 9, 2009.
4. The furlough is five days for full-time employees. Part-time employees are required to take a proportional furlough (for example, an employee who works four days per week is required to take four days). Furloughs can be taken in increments of one day, or in consecutive days.
5. All furloughs shall be unpaid. Employees may not use paid vacation or sick leave during furloughs.
6. Operational considerations will be taken into account when approving furlough days/schedules. Employees and their managers should work together in scheduling furlough days. In the event a plan cannot be agreed upon, the employee, a Guild representative, a representative of Human Resources and the manager will immediately meet to develop a schedule for the employee. Any scheduling conflicts between employees in selecting furloughs will be determined by seniority.
7. Employees can, with management approval, take additional unpaid time and donate time to a coworker, assuming that the employees’ pay is comparable and it does not create an operational hardship. Management approval for such donations will not be unreasonably withheld.
8. Employees can convert previously scheduled vacation time to furlough time.
9. Employees on furlough will continue to accrue vacation and sick leave and will continue to be eligible for all healthcare and related benefits.
10. During their furlough, employees shall not perform any work on behalf of the Company. Furloughed employees shall leave an outgoing message on their voicemail stating they are not at work, their return date, and that any matters needing immediate attention should be forwarded to an active employee to be named by their manager. The same procedure shall be followed for email.
11. Employees who are salaried exempt must take their five (5) days in one week.
12. Certain departments, at the discretion of the Company, may be exempted from the furlough program due to operational considerations. No individual exemptions within departments will be made.
13. Any covered employee who is laid-off from employment during the term of the furlough shall be paid for any and all unpaid furlough days taken on behalf of him/herself during the furlough period. Unpaid days taken on behalf of another employee (see item # 7 above) shall not be converted to paid days as would otherwise be provided by this provision.
14. If called to work while taking a scheduled furlough day the employee will be paid a full day for working and will not be required to reschedule an additional furlough day.
15. Freelancers will not be used to displace bargaining unit work while bargaining unit members are on furlough.

Update 4:48 p.m. - David Brauer has some union reaction and background.

A return to the right

Posted at 9:51 AM on January 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

haines_limbaugh.jpg

CNBC's resident curmudgeon Mark Haines let talk show host Rush Limbaugh have it today. The media has suddenly rediscovered Limbaugh, and has taken him to task for saying he hopes Barack Obama fails. Limbaugh, has a commentary in today's Wall St. Journal called "My bipartisan stimulus."

"I'm just trying to build roads and bridges to the administration for bipartisanship and fairness," he said in his introduction.

Nobody will ever confuse Haines with the liberal media, so this exchange was significant.

Haines: I'm sorry, but a week after the inauguration, you said you "hope he fails." Are you now admitting that that was a stupid and mean-spirited thing to say?

Limbaagh: No, it was an accurate thing to say. It was an honest thing to say. It came after...

Haines: How is that bipartisan?

Limbaugh: Well,let me explain...

Haines: Well, so far you haven't.

Limbaugh: You're being contentious with no reason. It came after a thorough explanation on my part that liberalism, which is what Obama represents...

Haines: (Somewhat off microphone) Ah, geez....

Limbaugh: ... destroys the free market, destroys capitalism. This stimulus plan is all about re-FDRing America... the new New Deal and as a conservative, I want liberalism to fail. i want the country to succeed and that's what I meant and that's what I said over and over again. You've got to stop reading these left-wing liberal media...

Haines: I just listen to you, Rush, I don't listen to anybody. I listen to you, and what I hear is hypocrisy. You are saying in this piece, you say :

The American people are made up of Republicans, Democrats, independents and moderates, but our economy doesn't know the difference. This is about jobs now. The economic crisis is an opportunity to unify people, if we set aside the politics.

Haines: ... and yet the first thing out of your mouth is politics, about liberal and conservative and Republican and Democrat.

Limbaugh: (Stumbling) You know, this vote that happened in the house yesterday is actually a failure. The bipartisan vote was the defeat; 11 Democrats, 20 Republians. The partisan vote was all Democrats. He wants Republicans on the bill, Mark, because he knows this isn't going to work. He wants Republicans so he has cover, so they can't run for re-election, saying this wasn't his debacle. I'm trying to propose something here that will work, for the best of the country. How can that be hypocritical.

Eventually, Haines' co-host, took over the interview from Haines, reassuring America that what Limbaugh really meant was that he hopes liberalism fails.

But before ending, Haines got one more shot in.

Haines: Here's something I find interesting. You talk about the vote being roughly 54 to 46 in favor of Obama... but when the vote was 51-49, I don't remember you being this concerned about Republicans.

Limbaugh: I think bipartisanship is a joke.

The resurrection of Democrats in Washington is the best thing that could have happened to right-wing talk radio -- and Limbaugh's career in particular. It's led some to suggest that Limbaugh, rather than party leaders, is now the new face of the Republican Party.

Comment on this post

The Star Press?

Posted at 8:37 AM on January 17, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

Maybe the bankruptcy of the Star Tribune newspaper means the end of the Pioneer Press brand. Maybe not.

MPR's Martin Moylan's story on this week's bankruptcy filing of the Minneapolis-based Star Tribune documents the likelihood of this two-newspaper town becoming a one-newspaper town:

"Bankruptcy is often used to effectuate a sale. That is not out of the realm of possibility. I'm not too sure if those arrangements have been explored. But I can assure you the lenders have given it thought," (bankruptcy attorney george singer said. The most logical buyer of the Star Tribune would seem to be Media News, which runs the smaller Pioneer Press.

If that happens, which name lives? The Pioneer Press? The Star Tribune? The Star Press? The Pioneer Tribune? The Pioneer Press Star Tribune?

Of course, that's a big if. The company that owns the Pioneer Press -- Media News -- has its own financial struggles. And its competition in another two-newspaper town may be drawing its immediate attention.

Any combination of the two local papers would most certainly result in some lost jobs at both locations. It may well be that hopes for a healthy Star Tribune, may be highest in the cubicles at its local competition.

Comment on this post

The media war behind the military war

Posted at 7:28 AM on January 7, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media

What is the role of the media in war?

The question is getting a good going-over today as the war in Gaza continues.

Israeli forces have arrested Khezir Shahin, a reporter for an Arab-language news organization because he reported that Israel had launched the ground offensive on the Gaza strip. Shahin wasn't wrong. The offensive had started. But Israeli military imposes broad censorship power even in times of relative peace.

Today's New York Times reports that three times in the last week, reporters were told to assemble near the Gaza border -- in compliance with a Supreme Court ruling overturning a ban on foreign journalists entering Gaza. Three times they were denied.

Says the Times:

Like all wars, this one is partly about public relations. But unlike any war in Israel's history, in this one the government is seeking to entirely control the message and narrative for reasons both of politics and military strategy.

How's that working out for Israel? Not so well because it's not 1967 anymore.

YouTube, the most influential media source in the world now, has turned the tables on Israel, banning some of the video the Israeli Defense Forces uploaded on its own YouTube channel.

Israel didn't like the idea of censorship very much.

"We were saddened earlier today that Youtube took down some of our exclusive footage showing the IDF's operational success in operation Cast Lead against Hamas extremists in the Gaza Strip," said a release from the IDF.

Hamas sympathizers had flagged the videos as inappropriate.

"Keeping the foreign journalists in Israel, sources say, is good for Israel's image because the media is experiencing the war from the Israeli side," Gili Izikovich writes on Haaretz.com. "As soon as the IDF gets a hold in the Strip, it is expected that the IDF Spokesman will let Israeli and foreign journalists in with the army. For the time being, the only presence documenting events is the spokesman's office."

Comment on this post

Will the media cutbacks affect you?

Posted at 9:01 AM on January 2, 2009 by Bob Collins (22 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News

In the first hour of MPR's Midmorning, we're going to talk about how to handle tough times in a particular business -- ours. With the worsening economy, news organizations are cutting staffs. How is a commitment to a viewer, listener, or reader to be maintained? What ethical challenges do these times pose? Do you care?

I'll be live-blogging in the studio with Kerri Miller and we'll be joined on the program by Alicia Shepard, the ombudsman for National Public Radio and Clark Hoyt, Public editor for the New York Times.

I'll be reading your comments and insight during the broadcast.

You might also be interested in reading former NPR ombudsman Jeffrey Dvorkin's latest blog post comparing public radio in Canada and the U.S.

Live-blogging

9:02 a.m. - We're starting with Alicia in the first half hour. Kerri says she's been taking a lot of heat over the budget cuts at NPR. Apparently people have been suggesting NPR used the economy to get rid of shows and people it wanted to get rid of. Some have suggested a racial motive, which as least gets to the concern that a decades-old attempt to make newsrooms more diverse will be wiped out in this economy.

9:07 a.m. - Recommended reading: The future of journalism.

9:08 a.m. - Why didn't NPR use buyouts instead of layoffs. Because NPR was afraid they'd lose people they didn't want to lose, says Shepard. She says buyouts are a more humane way of eliminating people. "But I'm out of my pay grade in talking about those specifics."

9:10 a.m. - Where did the Joan Kroc money go? The St. Paul native gave millions of dollars to NPR (none to her hometown public radio operation, for the record). "The perception was that NPR is rolling in money and that's not true," she says. The Kroc money went into an endowment that was to generate $10 million a year. Here's Shepard's column on the cutbacks.

9:16 a,m. Shepard is defending NPR's acceptance of Homeland Security underwriting. She gives props to listeners for responding quickly when they hear something they don't like. She mentioned WalMart underwriting announcements.

9:20 a.m. - We're going to get to Gaza coverage in a minute. In the past, this has been a huge debate at NPR.

9:22 a.m. - Caller on "underwriting issue." Sounds like local underwriting on MPR... spots promoted clean coal. When membership renewal time came up, she was aggravated. "It was boosterism for clean coal, which I think is an oxymoron." She e-mailed in her complaint asking what the guidelines are. Got a response back she said was unsatisfactory; that corporate sponsorships were important to the budget. She has not renewed her membership and acknowledges she listens to the programming.

The underwriting messages, however, came from NPR, Kerri says. So what do listeners to about that. The impact of the caller not renewing is taken out on Minnesota, while the responsibility for the problem is with NPR. What's a listener to do?

9:26 a.m. - -- Kind of wondering where the future of journalism discussion went.

9:28 a.m. - I've been waiting to relay a reader comment on diversity, but they've gone back to the phones. Would like to get it on before Alicia is cut loose.

9:29 a.m. - Shepard says an ombudsman would never do any lobbying. Then the connection to NPR went down. Budget cuts.

9:30 a.m. - Clark Hoyt joins us regarding coverage in the Times of the Israeli bombing of Gaza. Gotta give Kerri credit here. Hoyt is answering her question, Kerri is talking off mic to the producer about what happened to Shepard, Hoyt completes his answer and Kerri smoothly goes to her followup question. She obviously was listening to Hoyt's answer while talking.

9:33 a.m. - Hoyt says "there's a great awareness" in the newsroom that people are skeptical of news organizations. "They (editors) are very concerned about presenting a true picture of what is happening."

9:34 a.m. - Shepard rejoins the discussion. I have assumed the role of potted plant.

9:35 a.m. - Shepard says NPR has created a Middle East page on its Web site in order to say to listeners, "look at the totality of our coverage" whenever there's an accusation of bias in an individual story from the Middle East. She says it's difficult in a 4-minute piece to provide all of the elements and context of a story.

9:37 a.m. - Should people who report the news also give their opinion? Hoyt says this came up in coverage of the meltdown. He was troubled by having reporters covering aspects of the bailout, and writing columns on the same pages about what should happen. "To me that poses an insoluble conflict."

This has been an issue for me, too. But in a different way. The columns do nothing more than make public an opinion that may be held by a reporter. Not publishing it doesn't eliminate the opnion, it just eliminates your knowledge of it. That's not saying the opinion influences the reporting, however. Quite often, just the opposite is true.

9:40 a.m. - Shepard says allegations of bias occupy most of her time. "There may be bias," Hoyt says, "but the only way you can judge that is only over a period of time." He notes a recent front-page article in the NYT on Bush's role in the housing problem. "I got lots of messages saying 'this is outrageous. There goes the Times... Bush bashing."

Here is the article. Hoyt says nobody apparently considered that "this was Part 16" of a series.

9:43 a.m. - The problem of live-blogging. My question on diversity now won't fit where the conversation is. Bummer.

9:44 a.m
. - Reading comments and thinking that a valuable discussion would have is if people don't renew memberships to public radio stations, how that does anything but increase the likelihood the person -- who usually still listens to public radio -- will grow more dissatisfied because resources are further removed from news or programming because of declining budgets?

Methinks public radio should do more to give the public more options on how to influence programming without destroying it.

9:47 a.m.
- Hoyt is talking about the story in the New York Times that -- to my analysis -- clearly led people to assume McCain was having an affair. Apparently there's a lawsuit filed over this so Hoyt can't talk about it. I've talked about it quite a bit.

9:53 a.m. - I popped in on the show to ask how people can influence a newsroom short of destroying the journalism therein. There must be a way short of "the nuclear option," as Kerri says. "People go immediately to maximum power," says Hoyt. "People go to angriest option right away." He blames the Internet. "It's not a proportionate kind of response, usually," he says.

Shepard says there's a powerlessness among listeners and readers. "At the end of the conversation, someone will say, 'thank you for listening.' People want to be heard," she says.

Let me point out here that I think this blog just served a valuable role in an otherwise broader conversation, and it came as a result of what you wrote. Newsroom blogs, it seems to me, are the avenue for a better relationship with the news consumer.

"Reporters can be very thin skinned and resistant to criticism. We need to thicken up the skin and engage with readers more directly," says Hoyt.

"Journalism is done with the greatest sense of integrity," says Shepard. "But mistakes will be made."

This concludes the program. I don't think we really ever got to the journalism aspect of things. -- the business of journalism, perhaps.

Comment on this post

Media layoffs

Posted at 10:51 AM on December 31, 2008 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Disasters, Energy, Media

The axe is falling on more media personalities.

Nat Hentoff was let go yesterday by the Village Voice, so everyone pretty much knew firings were coming at City Pages, which is owned by the same company.

Bingo.

James Norton and Assistant A-List editor Ben Palosaari have been let go, according to media analyst David Brauer at Minnpost. He also notes that WCCO-AM has dismised overnight talk host Al Malmberg and his fill-in, Brad Walton.

One of the questions for 2009? Is there any local media that will escape the budget-cutting axe?

Comment on this post

The newsroom circus

Posted at 10:14 AM on December 30, 2008 by Bob Collins (35 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Michael Getler, the ombudsman for PBS, has written the longest online column -- ever -- about a remark NewsHour's Jim Lehrer made recently:

Among the things Lehrer told the gathered students was to stick to the basics of news. "If you want to be entertained, go to the circus," he said. "Don't watch the NewsHour."

Those of us who came to public broadcasting by way of commercial radio better understand the philosophy than those of us who have spent a lifetime in public broadcasting. Here's the underlying theory: If you're boring and you put the same faces on a panel to say the same things day after day, it must be a deeper, more insightful form of journalism.

Balderdash.

Getler doesn't exactly say so -- he's too good for that -- but he acknowledges what Lehrer doesn't. There's a lot of journalistic real estate between some of the nonsense on network TV news and the static inner-Beltway interpretation offered by NewsHour, and it's not heresy to say so.

Many people who responded to Getler's column, by offering suggestions for improvement said so.

Reduce the number of panels in which Democratic and Republican strategists simply contradict each other, often leaving the viewing audience numb and angry. There are simply too many of these in which the viewer is sacrificed on the altar of "balanced" news coverage that actually does not inform. This extends beyond politics to many other subjects. Sometimes, of course, this is necessary. But the key to making these segments useful is the interviewer, who must be prepared to challenge guests, not just with the other person's opinion, but with facts and alternative analysis that helps viewers judge what is being said. Challenge and confrontation often does not seem to be in the NewsHour playbook.

Getler, in a courageous move, takes on the 800-pound gorilla that exists in most news organizations: The "indisputable sense of sameness."

Nevertheless, it seems to me and those who wrote, that both the NewsHour and Washington Week would benefit from bringing at least some new faces, voices and settings into the mix. That's not a reflection on the current staffs at all, and it doesn't mean I don't enjoy the commentary of Mark Shields and David Brooks (I do but they each have their critics within the viewership) or the always well-informed and trustworthy journalistic guests on Ifill's Washington Week program. To be sure, there is a slightly varying cast of characters now. But there is an indisputable sense of sameness on these programs; the same formulas, the same approach to news and the way it's presented, mostly the same people. Rarely does the off-beat or non-mainstream news item or analysis that may actually have broader resonance make it through the gate. To borrow a line that MSNBC's Chris Matthews uses on his show: "Tell me something that I don't know" or let me meet some people that I don't know.

That's a hard thing for news show producers to do. There's nothing quite so comfortable as that which you've done before. The role of journalism is not to be a comfortable pair of slippers.

So let's take Getler up on his request for suggestions. Whether it's NewsHour, or MPR, or the local TV station you watch: What would you like to hear, see in the coming year that you're not hearing or seeing now?

Be tough, but don't be insulting. And, as always, if you have a person you think is doing great things that should be in News Cut, let me know. I'll go anywhere, anytime for a good tale.

(By the way, on Friday at 9 a.m., MPR's Midmorning will feature the ombudsmen for NPR and the New York Times. I'll be live-blogging the show.)

Comment on this post

MPR cuts

Posted at 3:31 PM on December 19, 2008 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media

I blogged about NPR dropping two shows because of budget cuts last week, so I can't very well ignore an MPR press release today.

American Public Media™ is cancelling weekly production and distribution of Weekend America® as a result of the current economy's impact on station carriage and sponsorships. The final broadcast will be January 31, 2009. Thirteen full- and part-time positions will be affected. Weekend America is carried on 134 stations with a weekly audience of about 657,000 listeners.

American Public Media is proud of the many accomplishments of Weekend America's talented staff. They have produced personal, thoughtful, funny and challenging journalism that you couldn't hear anywhere else. The program topics ranged from in-depth reporting on the fallout from the Iraqi war, multi-part series on foreclosure and immigration, and the lessons of racism. The hosts and reporters also engaged people all across America on their weekends, skydiving or dancing or giving concerts or celebrating the diverse cultures and festivals of our country.

MinnPosts's David Brauer reports more cuts are coming:

Margaret Ann Hennen, APM's VP of Corporate Communications, says, "Yes, there will be further reductions, but we don't know when or what. This is part of the alignment of revenues and expenses ... that has been going on for the last year. We continue to make very methodical decisions."

As Linda Ellerbee used to say, "and so it goes."

Comment on this post

More on Mischke

Posted at 1:41 PM on December 18, 2008 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Media

More on the reaction to the still-unexplained firing of Tommy Mischke this month from KSTP Radio.

The Atlantic's James Fallows recalls an article he wrote on the St. Paul humorist here, and calls our attention to a video that was posted last weekend.

Fallows is now based in China, so it's amazing how far the ripples of people's lives can travel.

I asked a colleague -- well connected in KSTP-land -- last week what the story was with Mischke's firing. "I have no idea," he said. I believe him.

Update: David Brauer has an interview with the man.

Students get a lesson in 'press freedom'

Posted at 12:57 PM on December 15, 2008 by Bob Collins (17 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Schools

Free speech ends at the school doors, the Supreme Court has ruled several times.

But it's being tested in Faribault today, the Faribault Daily News reports, where the school superintendent has closed down the school newspaper after its journalist-students refused to let him preview a story on the investigation of middle school teacher Shelly Prieve, who has reportedly been under investigation for inappropriate communication with students.

Says the Daily News:

Though the Prieve article is at the center of the controversy, (School Superintendent Bob) Stepaniak said it has evolved into something greater than the words in that story. Instead, he said, it is about the fundamental question of whether a district's administration has the right to review articles prior to publication.

Stepaniak insists he does. Zwaggerman and Hildebrandt insist he doesn't. Each side is backed by legal representation.

Stepaniak points to the powers under a 1988 U.S. Supreme Court decision, Hazelwood School District vs. Kuhlmeier, that upheld the right of public high school administrators in a suburban St. Louis, Mo., school district to censor articles about teen pregnancy and the effects of divorce on children from a school-sponsored student newspaper.

The school newspaper's, known as The Echo, faculty advisor Kelly Zwaggerman says she's prepared to be removed from that role.

Comment on this post

Cuts at NPR

Posted at 1:05 PM on December 10, 2008 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The big media recession hit National Public Radio today. Two shows -- News & Notes and Day to Day -- are being dropped and 7 percent of NPR's staff is being laid off.

It's the organization's first widespread layoffs in 25 years, the Washington Post says.

NPR had hoped News & Notes would attract more African Americans to its audience. The Post says the cuts represent a retreat from NPR's goal to diversify its audience:

Combined with the elimination of "Day to Day" and "News & Notes" the cutbacks constitute a retreat from NPR's efforts to reach new listeners, especially young people and members of minority groups who are not part of NPR's "core" audience. The diversification effort started in 2002 with the opening of NPR West, the organization's first major production facility outside of Washington and New York. The facility will remain open after the cutback, but with about half of its 60 employees.

Comment on this post

The Bachmen vs. Lizard People

Posted at 10:06 AM on November 21, 2008 by Than Tibbetts (29 Comments)
Filed under: Media, News, Politics

Take a moment and look at these two ballots.

Let's compare. Does everyone have their copy of 204C.22 ready?

Our first stop will be Subdivision 1: Ballot valid if intent determinable.

In both cases, the only marks in the ovals are next to a bona fide candidate. I will vouch for the voter's intent with the "X" mark, he/she used it consistently across the full ballot (see Subdivision 10, Different marks).

(We're going to operate under the assumption that it doesn't matter what was in the write-in field, despite what David Icke might say.)

The problem facing the state's Canvassing Board might be reconciling Subdivision 4:

Name written in proper place.

If a voter has written the name of an individual in the proper place on a general or special election ballot a vote shall be counted for that individual whether or not the voter makes a mark (X) in the square opposite the blank.

I've polled a few people around the office and consensus seems to be that this is an overvote, meaning the ballot should be discarded.

Aside: I suppose the Franken camp could mount a challenge by saying that "Lizard People" is not the name of an individual, though I doubt "voter intends to be funny" is one of the criteria the Canvassing Board will assess. Comedy Central's Indecision 2008 crew, by the way, wonders alike.

Several questions arise: Should the county have accepted the Franken vote? Does the voter consider Al Franken equivalent to the Lizard People? Is Lizard People a collective, or just one person like Cat Power? (Hat tip to the Minnesota Independent, which points out who put Lizard People on the map.)

What this also means — assuming the above holds true &mdash is that a lot of the people who played election judge have an unfounded preference for the Franken ballot, legally speaking.

coleman.giffranken.gif

So, there you have it. A pretty straightforward look at some challenged ballots through the prism of the law. Not so hard, was it?

D'oh!

Comment on this post

Nothing to say, but saying it anyway

Posted at 12:29 PM on November 14, 2008 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The Internet has given any person with a decent connection the ability to make his/her voice heard. It was supposed to -- and I think certainly has -- enhanced dialogue surrounding news and other issues. It's added new perspectives from people who aren't just like us.

It's also, of course, given a megaphone to people who have nothing to say, but say it anyway and this week the Mankato Free Press is the latest news Web site to say "enough."

"In particular, I was hopeful we would have a civil discourse on matters where we disagreed," publisher Jim Santori said in a story on the newspaper's Web site. "Unfortunately, allowing anonymous posts on the forum opened up the opportunity for people to attack others with impunity. It got so bad that, in some cases, I found people fearful to engage in dialogue because of the actions of others."

Last October, MPR's Tim Post tackled the issue in a story about reader comments at the St. Cloud Times and other papers.

Mainstream publishers have wondered for years whether reader comments associated with news stories put a newspaper's credibility -- one of the few assets that still has value -- at risk.

(h/t: Bob at alamn)

Comment on this post

The future of NPR

Posted at 11:25 AM on November 11, 2008 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Media

Those of us who blog (new media) in established media companies (old media) certainly noticed today when National Public Radio dipped into the digital world to name a new president. Might this be a significant moment in the changing media landscape? Yes. Maybe. She comes to the job from the New York Times, where she headed nytimes.com. She's a new media person from the old media.

But it's a minefield out there. Just ask the previous full-time president -- Ken Stern -- who, the Washington Post reported at the time, clashed with NPR's Board of Directors over Sterns' insistence that NPR invest in new media, while some station managers saw the Web as competition.

PaidContent.org calls the appointment today "a shocker."

Here's the press release from NPR:

Washington, D.C. - November 11, 2008 - The National Public Radio ("NPR") Board of Directors announced today that it has named Vivian Schiller, 47, as President and Chief Executive Officer, effective January 5, 2009. Ms. Schiller joins NPR from The New York Times Company where she is Senior Vice President and General Manager of NYTimes.com. She succeeds Dennis L. Haarsager, who has served as interim CEO since March.

Ms. Schiller has more than 20 years of experience in the media industry. During her tenure at The New York Times, she led the day-to-day operations of NYTimes.com, the largest newspaper website on the Internet, overseeing product, technology, marketing, classifieds, strategic planning and business development. Before joining NYTimes.com, Ms. Schiller spent four years as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Discovery Times Channel, a joint venture of The New York Times and Discovery Communications. Under her leadership, Discovery Times Channel tripled its distribution while achieving critical acclaim for its award winning journalistic programming. Previously, Ms. Schiller served as Senior Vice President of CNN Productions, where she led CNN's long-form programming efforts. Documentaries and series produced under her auspices earned multiple honors, including two Peabody, two DuPont and five Emmy awards. Ms. Schiller began her career as a simultaneous Russian interpreter in the former Soviet Union, which led her to documentary production work for Turner Broadcasting.

Howard Stevenson, Board Chairman, said, "Vivian is a talented and proven leader with superb skills and broad experience in the media industry. Her roots in the news business, as well as her inclusive management style and operational expertise make her an ideal fit for NPR. These are crucial assets for partnering with our member stations and generous donors who care about and support excellence. Vivian has generated quality programming and superior results at every step of her career, and we look forward to continuing the important work of extending NPR's reach under her leadership."

Stevenson continued, "On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Dennis Haarsager for his dedication and effective leadership as interim CEO. Dennis has been instrumental in guiding the continued success and strong performance of the company during a period of transition."

Dave Edwards, Vice-Chair of the Board and Co-Chair of the Search Committee, said, "During a rigorous eight-month search process, the Board met with many highly qualified candidates, and we unanimously concluded that Vivian is the right leader for NPR at this time. As a visionary executive, she will work closely with independently operated member stations to maintain the relationship with an audience of over 26 million listeners throughout the United States. Vivian possesses the editorial judgment and sensibility to harness the intellectual firepower and diversity of public radio."

Carol Cartwright, Board Member and Co-Chair of the Search Committee, said, "We are at an important phase in NPR's development, especially as the media world continues to manage through profound changes. Vivian understands the importance of radio as the foundational strength of NPR, and has the right skills and strengths to successfully navigate the company through a multiplatform world where the traditional broadcast business and content businesses on the Internet are central to long-term success."

Vivian Schiller said, "NPR is among the nation's most vital and trusted news organizations, unique in its original programming and distinctive voice. I couldn't be more honored and excited about the opportunity to join such an important institution and its many talented and dedicated people. I look forward to working with the stellar management team, station managers and associates across the country to build on NPR's solid foundation and grow its audience base of listeners and users."


In September, Schiller participated in an online chat on the New York Times' site, in which she tackled this question of "competing" media platforms:

.

.. we do not believe that a robust Web site is bad for our newspaper. A chorus of doomsayers has heralded each new form of media in the last 100 years. But radio did not supplant newspapers; television did not supplant radio; and there's scant evidence that the Internet is fast replacing any existing form of legacy media, including print. In fact, the Internet has allowed us to increase our audience exponentially.

Comment on this post

News rack war

Posted at 7:32 PM on November 7, 2008 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media

The news rack war has returned.

The Minneapolis City Council today introduced an ordinance to charge newspapers fees for newspaper racks. According to WCCO:

"There'll be a fee, yeah. There'll be a fee imposed, $39 per box, per year," said Minneapolis city councilmember Ralph Remington.

For the free Downtown Journal -- with more than 100 boxes -- that adds up.

"What's it going to do to me if I got to shell out, you know, half a salary on news boxes that I haven't ever had to shell out before? I'm either going to raise my advertising rates or I'm going to lay somebody off," said Downtown Journal publisher Terry Gahan.

This could be a battle of attrition, literally. There are some fees already in place in St. Paul. But in the past, this has been a contentious issue that ends up in the court in a battle over the First Amendment.

Atlanta, for example, tried imposing fees on newspaper racks during the Atlanta Olympics, according to the First Amendment Center:

The appeals court also struck down an Atlanta license-fee plan for news racks as imposing too high a price to pay for the exercise of First Amendment freedoms. Citing an earlier decision, the appeals court reasoned that cities can charge licensing fees as long as the fees do not cover more than what is needed to offset administrative costs.

Times have changed since the big court battles of the '80s and '90s, though. Cities don't have the money to waste on lawsuits, and newspapers don't even have the money left to get the news, let alone go to court.

So the solution will likely be the "new economy" way of doing things -- the two sides will cut a deal.

Comment on this post

Embedding

Posted at 10:29 AM on November 6, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Here we go again.

Newsweek is out with its "How He Did It" series which offers these insights:

  • A foreign entity -- or entities -- hacked into the computer systems of both Barack Obama and John McCain campaigns.

  • The Obama campaign was provided with reports from the Secret Service showing a sharp and disturbing increase in threats to Obama in September and early October.

  • The Obama campaign's New Media experts created a computer program that would allow a "flusher"--the term for a volunteer who rounds up nonvoters on Election Day--to know exactly who had, and had not, voted in real time.

  • Palin launched her attack on Obama's association with William Ayers, the former Weather Underground bomber, before the campaign had finalized a plan to raise the issue.

  • On the night she officially lost the Democratic nomination, Hillary Clinton enjoyed a long and friendly phone conversation with McCain. Clinton was actually on better terms with McCain than she was with Obama.

  • At the GOP convention in St. Paul, Palin was completely unfazed by the boys' club fraternity she had just joined. One night, Steve Schmidt and Mark Salter went to her hotel room to brief her. After a minute, Palin sailed into the room wearing nothing but a towel, with another on her wet hair.

    All of these nuggets were gleaned by deals journalists cut to be embedded, as long as there was a promise that none of it would be used until after the election. OK, a naked candidate, an apparent violation of privacy by a campaign, a foreign threat, a phony sincerity from a former rival may not be bit deals to a lot of people, but what if they provided insight to the American people of the character of the people they were about to elect? What if there had been an actual race-changing nugget? What is the value of this information if people can't know it until after the point at which people can do something about it?

    One can easily make the claim that these aren't a big deal, but when you make a deal for secrecy, you don't know the importance and value of what's coming.

    Politicos Michael Calderone, without actually saying so, seems to hint at the question of whether the relationship between embedded reporters on the campaign trail is a little too cozy.

    Comment on this post

  • No history in the headlines

    Posted at 9:15 AM on November 5, 2008 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Politics

    Are you one of those people who likes to save newspapers on historic occasions? If so, you have to be pretty disappointed with what the major papers stuck on our doorsteps today.

    Is there some sort of axiom that says "when in doubt, just put the guy's name in big font?" OBAMA is what the headlines say locally today. OBAMA, what? That's the best they could do? No toying with a campaign theme. "Yes, he did!"? "It Happened with Hope"? "Obama Turns Hope into History"? "Young Black Dude Beats Old White Guy"?

    I guess not.

    For pure "savability" (what are we supposed to do when newspapers die, print out Web pages?), the Pioneer Press wins the local race hands down.

    MN_PP.jpg

    Take a shot at this. If you were a headline writer, write a headline that would make a reader want to toss the paper into the same pile where now sits newspapers with headlines like "Man Lands on Moon" and "Ford to New York: 'Drop Dead.'"

    Here's one from Toronto, for example:

    CAN_TSUN.jpg

    ME_KJ.jpg

    You can browse the world's front pages at the Newseum Web site.

    Comment on this post

    The right (not) to vote

    Posted at 4:02 PM on October 16, 2008 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Politics

    Should you be publicly shamed if you don't vote?

    A Nashville newspaper is publishing the names of people who didn't vote in the 2004 presidential election.

    "We have people over here who won't go out and vote," said Rosetta Miller-Perry, president and publisher of the Tennessee Tribune. "It's ridiculous. It really hurts."

    But voting isn't a requirement and when the Constitution granted the right of people to vote, it also granted them the right not to vote.

    Still, the idea achieved the results Miller-Perry wanted when it was tried in a 2006 Senate race. Turnout almost doubled.

    If you have any friends in Nashville, you might be interested in seeing if they're on the list.

    (h/t: David Brauer via Twitter)

    Comment on this post

    The challenge of 'citizen journalism'

    Posted at 8:42 AM on October 4, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Citizen journalism is all the buzzword in mainstream media these days. The theory -- one I subscribe to, for the record -- is "just plain folk" are better connected in the big scheme of things than a handful of people in a newsroom, isolated as they are from reality by both world view and geography.

    MPR has its Public Insight Network to break down these barriers, although the pathway to the listener/reader still requires things to travel along the "old-fashioned" route.

    Some other mainstream media eliminates the middle-man altogether. On Friday, that didn't work so well when iReport.com, a "citizen journalism" site with ties to CNN reported Apple boss Steve Jobs had a heart attack.

    The report sent Apple's stock tumbling to a 17-month low, and brought out the citizen journalist naysayers.

    "It's a classic example of letting the Internet genie out of the bottle before proving if it's true," said Tobe Berkovitz, associate dean of Boston University's College of Communications. "The advantage you have with citizen journalism is you have a wide net of sources, but the problem is there's no gatekeeper."

    But the fools are the ones who believed the post, suggests Dan Gillmor, who runs the Center for Citizen Media. "This is precisely the same warning that should (but doesn't) come with comment boards on major newspaper websites. But you have to believe that no one with a shred of common sense takes the random ranting below, say, a Washington Post article as anything terribly serious."

    Is this some sort of watershed moment for citizen journalism? Probably not; mainstream media has been getting stuff wrong for years, but usually not deliberately. Still, says Sarah Perez at Read Write Web, it's an important moment for mainstream media to consider how it integrates citizen journalism.

    We're interested in seeing how will CNN respond to this muddying of their good name. Will they disassociate themselves a bit from iReport? Or will they just be happy for the pageviews it brought? And will this give pause to other news outlets thinking of launching citizen journalism sites of their own? It's very possible. In these tough economic times, news reports that affect how the markets move are taken very seriously.

    An obvious step in the right direction is that real names be used in citizen journalism. And the legal process itself might well solve the problem. The person that seeded the clouds with the Jobs story? He may go to jail.

    Comment on this post

    Live-blogging: Journalists and cops: What's next?

    Posted at 5:06 PM on September 22, 2008 by Bob Collins (17 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions


    Last week's announcement that St. Paul won't prosecute journalists who were swept up in the Republican National Convention protests by police really hasn't alleviated a lot of the hard feelings. On the one hand, police have said it's too difficult to tell "credentialed" journalists from the "self credentialed" ones. On the other hand, it wasn't that hard once they were detained. All the cops had to do was read the credential.

    Tonight, the Society of Professional Journalists in Minnesota is holding a forum with several journalists who were arrested, as well as Asst. Police Chief Matt Bostrom of St. Paul and Deputy Mayor Ann Mulholland.

    Al Tompkins from the Poytner Institute is moderating and says he wants these questions answered:

    * What do the police want media to know about their mission in events like this.
    * How can journalists cover important stories like this and not get arrested.
    * Should be tiered credentialing for traditional and non-traditional media.

    If you're into drinking games, I suggest "Amy Goodman" as the keywords. I look forward to a good discussion with you in the comments section below.

    Live-blogging at 7 p.m.

    6:58 p.m. - Looks like about 100 people in attendance, at least one Minneapolis police officer in the audience. I suppose it's a discussion for another day but if you ever want to see an example of the lack of diversity in the media, forums and journalist get-togethers are a good start.

    7:04 p.m. - Nicole Garrison-Sprenger of the Pioneer Press opens with a nod to Rick Kupchella of KARE -- the former SPJ president. "This has been an eye-opening experience... the whole RNC," Kupchella says. "We seldom see ourselves on a stage like this and seldom see the friction we saw on the streets of St. Paul." Introducing panel, and emphasizing that most journalists covering the RNC weren't arrested.

    Jonathan Malat, photographer for KARE, is also on the panel. He was arrested on final night of RNC. Says the KARE Web site:

    "I never saw any excessive force other than it was just loud and chaotic," said Malat about the tactics used to push people toward the bridge. Earlier police had given several orders for the crowd to disperse. "I was just there to cover the event," explained Malat.

    7:09 p.m. - Al Tompkins of Poynter Institute is moderating. "We not here for a witch hunt," he says. "We can learn a lot if we listen to each other." He tells Mulholland and Boston, "it took a lot of guts for you to be here."

    7:12 p.m. - Tompkins is playing various media Web site video of protests, including the breaking of the window at Macy's on Monday of the RNC. Video from Fox 9 shows cop being knocked down and pepper-spraying the crowd.

    7:16 p.m. - Jonathan Malat (KARE photographer) describes the Thursday protest near the Capitol. The protest was running late, he says. It didn't get going until 4:30 and 15 minutes later the police said the permit expired at 5 p.m. "My goal was the same that day as every day: to document what was going on in the community." He says he had no indication he would be arrested. (See Kupchella's blog | Video )

    7:21 p.m. - "What didn't we see in the video?" Tompkins asks deputy police chief Matt Bostrom. "When there is an opportunity to march and people don't take that -- it was intentional that the marchers didn't leave on time nor on the designated march route -- ... they made it clear early on that this would be the particular rally not to bring your kids too." (I think he's referring to this)

    "No one from this group asked for an extension or a new route. We were prepared to grant permits on the fly," he said. "They wanted to turn us against each other."

    7:25 p.m. Tompkins displays a quote from MinnPost from Bostrom (which he says "is close") from last December in which he appeared to criticize Boston in 2004 for muzzling protest.

    Bostrom says officers in St. Paul are trained to allow the media to do their job.

    7:27 p.m. - This would be a good time at the forum for Tompkins to ask, "hey, what happened?" Instead, he's laying a court-like foundation on what is freedom of the press.

    Mulholland says Mayor Chris Coleman believes the officers did what they felt they needed to do to maintain public safety. "Should they be treated specially and different than anyone else in a public safety incident is what we need to talk about," she says.

    "There's a special role to make sure media has access and the information they need. Having watched many hours of video, I am hard-pressed to think we didn't give great access to the media during the course of the convention," she said.

    7:32 p.m. Tompkins shows op-ed piece in Pioneer Press from Mayor Chris Coleman, in which Coleman refers to his feeling while "watching news stories." How would the mayor have felt that if it weren't for the press, Tompkins asked. Gotcha.

    Mulholland says there were 10,000 people exercising their right to have their voices heard, but were overwhelmed by a small group. Tompkins asked if her boss believes there was a legitimate reason for the journalists to be "there."

    "I believe it's important for the journalists to be wherever people gather lawfully," Mulholland says.

    Bostrom says the video Coleman referred to wasn't from journalists, it was from those spy cameras the city erected.

    So here we are: Do journalists have a right to be in a place where a crime is being committed? "How close? And when does it impair public safety" Mulholland asks.

    7:36 p.m. Mara Gottfried of the Pioneer Press is asked why she wasn't arrested. She notes that she, too, was one of the "ride-along" journalists on Thursday. But she says she was able to watch the protest at which Amy Goodman's producers were arrested without a problem. She also covered the Rage Against the Machine concert in Minneapolis. At one point she was blocked by police, and was joined by two PiPress reporters. The two reporters with her were ordered to the ground. They complied. When they told police they were reporters with the Pioneer Press, "they were released within a minute," she said.

    7:42 p.m. - How do you know who the "real" photographers are? Tompkins puts up a picture with different-looking people taking pictures (I've done this riff already). Deputy Mayor Mulholland: "I don't know who the journalist is, so we treat everyone the same."

    7:44 p.m. The story of Evan Vucci, the head of AP's Washington bureau is being discussed. He was "picked up and slammed to the ground" but when he showed his police credentials (White House, Secret Service), he was released. AP Minneapolis boss

    "What kind of discretion does an officer have?' Tompkins asked Bostrom. "If someone disobeys a lawful order, they shall be arrested," he says. "But the officer... has discretion."

    "What would it take for a journalist to preserve such a thing," Tompkins asked.

    "If they were to release someone who was a criminal hiding behind a media credential, they have to be accountable for that," he answers... sort of.

    Pyle says an AP photographer who was arrested, may have been a victim of a suburban police officer. He also noted that the photo that the photographer -- Matt Rourke -- was used by St. Paul police in a public call to help find information about some criminal activity during the protest.

    7:59 p.m. "A lawful order," that's the key phrase so far. First Amendment attorney Mark Anfinson says if police issue a "lawful order" to disperse, journalists have to disperse and "very much like a combat zone, journalists take on the risk... It's hard to see where police violated rights."

    Malat points out that when they were told to disperse and he asked where they should go, police officers told him "the way out is the (Marion St.) bridge." That's where he was arrested.

    7:55 p.m. We're sort of flailing around issues here. Now we're on "who's a journalist?" again. Anfinson says journalists adhere to ethical codes of behavior, I don't think you can bestow that upon people who just call themselves 'journalists' for convenience."

    7:57 p.m. Caroline Lowe from WCCO is up now. She's both a journalist and a sworn police officer. She, too, says she and her team were given clear orders but many of the journalists were not given a "clear way out." She says an officer called her the next day and said she thought she'd have to hit Lowe with her stick.

    7:59 p.m. - Bostrom giving more details of the number of times protesters were warned they were engaging in "unlawful assembly." He says they made two announcements, then walked around the people in the street and told them to sit down, they were under arrest."

    Another group then took a run at Marion Street and were turned back. They then blocked University. "No one was getting arrested for going east or west," he said.

    Malat disagrees. He says officers were advancing from both the east and west. Bostrom disagrees with his disagreement.

    Bostrom reveals that guns were taken from some in the crowd.

    "That's a lie," someone in the audience yells, before Caroline Lowe says she saw one.

    8:06 p.m. Back to "who's a journalist?" again. Chuck Olsen from The Uptake is talking about his live video via cellphone. He identifies himself as a "citizen journalist" and Tompkins asks him what that is. "Do you adhere to a code of ethics?" Tompkins asked.

    I guess where we're going here is: are The Uptake journalists journalists?

    "Yeah," Olsen said.

    Mulholland doesn't answer the question. "I would ask the journalists in the room," she says.

    Tompkins doesn't let her off the hook. "Was the mayor talking about him when he talked about journalists?"

    "I think the mayor was talking about people trying to tell a story," she responds.

    8:11 p.m. Tompkins is now playing a video from Pepperspray Productions, a group with an agenda, of course. Are they journalists?

    "Is Fox News?" someone shoults.

    Comment: Since the St. Paul cops have already mentioned that the reason so many journalists got swept up is because they couldn't tell who was a "real" journalist and who wasn't, it doesn't make a lot of sense here to run Mulholland and Bostrom through some sort of rhetorical exercise designed to make the point that it's hard to tell?

    8:16 p.m. - Charlie Underwood jumps up from the audience. He asks Tompkins if he's trying to establish a separate category for people who don't get pepper sprayed. "If what the police did was wrong to you, it's wrong" to everybody."

    8:18 p.m. - "All of us have a right to be on the street. I'm a member of an alternative media and I have a right and responsibility to communicate (the story)," Ed Felien from South Side Pride says. "Anyone who is vetted by the police department has given up a point of view."

    8:22 p.m. - About a half dozen people have jumped up to the audience microphones to speak. I presume they're interesting in speaking to the allegation that if you get a press pass, you're in the pocket of whomever gave it to you.

    8:24 p.m. Jonathan says "police acted very responsibly, given the high intensity level. I put myself in this situation." An audience member, who says she edits Twin Cities Daily Planet, says that treatment wasn't extended to others. "This was largely the province of alternative media. If the alternative media are not out there covering it, can we be sure we're going to get the coverage?"

    8:27 p.m. Jason DeRusha of WCCO says "many of us came to a discussion on who gets to be to the 'in' crowd, while the alternative media attendees are advocating no special protections" for that same crowd. So do we journalists get special treatment?

    It's a good question which, for some reason, Tompkins chose not to pursue at this time to get more audience reaction.

    8:32 p.m. - Audience member who says she used to be an FBI "person " (Update: Jason DeRusha writes to say it was Coleen Rowley) says the independence of the reporter is at crossends of "this special status" you're talking about here.

    I'm starting to realize that mainstream journalists seem to be on one side of the room, alternative media on the other. I'm sitting way up in the back, on neither side, by the way.

    8:35 p.m. - There doesn't seem to be any argument in the room that if the police tell you "you have to get out of here," then you have to get out of there. So why are we still messing with the 'special attention' thing?

    8:37 p.m. - Dan Feidt of Politics in Minnesota asks about the Saturday raid on journalists on Iglehart Avenue. Bostrom refuses comment after saying "a judge signed the warrant." He makes clear that this isn't the discussion he came here for.

    8:40 p.m. - Michael of St. Paul asks journalists why people feel such a need to go to alternative media? Makes a big pitch for alternative media. Oh, goodness, what are we doing on that question?

    8:42 p.m. - Ron Eibensteiner, former GOP boss in Minnesota says "the St. Paul Police Department did an outstanding job. " So noted. I'm suddenly wondering how that kid in Blaine is doing before the Anoka-Hennepin School Board that might get expelled for having a boxcutter for work in his car at school?

    8:50 p.m. Brian Madigan, freelance reporter who says he was caught in "the scrum" on Thursday. He wasn't able to get his material back from the police for several days and wonders why the KARE 11 cameraman was able to get his gear in time for the 10 p.m. news. "They were processing people from one end of the bridge to the other. I was in the middle," Malat said. "When they were about to take me, (Ramsey County) Sheriff (Bob) Fletcher arrived on the scene and asked who were journalists. I raised my hand and a bunch of others raised their hands and there seemed to be a decision that if you had RNC credentials you were put aside from the others."

    "it's the first time in my career that so many journalists were involved at the scene of a crime," Bostrom said. "What would you have me do after 4 hours?"

    "That's the question of the night," Tompkins says. These SPJ things always get going about 5 minutes before they end. Still, nobody takes Bostrom up on his question.

    8:54 p.m. - Photo editor of the Minnesota Daily "testifies" he was treated well. So here's where we are after two hours: "Mainstream journalists" seem pretty satisfied with the way things worked. "Alternative media journalists" are not.

    8:56 p.m. - We're back on the merits of embedded reporters. The Twin Cities Media Alliance says the embeds were selected by police (always disquieting to hear people identifying themselves as journalists speak publicly about facts without fully checking, but there you go.) "Why was the embedding program secret?" she asks. "We've seen the results of embedding in Iraq."

    Mara Gottfried says she was never told it was secret.

    9:02 p.m. KFAI reporter goes off on corporate media. Says mainstream media is lazy and "that's why independent media is happening." Tom Lindner of KARE says he passed on "embedding" because "the rules were so cockamamie. You cover something on Monday, you couldn't air it until Friday." An embedded reporter says he was free to step out from the role at any time.

    We're done here. Very little accomplished but it was a good try. In his final comments, Bostrom said "I have zero interest in arresting someone that hasn't done anything" and he seems disappointed -- appropriately so -- that he wanted some suggestions to take back. He didn't get them and it wasn't because he didn't ask.

    The continuing conflict between alternative and mainstream media is an intriguing and important discussion, but the effort to make the distinction forced the journalists to defend themselves to each other, when what they should have been doing is standing as journalists to the authorities and trying to recognize a solution to the changing medium landscape.

    Comment on this post

    SNL comedy sketch was Franken's brainchild

    Posted at 4:38 PM on September 21, 2008 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Politics

    Is Al Franken a comedy writer (his past life) or a Senate candidate (his current life)?

    Franken, according to Gawker, was the big hitter on the Saturday Night Live skit on John McCain.

    According to the Politico Web site:

    Franken's input to the show blindsided his campaign staff, who have been forced to explain away some of the more crass and profane parts of his past writing and acting that have been used as fodder against him in a state known for its polite manners.

    (h/t: Chris Worthington)

    5:52 update - Headline rewritten

    Comment on this post

    Journalists won't be charged in RNC protests

    Posted at 10:12 AM on September 19, 2008 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    St. Paul has announced it won't prosecute any of the journalists who were rounded up in the various protests during the week of the Republican National Convention.

    The announcement comes just a few days between the Society of Professional Journalists is to hold a discussion with journalists and law enforcement officials about the arrests.

    Still unclear is how the police are going to approach the situation next time. St. Paul Police Chief John Harrington has said one of the biggest problems his department faced was determining who was a credentialed journalist at the RNC, and who was 'self credentialed.'

    The decision will only affect people identified as journalists who face the misdemeanor charge. Recognizing the growing media profession in print, broadcast and the Internet, the city attorney's office will use a broad definition and verification to identify journalists who were caught up in mass arrests during the convention. It is not known how many cases this decision will affect.

    Does this include, for example, the person Chief Harrington said claimed to be a journalist but turned out to be a clerk at Walgreen's?

    Some of the journalists discuss their arrests here, here, here, and here.

    Update 1:34 p.m. What's the definition of journalist? MPR's Laura Yuen talked with city attorney John Choi about that and got this:

    "We're going to apply a broad definition of it. That's one of the things that the city attorney is going to take a look at: who is claiming to be a journalist, and what's their basis for their claim? We will try to apply it as broadly as possible, knowing that journalism is changing very dramatically and very quickly. It is no longer the kind of traditional three media outlets in a town. You have a lot of different sources and a lot of different people who are acting as journalists."

    What about bloggers? Mayor Chris Coleman said the city would have to look at each case individually.

    Laura will have a story on tonight's All Things Considered.

    Update 3:17 p.m. The "Free Press" organization sends a news release:

    The news from St. Paul City Hall is certainly welcome regarding the decision to drop charges against journalists who were arrested and cited during the RNC," said Mike Bucsko, executive officer of the Minnesota Newspaper Guild Typographical Union, who spoke at the press conference. "However, it is essential the elected officials in St. Paul and Ramsey County examine the circumstances that led to the needless detention and harassment of journalists to ensure this type of indiscriminate behavior on the part of law enforcement does not happen again."

    And provides a link to the group's news conference.

    Comment on this post

    Do a crime victim's political beliefs matter?

    Posted at 10:55 AM on September 16, 2008 by Bob Collins (22 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    The two major daily newspapers in the Twin Cities played the story differently of a delegate to the Republican National Convention who was allegedly drugged and robbed by a woman he took to his room.

    The Star Tribune played it straight, although it left out a key element -- the man was single -- that might've prevented a leap to the assumption that it was just another family values guy cheating on his wife and family.

    However it also included this salient point: there is no indication the crime had anything to do with prostitution.

    schwartz_delegate.jpg In other words, Gabriel Nathan Schwartz, 29, was the victim of a crime in Minneapolis, same as 203 others in Minneapolis at roughly the same time.

    The difference? Their political beliefs weren't the story. In the St. Paul Pioneer Press this morning 14 of the 31 paragraphs in the story were about Schwartz's politics.

    A paragraph in which Schwartz said he didn't want to comment on the theft "because the case is still under investigation" was followed by one which said, "During the convention, Schwarz wasn't shy about talking to the media."

    The headline in the morning paper, "Republican by day, Romeo by night, robbed in the morning," was changed online (the online version initially used the original headline) to "GOP delegate's hotel tryst goes bad when he wakes up with $120,000 missing," a somewhat milder, less judgmental approach.

    The story also cited a video of Schwartz saying the U.S. should "bomb the hell out of Iran," that protesters in St. Paul should "get a job" and that he donated $2,300 to John McCain.

    Clearly Schwartz's views set him somewhat at odds with a number of Minnesotans (they're hawkish enough where you almost wonder if the guy was pulling the interviewer's leg) , but what was the takeaway: that getting drugged and robbed served him right?

    If so, the paper's readers got the hint. A sample comment attached to the story said...

    To me, anyone who walks around with $60K of bling is asking for it. My guess is that he chatted up his "friend" by making sure she knew how much everything cost... and he probably told her that he had lots more where that came from. And then she went to work doing to him what he clearly wanted to do to her.

    ...but not everyone bought into it.

    I've never seen so much biographical information about a crime VICTIM in my life! The next time some woman gets raped, will the PioneerPress investigate who she voted for in recent elections, or what jewelry she might have been wearing? I'll admit the guy sounds like an overly outspoken jerk, but does that make him deserving of the ridiculous tone of the article? Wow.

    The Associated Press, which distributed the story after rewriting it from the Pioneer Press, removed all references to the man's political beliefs.

    Messages to the editor and reporter on the story have not yet been returned but I'll post their perspective when it's available.

    Update David Hanners was kind enough to send along his thoughts in an e-mail this afternoon:

    As I'm in the Minneapolis office, the only discussion I'm personally aware of was between my editor and myself, and I believe it is generally inappropriate to speak publicly about such in-house conversations. I don't know what discussions, if any, may have taken place between my editor and his superiors.

    That said, I wouldn't agree with the supposition that it is "unusual" to see a crime victim's politics mentioned in an article. It depends on the article and the facts at hand. Every situation is different, and there are situations where it is wholly appropriate to make reference to the victim's politics.

    In this case, the guy was in town because of the convention, and he spoke to the media while here. While the crime itself may not have been politically motivated (the public portion of the police report is silent on that matter) he was in town because of his politics. He seemed an interesting person.

    Sometimes, we do articles on extraordinary events that happen to Average Joes, or we do articles about routine events that happen to noteworthy people. The size of the theft here was extraordinary, and he was somewhat noteworthy because of politics. Those circumstances added up to a story.

    Update Thom Fladung, the editor at the Pioneer Press responds:

    1. The reported loss of $120,000 in the robbery. That doesn't seem like a typical Twin Cities robbery to me. And as the Minneapolis police sergeant put it, such a loss is "very, very, very rare." Your story notes that Schwartz was the victim of a crime "same as 203 others" in Minneapolis around the same time. If some of those were robberies or burglaries that resulted in losses of $100,000-plus, I'd like to see us do stories about those, too. And did these other crimes involve convention delegates?

    2. The victim was a delegate to one of the highest-profile events ever in the Twin Cities. As such, it seems to me, that further separated him from other crime victims.

    3. A person who reportedly loses this kind of money at an event like a national political convention under these circumstances would then naturally seem to be an interesting person. We reported more about him, and his political positions and public statements about politics were part of that reporting. What's the relevance of his politics? That they added more background about the person. We also reported that he was single and an attorney. I certainly didn't have any "takeaway" from the story that he deserved to be drugged and robbed for his political views.


    Update 4:04 p.m. According to the Associated Press, the victim has released a statement:

    "It's embarrassing to admit that I was a target of a crime," Schwartz said in a statement Tuesday. "I was drugged and had about $50,000 of personal items stolen."

    Schwartz said news reports that he had been taken for as much as $150,000 were inflated and based on an inaccurate police report.

    "As a single man, I was flattered by the attention of a beautiful woman who introduced herself to me. I used poor judgment. If there is any good that can come from this humiliation, it is to caution others that date rape drugs can be used on men, too," he said.

    Comment on this post

    Shooting the messenger

    Posted at 12:18 PM on September 9, 2008 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Call it a bounce, call it the inaccuracy of polling, but more than a few Barack Obama supporters are sweating bullets now that polls are showing that the Republicans aren't just going to hand the White House over.

    Somebody must be blamed. Former Saturday Night Live writer Adam McKay has found just the suspect -- the press.

    What is this house advantage the Republicans have? It's the press. There is no more fourth estate. Wait, hold on...I'm not going down some esoteric path with theories on the deregulation of the media and corporate bias and CNN versus Fox...I mean it: there is no more functioning press in this country. And without a real press the corporate and religious Republicans can lie all they want and get away with it. And that's the 51% advantage.

    Think this is some opinion being wryly posited to titillate other bloggers and inspire dialogue with Tucker Carlson or Gore Vidal? **** that. Four corporations own all the TV channels. All of them. If they don't get ratings they get canceled or fired. All news is about sex, blame and anger, and fear. Exposing lies about amounts of money taken from lobbyists and votes cast for the agenda of the last eight years does not rate. The end.

    Blink. Blink.

    sherman-peabody.jpgEnter the wayback machine. Let's dial in last Wednesday evening. Destination: St. Paul.

    "But here's a little news flash for all those reporters and commentators: I'm not going to Washington to seek their good opinion - I'm going to Washington to serve the people of this country. Americans expect us to go to Washington for the right reasons, and not just to mingle with the right people."

    That was Sarah Palin, of course, rescuing the good ship McCain.

    And it worked, according to the Rasmussen polling firm:

    ... fully 68% of voters believe that "most reporters try to help the candidate they want to win." And -- no surprise -- 49% of those surveyed believe reporters are backing Barack Obama, while just 14% think the media is in the tank for Sen. McCain.

    Conservative commentator James Pinkerton see the same reality in the evils of the media, that his ideological opponent -- McKay -- sees:

    In seeking to rally a majority of the voters, McCain has put forth a clear definition of the elite: It's the media, including all those who make up the "chattering class" of commentators, think tankers, opinion leaders, and activist socialites. This is a significant shift for McCain, who once cultivated those same chatterers; as recently as three years ago, he could joke that the press was "my base." But over the past few years, he seems to have figured that being the liberals' favorite conservative--appearing on the cover of Esquire magazine, guest-hosting "Saturday Night Live"--was fun, but that was no path to the White House.

    In a story today, Time Magazine says a review of press coverage of the two candidates found 31% of the stories about Obama rated as "negative," only slightly less than the 38% described as negative about McCain.

    A quote in that story from a GOP strategist, however, is worth noting:

    "Attack the media is what you do when you're losing."

    If both camps are laying into the press, who's winning?

    Comment on this post

    Embedded reporters at RNC

    Posted at 5:01 PM on September 5, 2008 by Bob Collins (24 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    protest_thrs_getty.jpg

    I learned today -- perhaps the same way you did -- that MPR had an embedded reporter within the police ranks during the last part of the Republican National Convention: I read it on Tim Nelson's RNC convention blog. He described Thursday's confrontations:

    I was variously ordered to get down and to leave immediately. I was inadvertently struck by pepper spray and by "stinger balls" from an explosive thrown at my feet. But per our agreement, I was never forced to leave the scene.

    I don't know the exact count of journalists detained. I heard numbers last night as high as 18. I did see some people with credentials issued by the Republican National Convention among the handcuffed detainees. But I also saw people with handmade "media" insignia and several students claiming to be with a college paper in Iowa.

    Tim was riding along Thursday with one of the mobile police units. He was one of 8 reporters in the Twin Cities media to be so accomodated at times during the week. He could share the information he acquired after the convention ended. (Update, Sat. 9:23 a.m.: The Star Tribune's perspective was printed this morning)

    For the record, his deal was unknown to all but a very few news officials in his company.But now that he has written about the arrangement, it's fair game.

    These sorts of agreements pose difficult questions for news organizations. We invite you to discuss it in the comments section below in the interest of being transparent about them:

  • Should journalists "embed" (or even "ride along" ) with anybody? Clearly we've seen it most recently in the Iraq War. Access was granted to journalists to get the military's side of the story, and to get a good look at things. By virtue of the position they took up during the RNC protests (almost by default) journalists essentially embedded with the protesters. So what's wrong with taking up a position on the other side of the police lines?

  • What's the payoff? Can you use what you learn in a timely manner, preferably while it's still news? Part of the arrangement allowed Nelson -- as gifted a reporter as I've ever had the pleasure of being associated with -- to watch the events on Thursday night with enhanced odds of escaping the fate that other journalists -- mainstream local journalists, even -- suffered. But a credentialed journalist -- not the kind with Kinko-manufactured press badges -- should be able to observe police actions without needing to cut quid pro quo arrangements.

  • If a news organization makes a deal with law enforcement for special treatment and an agreement to stay silent on certain issues for an agreed-upon period of time, does the news organization have a responsibility to tell the audience that the report being delivered is part of an agreement with the officials he/she is covering not to be chased from the scene in exchange for.... something?

    It's unclear why credentialed journalists were swept up on Thursday night. Police Chief John Harrington said it was difficult to tell the "real" journalists from the phony ones. But from the advantage of his position, Nelson wrote, he could see some of the journalists being picked up had RNC credentials. The police didn't have to figure out who was who: the Secret Service had already done that when it did a background check on everyone who applied for those credentials.

    On the air with MPR's Cathy Wurzer on Friday morning, Nelson clearly had some after-the-fact insight into how everything went down on the cops' side, but we made a mistake, perhaps, in not disclosing the arrangement that allowed him to acquire it. Asked about the arrests of local journalists, he said that police had clearly ordered people to move.

    On his blog, he answered the question of why some people were arrested and some weren't in a slightly different way:

    Because last week, the St. Paul police offered the media -- or at least those who showed up to a meeting at the Western District police offices -- the opportunity to accompany the officers among St. Paul's "mobile field force" teams.

    St. Paul Police Chief John Harrington told MPR News today that all local news organizations were offered the embedded positions, but the protections that Nelson suggests it afforded, did not extend to all journalists -- real journalists -- at Thursday's night's events. Listen

    "News organizations took volunteers, and I guess not everybody wanted to do that. We just offered the chance to be embedded over the four days, and we had 8 slots to offer people, and all slots were filled. We made that an open opportunity," he said. Some local news organizations declined the offer. Why?

    Late on Friday, MPR News Director Bill Wareham further clarified the arrangement between Nelson and the St. Paul police:


    He signed a liability waiver.

    He agreed that if he went on a ride-along for a day, he wouldn't publish/broadcast anything about it until the end of the convention.

    In his words, "The agreement was that they would let me do my job if I let them do theirs and didn't disclose their methods before the end of the convention. I was not in the area when the order to disperse was given, and never there without a police escort." Also, "The sergeant told me that the safest place was behind their line and that if I got in front of them I would not be allowed to cross back into their lines. 'You're on your own out there,' I believe she said to me."

    Because of the post-convention embargo, we decided that if we took advantage of the ride-along opportunity, it wouldn't be until Thursday so the information wouldn't be stale. We did take advantage of the opportunity Thursday, but all of his protest coverage earlier in the week had no arrangement with the cops attached

    Meanwhile, Amnesty International joined in the chorus of criticism against police force this week:

    The organization's concerns arise from media reports, video and photographic images which appear to show police officers deploying unnecessary and disproportionate use of non-lethal weapons on non-violent protesters marching through the streets or congregating outside the arena where the Convention was being held.

    Police are reported to have fired rubber bullets and used batons, pepper spray, tear gas canisters and concussion grenades on peaceful demonstrators and journalists. Amnesty International has also received unconfirmed reports that some of those arrested during the demonstrations may have been ill-treated while held at Ramsey county jail.

    The human rights organization is calling for an investigation. On MPR's Midmorning today, Mayor Chris Coleman said there would be "a review" of the police performance, but when pressed on how he felt about it, Coleman said "I feel great."

    Comment on this post

  • Pick the journalist

    Posted at 2:33 PM on September 3, 2008 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    who_is_the_journalist.jpg

    In the picture, pick out the journalists. You can click on the image to make it larger.

    Even in the relative calm when this picture was shot, it's difficult to determine who is a journalist, who is a protester with a camera and who is actually a protester but is saying he/she is a journalist.

    Add a little action into the mix, and smaller credentials aren't much help.

    A news release from the people in charge of the police today appears to suggest that the police aren't going to waste much time this week trying to determine who's a real journalist, and who are the posers.

    Law enforcement responsible for security and public safety in the Twin Cities area would like to remind members of the media of the proper procedures for staying safe during unlawful assemblies. When police officials request the breakup of an unlawful assembly by announcement to the gathered crowd, that order applies to all individuals, including the media. A quick and orderly dispersal is more likely to help people, including media personnel, stay safe and avoid arrest.

    Because still cameras, video cameras and other recording equipment are commonplace at large events or gatherings, it can be difficult for law enforcement and others to differentiate between credentialed media, un-credentialed media or others who may carry similar equipment. While law enforcement in no way wishes to restrict First Amendment rights, members of the press must also follow police orders to protect their safety, the safety of police and others.


    (Photo via Getty)

    Comment on this post

    Bloggers are ready for 'prime time' in St. Paul protest coverage

    Posted at 11:11 AM on September 3, 2008 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    Two area bloggers are doing a bang-up job (that's probably the wrong phrase) documenting the two major protests that have degenerated into scuffles with police in St. Paul over the last two days.

    The Adventures of Johnny Northside blog has a compelling blow-by-blow description (that's probably the wrong phrase) of the action outside Mickey's Diner:

    At 10th7th and St. Peter, in front of Mickey's Diner, a group of protesters taunted police. At one point, police appeard to push the crowd or lunge at the crowd. A half-filled plastic water bottle came sailing through the air toward the officers. Police appeared to spray something into the crowd, but no distinctive pepper spray odor was apparent. There was a discussion among some members of the crowd whether "bunk gas" was being utilized: something made to seem like pepper spray to scare off a mob, but without much actual physical effect.

    Meanwhile, highly-regarded local blogger Aaron Landry documented the scene on Monday at one of St. Paul's hot spots -- Jackson Street -- where he and a friend convinced a woman to give them a ride out of the danger...

    The most unnerving moment was on our way out. A man in a gas mask stood in front of the SUV staring at our driver to her the face, refusing to move. The ugly face of terrorism was standing in front of her vehicle. She froze, with her hands on the wheel and did not honk or try to move. It was a frightening scene. I yelled, "go around him" and Stacy opened her door and yelled, "Get the **** out of the way, we're press" and another man yelled, "if you're press, ****ing cover this!" Meanwhile, the mob was coming up behind us.

    Stacy's a concert photographer, lawyer and music blogger. I'm an IT Manager for a design firm, social media consultant and blogger. We were doing citizen photojournalistic roles and the situation changed where we decided that our safety was more important than covering the event.

    Both blogs are an example of journalism at its finest, especially during a difficult story. They both also prove that the written word remains the most powerful medium.

    (Update) Media watcher David Brauer has an excellent first-person account from AP photographer Matt Rourke, who was detained on Monday, but who's gotten little notice because his parents didn't name him Amy Goodman.

    Comment on this post

    The longest line of the day in St. Paul

    Posted at 4:39 PM on September 2, 2008 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    daily_show.jpg

    ... is the group of people waiting to get into the taping of The Daily Show in St. Paul. If those people had a sense of humor, they'd all bring kiwi fruit in with them.

    Comment on this post

    Is the blogosphere ready for prime time?

    Posted at 7:54 AM on September 2, 2008 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    No, but it's playing in prime time anyway, and it's not going to change now.

    Yesterday's announcement that Sarah Palin's daughter is pregnant came because of "rumors spreading on the Internet" that the youngest child of Palin was actually that of Sarah's daughter.

    The controversy has raised questions about how well Palin was vetted by the McCain campaign.

    But there's a more important question: Who's vetting Daily Kos, where the rumor picked up steam, was regurgitated and was never properly checked out?

    There are, as you might expect, dueling reactions to the "new journalism" today, but it's mostly based around the "old journalism." Should the mainstream media have paid any attention to the rumors?

    No, says media critic Dan Kennedy. But he lets Kos off lightly:

    Who was hurt by Daily Kos? No one, really, because there's all sorts of misinformation percolating in the tubes (I thought an Alaska reference would be appropriate). What you hope is that the solid stuff will rise to the top, and that it will be proven or debunked. And if it's debunked, it ought to be done somewhere other than in the mainstream media.

    As for what "millions of people" who know about the rumor would think if the media stayed silent, well, I don't hear any complaints over the lack of an investigative series on 9/11 conspiracy theories. Most people are smart enough to understand that the media would not shy away from a story like Palin's fake pregnancy if it were true and could be verified.


    PoliGazette
    (in the Netherlands), however, sees little role for the "new journalism"


    ... it is too late to backpeddle, apologize and move on for those who brought up this
    subject and who have now already done tremendous damage to Palin's image and reputation. After all, in the end rumors are heard by many more people than the news that the rumors are false.

    The issue itself speaks ill, not of Palin but of the blogosphere and partisan 'citizen journalists' who are more than willing to publish stories that unfairly destroy a person's good reputation, simply because doing so may help their favorite candidate or because it will help them get some more hits.

    Howard Kurtz of the Washington Post pushed Markos Moulitsas (the creator of Daily Kos) on the subject and got the stock blogger answer to questions surrounding what defines responsible journalism for "citizen journalists."

    "Our people are doing the vetting. Even if some of it is hitting dead ends, other ones are striking direct hits," Moulitsas says. His role, he adds, "is to sit back and let the citizen journalists do their job, and I amplify the stuff that shakes out.":

    In other words, if you throw enough stuff against the wall,some of it will stick. Moulitsas focuses on the stuff that sticks. Others says the danger is the amplification and effect of the stuff that doesn't.

    Many bloggers like to point out that other bloggers will "fact check." But that didn't happen in this case. Nobody in the blogosphere investigated the rumors, or made phone calls, or lifted much of a finger to confirm (or deny) a damaging accusation that turned out to be entirely incorrect.

    Comment on this post

    Inside these cubicles...

    Posted at 12:26 PM on September 1, 2008 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    ds_cubicles.jpg

    The Daily Show is being created. The show has taken over the basement of the McNally Smith College of Music in the History Theatre, 10th and Exchange streets downtown.

    Early gossip on tonight's show. The show will focus on today's protest march which is happening just outside the taping area. Staff, however, is watching it on TV.

    (More later)

    Comment on this post

    The Twitter convention

    Posted at 9:49 AM on September 1, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Tech, The political conventions

    Twitter, the "micro-blog/instant messaging" program is proving to be an excellent way to follow the convention from a variety of perspectives.

    For the delegates/bigshot view, check out @sanuzis. It's coming from Saul Anuzis, the chairman of the Michigan Republican Party. The delegation is also writing a blog, but it's nowhere near as interesting as the Twitter feed.

    However, we do get word via that blog that the Michigan delegation is starting a blood drive at the Northland Inn, where the delegation is staying. The drive, of course, is directed at the victims of Hurricane Gustav, although it seems that the only people in harm's way are the TV reporters, standing out in the middle of the street, telling us to get out of harm's way.

    Another state party chairman -- Chris Healy of Connecticut -- is Twittering (tweating?), but mostly just to call attention to the blog posts Healy is writing (Today a Medal of Honor winner spoke to the delegation).

    For the well-connected-but-not-a-delegate view, the A-List is headed by David All, a Washington communications consultant (@DavidAll).

    Meanwhile, on the other side of the coin, Twitter gets props from media analyst David Brauer, for coverage of Friday/Saturday police raids.

    For comedy -- the intentional kind of comedy -- you'll want to follow @TheInDecider. It's Michael Kraskin of The Daily Show on Comedy Channel. He, too, is also writing a blog.

    If you've got a favorite, please add it below. (And please use html to do so if you can)

    Comment on this post

    Elections and the media

    Posted at 12:05 PM on August 31, 2008 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    At the Science Museum in Minnesota this (Sunday) morning, the political media aristocracy is holding court, discussing the elections and their role in it.

    David Brauer is Twittering about it and is providing the salient take-aways.

    Comment on this post

    Follow-up: The Gloucester 'pregnancy pact'

    Posted at 1:30 PM on August 14, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Schools

    Remember the story about the high school girls in Gloucester, Mass., who made a pact to get pregnant? It was a heck of a story until people started checking the facts and found no evidence that it was true.

    What's happened since then? Plenty. The principal of the school, cited as the source for the pact claim, has resigned effective tomorrow. He says the mayor of Gloucester and other officials slandered him by refusing to invite him to a news conference back during the height of the controversy, and questioning the existence of the pact, a word Sullivan says he never used. As with any small city newspaper, the "comments" section of the newspaper article on the subject provides more insight than the article itself (Worth noting, by the way, that a post comparing Gloucester to the rest of the state and, oddly, Minnesota, could've only come from News Cut).

    An editorial in the paper provides a glimpse into the politics of it all:

    Sullivan has said he doesn't recall using the term "pact," but then again, he was never really given the chance to confirm, deny or explain. When the media storm broke, Sullivan -- like all other school personnel -- was ordered by (School Superintendent Christopher) Farmer not to comment. He was barred from participating in any of the multiple press conferences. Mayor Kirk spoke for him, saying Sullivan's memory was "foggy," and that he couldn't recall what he had told the Time reporter.
    ...

    Not only was he ordered to remain silent while his reputation was tarnished, but since then he has not been consulted or even involved in the discussions that will eventually lead to policies on birth control and sex education for the school. These may well prove to be policies he might not support, but would be expected to enforce. That is not only insulting, but as Sullivan realized, it made it impossible for him to continue. No administrator can function effectively when he is being undermined and muzzled by his superiors.

    Media critic Dan Kennedy writes today that the story here isn't the "pact," it's the poor reporting from a national magazine, that cost a man his job.

    Still, it has struck me as exceedingly odd that here, in Oprah Nation, not one of these young women would step forward. Let's not forget, too, that one pregnant 17-year-old Gloucester High student appeared on national television and denied there was any such pact. Rather, she said some of the students became close after they got pregnant, a claim that comports with some inside knowledge I had picked up around the same time.

    Time magazine shouldn't just be given a pass on this.

    Comment on this post

    No news at the conventions?

    Posted at 11:20 AM on August 14, 2008 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    Like the ceremonial first pitch at a baseball game, the lament that there's no news at a political convention officially kicks off the convention coverage season.

    Jack Shafer, writing in Slate, has tossed the first pitch.

    A still better way to improve convention coverage would be to withdraw all reporters and force the curious to rely on a C-SPAN feed: Unless a brokered convention threatens to break out, these political gatherings tend to produce very little real news. Yet the networks, the newspapers, the magazines, and the Web sites continue to insist on sending battalions of reporters to sift for itsy specks of information. According to Forbes, 15,000 pressies are expected to attend each of the conventions. Slate, I'm embarrassed to admit, is sending a team of eight to Denver and six to St. Paul. Attention! Don Graham! We're spending your cash like it's Zimbabwean bank notes!

    Shafer is correct, at least to the extent that far too many mainstream journalists -- and even more in the blogosphere -- believe that convention coverage involves sitting in a darkened hall somewhere and waiting for someone to deliver a tinkle of news. But why would they? It's a rehearsed infommercial, and this isn't 1968.

    So what's a reporter to do? Leave. Look for a better location to learn the real stories behind the script from which the Dems and Republicans want the media to read. Eventually, they reveal their true selves and deliver a far better story.

    I've used this story before, but Shafer hasn't heard it, obviously. It's Boston 2004, the Democrats have trotted out the image campaign to make John Kerry a war hero. The former Fleet Center was bedecked in pictures of Kerry in Vietnam, all intended to provide some salve to the wounds inflicted by the Swift Boat Veterans.

    The message: Democrats are patriotic, too. It was a carefully crafted message swallowed hook, line, and sinker by the major media. But on one morning, after a late-night convention session, an event was scheduled on Bunker Hill -- a salute to veterans. Most reporters didn't go, figuring there was no news to be had. That, and it was a mile away from Fleet Center.

    They were wrong.

    Thousands of Democratic delegates stayed away from the event. Had reporters spent more time looking for these angles instead of lamenting the lack of news, perhaps more than one news outlet would've told you the story of the convention that was reluctant to "salute the vets."

    Fast-forward to New York City weeks later. The Republicans draped themselves in 9-11. Widows speak to a hushed convention. "We will not forget," becomes the rallying cry.

    A day later, Minnesota delegates to that convention refuse to take the time to talk with another group of widows and survivors -- the ones whose loved ones' remains are buried in a Staten Island garbage dump; the ones who can't get sympathy from either the Republican mayor or the Republican governor of New York. As they're touring the site, I tell the delegates about the group of families. They return to their buses instead.

    Here's the slideshow I put together at the time (Sorry it's in RealAudio format, it was 2004.)

    In San Diego in 1996, a "Faith and Freedom" rally became a metaphor for the party as a whole. The far-right evangelicals were allowed in; the moderates stayed home.

    In Boston, we started a dialog on whether Catholic Democrats have an obligation to their Church and faith that supersedes that to their constituents? That didn't appear on any agenda.

    And in New York, Laura McCallum was one of the first people to analyze the possibility of a national role for Gov. Tim Pawlenty. That was four years ago, and people going into that convention forget that it was Sen. Norm Coleman, not Gov. Tim Pawlenty, who was considered a rising star of the party. Pawlenty got the love tap from the head of the Club for Growth, the ultra-conservative kingmakers.

    By looking for news, MPR did an outstanding job finding the stories, and we're poised to provide even more over the next few weeks.

    We're obviously not the only ones looking -- and finding -- these stories. And, sure, it's unclear whether we'll find their equals in Denver or St. Paul. But if we don't, it will only be because we didn't look hard enough.

    It's our job to ignore the infommercial. But Shafer's suggestion -- staying home -- isn't the way to do it.

    Update 12:13 Media lecturer Jeff Jarvis gets his licks in, too. But remember, that's a journalism "expert" advocating journalists stay home and just steal other people's work. If you haven't looked for the news, how do you know it's not there?

    Comment on this post

    The Edwards affair

    Posted at 5:57 PM on August 8, 2008 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Politics

    That's a fascinating local angle -- or maybe it's only fascinating to media types -- surrounding the affair that John Edwards has finally admitted to with vlogger Reille Hunter.

    Local filmmaker Chuck Olsen (The Uptake) had some footage of Hunter in a film he shot. He posts a still image of her here, and wrote:

    She was very outgoing, maybe even flirtatious, but really nice. I asked how she got the gig filming webisodes, and she said she met him in a bar and they clicked, and she proposed some online documentary showing his authenticity. She told me about some Hollywood sitcom writing and other weird projects she'd been involved with - nothing I'd ever heard of.

    Chuck's Twitter page documents how quick the big media moves in to wrap up the rights to the photo.

    Edwards statement on the subject reads like a Microsoft Word template for political apologies. There isn't one, of course, but there probably should be.

    In 2006, I made a serious error in judgment and conducted myself in a way that was disloyal to my family and to my core beliefs. I recognized my mistake, and I told my wife that I had a liaison with another woman, and I asked for her forgiveness. Although I was honest in every painful detail with my family, I did not tell the public.

    I was and am ashamed of my conduct and choices. With my family, I took responsibility for my actions in 2006, and today I take full responsibility publicly.

    As for Ms. Hunter's video capabilities, judge for yourself:

    Where men are concerned, there really are two Americas: those who cheat and those who don't.

    Edwards isn't running for anything now, of course. But a lot of folks saw him as an attorney general candidate in a Barack Obama administration.

    Comment on this post

    Select an Anchor

    Posted at 10:26 AM on August 6, 2008 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    We've gotten a lot of praise over the years for the MPR Select A Candidate quiz that's intended to get people to know, at least, the names of the people running for office. In Chicago, the same idea is behind a novel way to introduce people to news anchors at WBBM in Chicago -- the "Which anchor are you?" quiz.

    Some of the answers are pretty lame. For example, under the question "Who do you most admire?" the answers are "My mother, my grandmother, Martin Luther King Jr., and Mother Theresa." Fathers? That's so Public Radio, I guess. (Like Select A Candidate, the options are only as good as the answers given by the candidates, err, anchors)

    Apparently I'm most like Rob Johnson, whoever the heck he is. But he's got nice hair and good teeth, so that's encouraging. It's a pity he doesn't think much of old Dad.

    How long do you think it'll be before WCCO picks up this idea?

    Update: There's a flaw in this. It would appear it's predetermined what anchor you're matched with. There may, in fact, be no relevancy in your answers at all. Too bad. With the SAC quiz program, I could set something like this up for MPR's hosts in a couple of minutes. Hmmm....

    Comment on this post

    The department of corrections

    Posted at 2:17 PM on August 4, 2008 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Far more interesting than reading some of the entertaining corrections the Associated Press issues each day, is imagining what it must be like on the copy desk when the editors are alerted they let something slip through.

    This one is the kind of thing that might end up on Jay Leno, if it weren't attached to such a sad story.

    (Stations: Please substitute the following for V4798, slugged Novak-Brain Tumor, which moved at 2:10 p.m. Eastern time. The new version CORRECTS last graf to restore dropped word 'tumor'.)

    CHICAGO (AP) - Conservative political commentator Robert Novak has announced his immediate retirement after being diagnosed with a brain tumor.

    The Chicago Sun-Times reported on its Web site Monday that Novak's prognosis is "dire."

    The 77-year-old Novak told the paper that the tentative plan is for radiation and chemotherapy but details are being worked out with doctors this week.

    Novak has been a columnist for the Chicago Sun-Times for decades. He announced late last month he has a brain tumor. The revelation came days after he struck a pedestrian with his Corvette and drove away.

    (h/t: Susan Leem, Marianne Combs)

    Comment on this post

    Hall of Fame broadcast inductees

    Posted at 12:38 PM on July 22, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    The Museum of Broadcasting today announced the 2008 inductees into its Hall of Fame today.

    Jason Davis
    of KSTP TV's On the Road

    Lynn Dwyer
    "Roundhouse Rodney"

    John Gordon
    Voice of the Minnesota Twins

    Ron Handberg
    of WCCO TV and WCCO Radio

    Brad Johnson
    Twin Cities Radio Program Director & Sales Leader

    Chuck Knapp
    Twin Cities Morning Show Host and Program Director

    David Knutson
    of KDLM / Leighton Enterprises

    Chick McCuen
    of WCCO TV and WTCN TV

    Pat Miles
    of KARE 11 and WCCO

    Mel Paradis
    of Paradis Broadcasting

    Distinguished Service Award
    Marion English Watson
    of KUOM Radio and the University of Minnesota

    Comment on this post

    Hall of Fame broadcast inductees

    Posted at 12:38 PM on July 22, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    The Museum of Broadcasting today announced the 2008 inductees into its Hall of Fame today.

    Jason Davis
    of KSTP TV's On the Road

    Lynn Dwyer
    "Roundhouse Rodney"

    John Gordon
    Voice of the Minnesota Twins

    Ron Handberg
    of WCCO TV and WCCO Radio

    Brad Johnson
    Twin Cities Radio Program Director & Sales Leader

    Chuck Knapp
    Twin Cities Morning Show Host and Program Director

    David Knutson
    of KDLM / Leighton Enterprises

    Chick McCuen
    of WCCO TV and WTCN TV

    Pat Miles
    of KARE 11 and WCCO

    Mel Paradis
    of Paradis Broadcasting

    Distinguished Service Award
    Marion English Watson
    of KUOM Radio and the University of Minnesota

    Comment on this post

    Fear and loathing in America's newsrooms

    Posted at 8:54 AM on July 21, 2008 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
    Filed under: Economy, Media, Politics

    My post last week about the economy struck a nerve, judging by some of the comments that were posted.

    The question is whether the constant drumbeat of negative economic news creates an impression that the economy is worse than it really is. Keep in mind, that's a far different statement from saying the economy isn't in bad shape; it is.

    A poll out from Rasmussen today says 50% of those surveyed think the media is making the economy seem worse than it really is. This is despite the face only 34% think the U.S. "has the world's best economy.

    Only a quarter (25%) think reporters and media outlets present an accurate picture of the economy and 18% believe they actually portray it as better than it is. Just 34% trust reporters more when it comes to news on the economy, and 32% see stockbrokers as more reliable.

    A plurality of Americans (41%) similarly believe that the media has tried to make the war in Iraq appear worse that it really is, while 26% say reporters have made it look better than reality and 25% think they've portrayed it accurately.

    This poll is one of several Rasmussen released today, purporting to show the media are biased -- or at least that people think they are.

    Comment on this post

    Air security for Twin Cities

    Posted at 11:59 AM on July 16, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, The political conventions

    I can't help but point out the breathlessly delivered "investigation" last night by KSTP on air safety requirements for the upcoming Republican National Convention....

    .. contained an awfully lot of facts available to News Cut readers 2 1/2 months ago.

    What will happen if a pilot strays too close to the Xcel?

    This...

    First the fighter jets will try to contact the pilot by radio. Then they'll get serious by dropping flares. Then they'll get really serious.

    And, no, the pilot of the plane above wasn't being stupid. He was flying along -- legally -- when the pilot of the fighter jet asked if he would mind being used for intercept practice.

    Comment on this post

    The end of public radio?

    Posted at 10:41 AM on July 14, 2008 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Conservatives have been fairly consistent in the last few decades, railing -- as it were -- against public radio and light-rail.

    Who knew that one could be used to get rid of the other?

    Jeffrey Dvorkin, who once was the National Public Radio ombudsman, writes on his blog today that the radio folks are worried that mass transportation will lead to a decline in radio, especially public radio.

    But there is one aspect that deserves a little mulling - the complex relationship of Americans and their automobiles. People who were stuck in their cars during their long commutes to and from work were captives of NPR programs. After all, there is only so much of Blue Oyster Cult that can be endured.

    During my stint as NPR's Ombudsman (2000-2006), I noticed that a lot of email came in around 9 am local time. I concluded that listeners who heard the program in their cars would arrive at the office, steamed about something they had heard. They turned on their computers and fired off an email usually to express some level of exasperation about NPR's "Morning Edition."

    Dvorkin points to an article in the Toronto Globe and Mail. In it, Richard Florida declares the era of urban sprawl over.

    While we are in the early development of this new economic geography, one trend is clear: The history of economic development and of capitalism revolves around the more intensive use of urban space. The coming decades will thus probably see greater concentrations of people, increasing densities, and further clustering of industry, work and innovation in a smaller number of humongous cities and mega-regions globally. Alongside that will come ever more concentrated economic opportunity and deepening social and economic divides between people and places.

    Florida doesn't exactly say that this new economic age will eliminate the long commute and then -- as Dvorkin theorizes -- public radio.

    I always got a cheap laugh when I said that NPR's success was based partly on the listeners' addiction to their cars and that there would be trouble if people decided to start taking the bus. Hence "public radio hates public transportation."


    Comment on this post

    Off to camp

    Posted at 9:48 AM on July 12, 2008 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
    Filed under: Arts, Media, Tech

    camp_1.jpg

    It's a beautiful day in St. Paul, so we're spending it indoors.

    PublicRadio Camp is in session. MPR and MinneBar/MinneDemo pulled together the best-and-the-brightest from the online world, just to try an experiment on changing the way information is used.

    High falutin' stuff, to be sure. And, like any experiment, it may succeed, it may fail, but ultimately something will come of it that may impact how you process information. The results may pop up on some of the more innovative Web sites.

    The larger group has broken down into groups of various interests and they've been given a CD full of data -- audio of an unedited interview with a band on The Current, for example. Each group is kicking around ideas in such areas as user-generated content, political information, maps, using timelines, media sharing, laying content out in a different way, etc.

    There are some Twitter feeds among the group members and I'll try to find a link to them.

    In the meantime, stop back from time to time and see what they've come up with.

    Updates

    camp_2.jpg

    This group -- Jon Gordon and Julia Schrenkler of MPR are shown -- is noodling on user-generated content. Bruno Bornstein points out an important element of this. Media companies who want to do user-generated content, are going to have to "share the secret sauce," and give the audience -- you -- access to servers and content that traditionally companies have guarded. But when you think of it, what could be more public than that?

    I was just with this group diagramming how a radio story is produced. Now we're talking about worldwide editing, and trying to figure out the challenge of meeting standards, without beating the creativity out of the author.

    Note to self: Check with this group later.

    camp_3.jpg

    This is the flaw of having your News Cutter telling you about this stuff. I'm decidedly not tech savvy. But these folks (above) are considering the power of metadata. They're talking about geocoding, for example. One of the notes on their board says "violent agreement." We'll check back.

    update 10:45 Twitterers here (Tweeters?) include Andy Beger, the brains behind apps such as Select A Candidate (@thrym), @juliaschrenkler; Phil Wilson (@philson)

    camp_4.jpg

    10:54 a.m. - This group has selected Neuvo Radio as its idea. I have nothing against radio, of course. I've been in it in one fashion or another for 35 or so years, but I long ago stopped thinking it was going to carve out a significant new role in the American media landscape. As one of this group's goals is "keeping/making the medium relevant," I'll keep an open mind.

    But I bet what they come up with makes some use of online. We'll see. It's worth noting this group has -- at least for now -- the most members.

    camp_5.jpg

    11:09 a.m. - The folks who were working on data have apparently merged with the "visualization group.

    By the way, how would I feel with I were an old-school newsroom editor/executive? Not too good. We -- the societal "we" -- are just now beginning to recognize that "news" and "content" is becoming much more collaborative. "The people" have the tools and, for the most part, the knowledge. Traditional news media has said "we'll tell you what the news is when we've finished it." But those days are ending and it's alternately frightening and exciting to go through this change.

    Take this blog, for example. And take last night's weather posts. It's run by a media company, of course, but it had no problem directing you to other media that had information (like that Willmar photo). That wouldn't have happened 5, 10 years ago; media companies were interested only in the content that they developed themselves. Now expand this a bit, and add non-traditional media sources. Voila!

    Can standards of integrity and traditional journalistic values survive this? Of course. How? I don't know.

    By the way, if you're looking for the model of today's event. You can read about it on the Minnov8 site.

    11:27 a.m. -- Did I mention what a gorgeous day it is in Minnesota?

    camp_6.jpg

    11:38 a.m. - One question I've been thinking about. How do you accomplish opening up this era of a more collaborative media environment, and not have it be more Twin Cities dominant. Outstate Minnesota -- possibly by choice -- is disconnected from this process as it exists now. Is it that outstate Minnesota isn't interested? Is it that the infrastructure doesn't exist. I think there are tons of stories outside of the Twin Cities and this process is perfect to get to them.

    11:47 a.m. The "data" group has broken off from the "visualization" group again. I still don't know exactly where they're headed, but from the looks of things, it's going to be interesting.

    camp_7.jpg

    I was just remarking to Phil Wilson (remaincomm) that this is the group that makes me think that if I'd paid more attention in school, I could've made something of myself. The gentleman in the black is Ivan Stegic, known on Twitter as @ten7. It takes 5 -- maybe 6 -- seconds of talking to him before you realize he's a genius.

    12:26 p.m. We're wrapping up with a "science fair." The various groups are telling us what they came up with.

    The "Fun with Data" group
    -- Says MPR needs an API (application programming interface). All of MPR's content and data could become available to all who desire it. The API would have a location, timerange and a keyword. People could use the API to develop applications surrounding MPR content.

    "I think there's a lot of cool applications," Ivan said. "You could generate a cloud of words that describe content and the size of the words vary depending on their importance. You could draw a rectangle on a map and then see what all the words are for an area on a map that are important to that community. The API would reveal all of the relevant information. They could be articles or Twitter feeds. As you move a rectangle around on the map, the words would change."

    Jon Gordon wonders whether MPR produces enough "localish" content to create geographic specific content. But with collaborative content, users could contribute to this. I
    Bob notes: This is really an example of media companies are going to have to think in a new way -- that their content is part a whole, and not the whole.

    User generated content - MPR is a "well-oiled journalism machine," so the idea is to give people tools to create content in general and, possibly, for MPR. The group went over the current process by which content is created, and analyzed where the collaborative point is. One big idea was creative copyediting. Also putting the editorial process into the hands of people, whether or not they contribute it to MPR. A key part of this is a how-to guide somewhere on the MPR site regarding how to write, produce, interview, edit etc. "It's franchising an idea," Julia Schrenkler said.

    "There are a lot of things to think about in considering a story," Renee Schaefer said. What form does a story take? Is it better online? Different on the radio?

    Part of this isn't really difficult. What if, for example, we simply told you -- the audience -- what stories we were working on and then asked for help. In some ways we do that now, but the editorial process happens behind closed doors.

    Jason DeRusha is, perhaps, the media member doing this on a small scale now with his Good Question, segment.

    If people were to contribute content to MPR -- or anyone else -- how do they get paid? Do they get paid? Maybe it's a different way of being a Public Radio member.

    Where this process can make a difference, is the ability of the public to produce follow-up stories. Presently, we put out a story and then move on to another, but there's usually a wealth of information that comes back to us as a result of a story that should find its way almost immediately into another story.

    Visualization group
    - If you're a regular blog reader, you've probably seen these applications (I think the NY Times does this) where a group of keywords get larger and smaller based on their importance. This group considered an idea where what people are talking about would make itself apparent online.

    WCCO is doing something like this outside of its building in Minneapolis, with a series of projected words and such that change as the "tone" of the news changes.

    This was demonstrated with something called "wordle."

    camp_8.jpg

    So one of the people here created a version of this with colors. He took various MPR RSS feeds and found the words that occurred most often and assigned importance via colors.

    camp_9.jpg

    These would change from minute to minute and hour to hour. Someone remarked this is the new version of the old "weather ball."

    Here's an example of this sort of visualization:


    code_swarm - Eclipse (short ver.) from Michael Ogawa on Vimeo.

    This is called "code_swarm" that represents a collaborative software project, showing people involved and changes made.

    Neuvo Radio group - Keeping radio relevant. The group says it morphed into opening up radio and production and distribution mechanisms to users to create their own content and disseminate that content.

    Jon Gordon had a "radio coffee shop" idea where people could go not only to have coffee, but also to use computers and other equipment to create radio, which would then be broadcast. This is an easier process now with the advent of high-definition radio.

    Phil Wilson outlined ideas for radio to become a more integrated member of the community. "What was interesting was we started talking about that could happen, and Jon and I joked about taking the 'dying medium of radio' and the 'dying industry of libraries' and putting them together."

    Wilson says as they talked, they realize all of this comes down to more user involvement. Is the future of radio as a social media? "It has to be more controlled by the audience," he said.

    Another idea was an audioi stream of some fashion from a place like MPR that people could download as raw information, and use it to create their own stories.

    An example: the MPR series on University Avenue. It would've been even more relevant to people on University Avenue, one presenter said, if part of it were written by a resident. So why not make elements available to initiate that follow-up story. That's not to say the original wasn't relevant -- it was, to a wider audience.

    Here's an interesting idea outlined by Wilson: Getting radio away from being enslaved by the clock. "Does Future Tense really need to be on at the same time every day? What if it moved around from day to day?"

    It was a fascinating four or five hours and, ideally, will result in more noodling on the changing media around us. Perhaps we can start in the comments section below.

    Update 2:54 p.m. At Julia Schrenkler's suggestion, I ran News Cut through wordle:

    newscut_wordle.jpg

    That would make a great coffee mug.

    Not to throw water on things but on the way home today I remembered hearing a conversation in the newsroom this week. One person was asking another person what's the point of having text-messaging on a cellphone.

    Comment on this post

    An ailment for what ails newspapers

    Posted at 5:43 PM on July 10, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Far too much time is spent lamenting the decline of the newspaper industry. If people other than news writers really cared, the newspaper industry wouldn't be in decline. Sad, perhaps, but true.

    So let's just file this under the "frivolous lawsuit of the day" category.

    Lawyer Keith Hempstead of Durham North Carolina has filed a lawsuit against the Raleigh News & Observer because the newspaper announced the layoffs of 70 staff members and cuts in news pages after he renewed his subscription.

    "I wanted to get the newspaper's attention and the news industry's attention," said Hempstead, who is a former reporter at the Fayetteville Observer, adding that he loves The News & Observer.

    "I hate to see what companies that run newspapers are doing to the product," Hempstead told the newspaper. "The idea that taking the most important product and reducing the amount of news and getting rid of staff to me seems pointless to how you should run a newspaper business."


    The unspecified damages and fees he's seeking should fix things up.

    Tucked away in the newspaper article's comments section, though, is an interesting challenge to newspapers: Just run your business the way you want government to run its.

    Maybe instead of cutting staff and coverage the N&O should implement policies it advocates for the government to do. Such as increasing its price (raising taxes), increasing its payroll (as it advocates with state employees and teachers), and paying more taxes (which it advocates people and business to do). In fact, it should forgoe (sic) its sales tax exemption on papers sold in the machines and start charging sales taxes on those sales. Hey, if it works for government as the N&O steadfastly claims it will and does, why wouldn't it work for the N&O? And maybe after the N&O runs up a sizeable legal bill defending itself against this baseless lawsuit, they will start advocating a Loser Pays system.

    Comment on this post

    Birds and babies

    Posted at 9:20 AM on July 10, 2008 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Is there some newspaper axiom somewhere that says birds sell newspapers? Three different newspapers in Minnesota today have front-page stories -- different stories -- involving birds.

    First, the Bemidji Pioneer reports a hawk has been released back into the wild in Foley:

    bemidji_bird.jpg

    In Duluth, the newspaper reports that some bird is nesting on some guy's boat...

    duluth_bird.jpg

    And in Willmar, the West Central's Tribune's front-page is dominated by the story of a magic show featuring -- you guessed it -- birds...

    willmar_bird.jpg

    In the Twin Cities, however, birds take a back seat to babies. It's a big story when a hospital has a busy day and a woman -- 16 of them -- give birth.

    babies_story.jpg

    A public relations person at the hospital is, no doubt, happy as a lark today.

    Comment on this post

    Jesse being Jesse

    Posted at 9:57 AM on July 9, 2008 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Politics

    jesse_ventura.jpg

    I'm going to write this, and I'm going to walk away from the computer knowing there's a 50-50 chance it'll be outdated within seconds.

    Such is the nature of the "now you see me, now you don't" personality of Jesse Ventura, who has been floating the notion that he's going to run for Senate in Minnesota.

    The Ventura watch began this morning when ABC News is said to have reported he's definitely in. But links to the story -- a blog post -- regurgitate the "he may be in" data that we've gotten pretty used to up here in flyover country. The ABC story is said to have attributed things to David Welna of NPR (Jesse doesn't talk to any local media except, perhaps, Gary Eichten). Welna's interview doesn't yield a lot that we haven't heard before -- lots of factoids you can take to the bank if you don't mind the distinct possibility that they'll bounce.

    Today's flurry then set Ventura up perfectly, giving him an opportunity to stay in the news cycle without actually doing anything other than denying anything's changed, by saying he was speaking hypothetically.

    Nobody can play the media like Jesse Ventura.

    Is Ventura using Brett Favre's playbook? Or is Favre using Ventura's?

    Comment on this post

    Ironworld's pedigree

    Posted at 11:52 AM on July 8, 2008 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    Memo to KSTP (Channel 5): Don't mess with the Iron Range.

    A story last night, purported to be an "investigation," asked how many taxpayer dollars are being spent to keep Ironworld, the Iron Range tourist attraction open. "Even if you've never heard of it, it's costing you money," the station said.


    The story raised the dander of Iron Range writer Aaron J. Brown:

    KSTP makes it sound like the state taxpayers are paying for Ironworld when that is just not true. Mining taxes pay for Ironworld and these taxes are paid by the mining companies in lieu of local property taxes. These funds are funneled through a state agency, Iron Range Resources, but the money belongs to the region, not the state. So the people who have the right to be angry about Ironworld are the residents of Iron Range cities, and most of them recognize the unique role Ironworld plays in preserving and sharing Iron Range culture.

    .. and...

    But none of that came through in the story. Instead, Reporter Bob sticks a microphone into the face of strangers in the Twin Cities and asks them if they've "heard of Ironworld." They hadn't of course, but then again not many Iron Rangers have "heard" of KSTP. Then he sticks the microphone into the face of Iron Rangers and the worst he could find was someone who hadn't been to Ironworld in "a couple years." When's the last time you paid to go to the zoo, Bob?

    For a little history on the IRRRB, including background in the politics of it all and the criticicism that the "taconite tax" has been used for things outside its original mission, see this 1999 MPR story.

    Comment on this post

    Ironworld's pedigree

    Posted at 11:52 AM on July 8, 2008 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    Memo to KSTP (Channel 5): Don't mess with the Iron Range.

    A story last night, purported to be an "investigation," asked how many taxpayer dollars are being spent to keep Ironworld, the Iron Range tourist attraction open. "Even if you've never heard of it, it's costing you money," the station said.


    The story raised the dander of Iron Range writer Aaron J. Brown:

    KSTP makes it sound like the state taxpayers are paying for Ironworld when that is just not true. Mining taxes pay for Ironworld and these taxes are paid by the mining companies in lieu of local property taxes. These funds are funneled through a state agency, Iron Range Resources, but the money belongs to the region, not the state. So the people who have the right to be angry about Ironworld are the residents of Iron Range cities, and most of them recognize the unique role Ironworld plays in preserving and sharing Iron Range culture.

    .. and...

    But none of that came through in the story. Instead, Reporter Bob sticks a microphone into the face of strangers in the Twin Cities and asks them if they've "heard of Ironworld." They hadn't of course, but then again not many Iron Rangers have "heard" of KSTP. Then he sticks the microphone into the face of Iron Rangers and the worst he could find was someone who hadn't been to Ironworld in "a couple years." When's the last time you paid to go to the zoo, Bob?

    For a little history on the IRRRB, including background in the politics of it all and the criticicism that the "taconite tax" has been used for things outside its original mission, see this 1999 MPR story.

    Comment on this post

    Anatomy of a news story

    Posted at 1:37 PM on July 7, 2008 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    There was a story floating around this weekend that makes a wonderful exercise in ascertaining the difference between solid newspaper reporting and TV/video news fare. Perhaps the medium really is the message.

    One story, one news organization. Two different messages and tones -- one that is relatively scholarly,and one that is simply meant to scare the devil out of you.

    See if you can figure out which is which.

    The Associated Press story documents the increase in routine maneuvers at airports called "go arounds," which -- as the name implies -- is when a pilot decides to abort a landing and go around for another crack at it. This can be warranted when another plane hasn't cleared the runway or the approach just isn't to the pilot's satisfaction.

    Here's the "print version" carried by many newspapers (the Star Tribune carried a severely edited version of it). Nothing you're about to read will make any sense if you don't click the link and read the full story.

    Here are the take-aways from this version of the story:

  • The "go around" is a routine maneuver. It's not a tense situation.
  • Go-arounds haven't been blamed for any crashes or midairs in over 30 years, but air traffic controllers worry that without more safeguards, an accident is inevitable.
  • The sources of knowledge in the story are a pilot, and several air traffic controllers.
  • The main problem is intersecting runways at large airports.

    The Associated Press also packages a video version of some of its stories for use on Web sites, using the same reporting as the basis of the story.

    Here's how this same story was packaged for an online video audience:

  • The "routine maneuver" becomes the "dangerous maneuver" in the video version.
  • The air traffic controller and pilot are replaced with a scared passenger. "It's a catastrophic accident waiting to happen," the passenger says. We're not giving any information about who this passenger is or why he's considered an expert on flying airplanes.
  • The pilot who says "we're trained in that maneuver, os it's not a tense situation," is replaced by a controller who says, "it gets your nerves going, it gets your adrenalin going, it gets your adrenalin a little too much going than we would like."
  • The video version blames pressure from the airlines. The original version has no such claim. The video version also leaves out the fact the FAA has changed procedures at several airports and "found no safety issues" with certain practices.

    The person who did the original reporting is not the person who cobbled together the TV/video version. In the nation's newsrooms right now, there is some occasional howling from reporters about having to produce their work for multiple "platforms."

    The loss of a story's integrity in this case provides a good reason why they should.

    Comment on this post

  • Anatomy of a news story

    Posted at 1:37 PM on July 7, 2008 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    There was a story floating around this weekend that makes a wonderful exercise in ascertaining the difference between solid newspaper reporting and TV/video news fare. Perhaps the medium really is the message.

    One story, one news organization. Two different messages and tones -- one that is relatively scholarly,and one that is simply meant to scare the devil out of you.

    See if you can figure out which is which.

    The Associated Press story documents the increase in routine maneuvers at airports called "go arounds," which -- as the name implies -- is when a pilot decides to abort a landing and go around for another crack at it. This can be warranted when another plane hasn't cleared the runway or the approach just isn't to the pilot's satisfaction.

    Here's the "print version" carried by many newspapers (the Star Tribune carried a severely edited version of it). Nothing you're about to read will make any sense if you don't click the link and read the full story.

    Here are the take-aways from this version of the story:

  • The "go around" is a routine maneuver. It's not a tense situation.
  • Go-arounds haven't been blamed for any crashes or midairs in over 30 years, but air traffic controllers worry that without more safeguards, an accident is inevitable.
  • The sources of knowledge in the story are a pilot, and several air traffic controllers.
  • The main problem is intersecting runways at large airports.

    The Associated Press also packages a video version of some of its stories for use on Web sites, using the same reporting as the basis of the story.

    Here's how this same story was packaged for an online video audience:

  • The "routine maneuver" becomes the "dangerous maneuver" in the video version.
  • The air traffic controller and pilot are replaced with a scared passenger. "It's a catastrophic accident waiting to happen," the passenger says. We're not giving any information about who this passenger is or why he's considered an expert on flying airplanes.
  • The pilot who says "we're trained in that maneuver, os it's not a tense situation," is replaced by a controller who says, "it gets your nerves going, it gets your adrenalin going, it gets your adrenalin a little too much going than we would like."
  • The video version blames pressure from the airlines. The original version has no such claim. The video version also leaves out the fact the FAA has changed procedures at several airports and "found no safety issues" with certain practices.

    The person who did the original reporting is not the person who cobbled together the TV/video version. In the nation's newsrooms right now, there is some occasional howling from reporters about having to produce their work for multiple "platforms."

    The loss of a story's integrity in this case provides a good reason why they should.

    Comment on this post

  • The secret war in Iraq

    Posted at 11:03 AM on June 24, 2008 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, War

    getty_iraq.jpg

    It was an odd day in American journalism today. A story about the war in Iraq made the front page. "Report rips post-surge planning for Iraq," said the Pioneer Press. "Progress in Iraq, but it's tenuous, U.S. audits find," said the Star Tribune. Of course, both stories about Iraq did not come from Iraq.

    What's going on in Iraq? Good luck finding out.

    The Project for Excellence in Journalism found that "In the first three months of 2008, coverage of the campaign outstripped coverage of the war by a margin of nearly 11-to-one (43% of the newshole compared to 4%). In an environment in which newsroom cutbacks and decreasing resources may make it more difficult for news outlets to stay atop two ongoing mega-stories, the media, for now, have made their priorities clear."

    On this morning's Midmorning, MPR's Kerri Miller tried -- mightily -- to find out why this is.

    "The campaign has taken up the news hole," one guest said. But how's this for circular reasoning? According to the tens of thousands -- 669,916 as of this morning -- of people who have taken MPR's Select A Candidate, it is ranked as the most important issue of the campaign. So how can the most important issue of the campaign not be covered because journalists are too busy covering the campaign?

    David Folkenflik, National Public Radio media correspondent, responded to Kerri asking why she's not hearing Anne Garrels on the air much anymore (side note: Has it really been five years since she did her media tour through the Twin Cities?) by saying it's too dangerous for reporters to go out, something that doesn't seem to be stopping Leila Fadel, the Baghdad bureau chief for McClatchy Newspapers.

    The excuses continued to the frustration, I'm guessing, of most listeners. One suggested that because Americans haven't been asked to sacrifice, they're not interested in the war. But don't 99.4% (that's an actual statistic!) of the people who rated it on Select A Candidate as important or very important tell us that's not it, either?

    Finally, Sean Aday, a professor of media and public affairs and international affairs at George Washington University, offered this: Once the surge started working (At least in terms of reduced violence, many of the goals of the surge have not been met), Democrats stopped talking about it.

    And reporters stopped asking.

    Comment on this post

    How NBC got beat on the Russert story

    Posted at 3:38 PM on June 23, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    How did the New York Times and other news organizations beat NBC in reporting the death of Tim Russert earlier this month? A staffer for a Twin Cities company with whom NBC contracts to maintain its Web site. According to the Times, the unidentified employee of Internet Broadcasting Systems in Mendota Heights heard about Russert's death and updated Russert's Wikipedia entry.

    Looking at the detailed records of editing changes recorded by Wikipedia, it quickly emerged that the changes came from Internet Broadcasting Services, a company in St. Paul, Minn., that provides Web services to a variety of companies, including local NBC TV stations.

    An I.B.S. spokeswoman said on Friday that "a junior-level employee made updates to the Wikipedia page upon learning of Mr. Russert's passing, thinking it was public record." She added that the company had "taken the necessary measures with the employee and apologized to NBC." NBC News said it was told the employee was fired.

    Eleven minutes later, someone else at IBS deleted the entry, but by then it was too late. The news was out before NBC could announce it.

    The blog, Silicon Alley Insider says the employee may have been suspended rather than fired, but nonetheless sees a corporate conspiracy at work.

    It's one thing for a news organization to decide to delay reporting news of a staffer's death out of deference to his or her family (this makes sense). It's another for the organization to expect other organizations to follow the same policy. And it is yet another thing for someone to deliberately strike accurate facts from a collective record to appease an upset client, which is what someone at IBS apparently did.

    A bigger lesson here is the value of the new landscape for breaking news. Wikipedia and Twitter appear to be as capable -- and perhaps more so -- of delivering news to a large number of people as the large media companies who may wish to sit on it. I posted Russert's death at 2:33 that day. And I wasn't even the first since I prepped a News Cut entry first. It had circulated for 40 minutes before Tom Brokaw did a special report on NBC.

    Comment on this post

    KSTP and the News Council

    Posted at 2:15 PM on June 23, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Following up on a couple of posts last week. When I was live-blogging the Minnesota News Council hearings (here and here), a commenter asked why KSTP wasn't at the council hearing to defend one of its stories.

    The answer came today:

    We traditionally do not participate in the news council. Our news department has more than a hundred journalists with hundreds of years of experience. Long before the news council was created, KSTP had a history of credible and ethical reporting. We continue to have the highest ethical standards for all of our stories.


    Thank you,
    Lindsay Radford

    Comment on this post

    Live blogging Minnesota News Council - The limits of MySpace

    Posted at 1:13 PM on June 19, 2008 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    This is a continuation of live-blogging the Minnesota News Council hearing. The first "case" (against KSTP) has been decided. Follow along here.

    sheda.jpg

    The next case is bound to be heart-wrenching for everyone(Update: Here's a PDF file of the story documents). A father complains that a TV station unfairly used the death of his soldier son in Duluth as a case of post-traumatic stress syndrome and inappropriately used information on MySpace. Using MySpace information is increasingly common for newsies. Journalists are being encouraged to use it as a source -- as this article from the American Journalism Review attests. It's not without risks, however.

    The general parameters of this case are covered in an earlier post here. There are also some very insightful News Cut reader comments attached.

    One of the pieces of "evidence" attached with the packet for News Council members is a hand-written letter and a picture of his son's grave.

    (Latest blog entry is at the bottom)


    1:22 p.m. - The story video is being played. The Sheda family has left the room. The story is mostly about PTSD. There is a reference to Sheda, that he may have suffered from PTSD, citing an entry on MySpace.

    1:27 - "They never called us," Tony Sheda tells the News Council. "If they did, we could have told him what a happy-go-lucky guy he was. He made some mistakes that night. The pain they caused our family is terrible.

    He had a blood alcohol content of .24. "Adam didn't go in there, waving a gun and saying, 'kill me.' He waved $100 bill and asked to join the party. They took his money, beat him, and then shot him.

    "The worst is the slander they did to a fine American soldier. Just imagine what we felt like around the holidays. Just imagine if they'd said that about your son or your daughter. Adam wasn't perfect, but he didn't have a death wish."

    "He was in Iraq and when he'd come back from a mission, there was a 10 meter diving board that was off limits. The last week he was there, he climbed up and jumped off. They caught him and he was busted to E-5. That was Adam."

    Mrs. Sheda: "She (Reporter Barbara Reyelts) used Adam to make a point. She never talked to any psychologist. How could she make that statement that he was having post-traumatic stress disorder? I'm not saying he was or wasn't, but how could she say that?"

    1:38 p.m. David Jensch, news director of KBJR speaking. Says the station did contact the Shedas early on, but they declined to talk. Says veterans assistance group asked the station to do the story because PTSD was not being covered or talked about in Duluth.

    "The Sheda story was covered by all media outlets, and was the best example of all veterans experiencing emotional wounds. It wasn't about PTSD. Our story never said that Adam Sheda suffered from PTSD; we could never have known that.

    Was it fair to report he had a death wish based on a MySpace post. What was reported, the manager says, is he may have had a death wish. "Barbar Reyelts has never reported that Adam Sheda had a death with."

    "Responsible journalists seek both sides of the story, which is what Barbara Reyelts did," he said. "Responsible journalism seeks input from all sources. This was done. This story has merit. It was produced in cooperation with people who work with veterans who think these issues are still being ignored."

    Sheda rebuttal: "Here we go again. When Adam was killed, we refused interviews. But that was in July, five months before he was killed. They could've called us then and told us they were running the story."

    "They never asked," Mrs. Sheda said.

    Disputes KBJR manager's assertion that the issue was mentioned on blogs. "I've seen some scary stuff written on blogs," Mrs. Sheda said.

    Mr. Sheda says he was drinking because they couldn't drink in a Muslim country. "I've written stupid stuff and that was a stupid thing. But I've written that 'cookies are to die for,' but that's not a death wish."

    "Why did eshe need to use Adam?" Mrs. Sheda said. "It was pretty sensational."

    "You speculate on blackjack. You speculate on a horse? You don't speculate on a fine young man like that," Mr. Sheda said.

    1:50 p.m. Half of council members are looking down.

    1:52 - David Jensch, news director: More involved than just a MySpace posting.

    Council member Jane Berg asks if there's any other soldier's family that was willing to have their soldier's story told?

    "Not that I'm aware of," says Jensch.

    1:55 Council members are asking when a veterans agency official asked them to do the story. Jensch said he didn't know. Mr. Sheda says he knows the official, he presented the flag to the family at the funeral.

    1:58 Council member asks if any media asked to interview them in the months after Adam's death. "Last summer was lost to us," Mr. Sheda says.

    He's asked if the reporter had contact him, would the family have spoken.

    "If she said Adam had a deathwish and we would've known that context, it would've been nice to give our side of the story, but if she'd called and done that, there would've been no story," he says. "

    2:03 - Member Lorin Robinson to Shedas: Asks about a $40 an hour job. Did he plan to go back to work?

    Mr. Sheda: Yes. Then talks about Adam donating a medal worth $1,000 to the air museum in Duluth. Says Channel 6 covered the ceremony despite being asked not to attend. "And they shoved a microphone in my face." (See story here)

    2:09 Council member: Had the whole incident not happened and Adam not have died, would the series have been done?

    Jensch: "Yes." But says he doesn't know if the person who works with veterans pitched the story to the station because of the Sheda case.

    2:12 "Was Myspace writing used in any other media?"

    Jensch: "Extensively"

    "In hindsight, would you have called them in October and November and said, 'we're doing this?"

    Jensch: "Yes. I don't think the reporter expected this level of sensitivity in the case. Everything that could be said about the Sheda case had been said. This reporter's story was focused on the other couple. If I'd been editor, I'd have caught that but I wasn't."

    Sheda to Jensch: "Did you say awhile ago that Adam struggled in Iraq..."

    Jensch: "It appeared that...."

    Sheda: "What does that mean, 'it appeared?' He loved being in the service."

    Justice Gilbert says, "we're not going to get in an argument here."

    News Council comments

    Elizabeth Costello - I appreciate the story because we don't do enough to show what these young men do in Iraq. Says she's not sure Adam was the best choice to show the kind of problems soldiers are experiencing. The Shedas were not contacted for this piece, "I think it would've been prudent to do that and give them the opportunity to talk about their son. Maybe it would've made the story richer."

    "As journalists, it shouldn't be up to us" to make the determination that the MySpace writing was indicative of emotional issues.

    Roberta Johnson -- I think there's a liberty that journalists take to interpret data in a way that it shouldn't be interpreted. You really have no right to make a conclusion because youre' not an expert. Ethically, that shouldn't be allowed. "It isn't your choice." Psychologists are trained; journalists are not. (Bob notes: Scroll back to the archives of News Cut and find "elusive local connection.")

    Steve Schild - I don't think the story is perfect, but I don't question that there's a connection between PTSD and the troubles in people's lives. "It's an important story and Adam Scheda was a part of that story."

    Noelle Hawton: "I don't see the link between PTSD and his murder. You can't make a judgment based on one MySpace entry. They inferred he had it and there was no proof he had it."

    Heather Harden: "PTSD is an important story to do. Part 2 of the story was excellent. Part 1 was bothersome to me. Mr. Jensch you said the story never said he had PTSD, but that's disingenuous... In my opinion Adam Sheda was just plain murdered. What the media will not say that we all now is a drunk 26-year-old is a pretty normal event."

    "I've seen media drawn to a drunk 26 year old like rabid dogs to raw meat." Calls the use of MySpace to conclude Sheda had a death wish "embarrassing."

    Issa Mansaray: "I don't see the link in how he was killed in PTSD. It creates a problem for journalists coming into the profession. How should they cover stories like this?"

    Al Zdon: "I think Mr. Jensch is careful to draw the distinction that the story... generally was about re-entry into the community after combat." Says the use of MySpace was "pretty crummy journalism."

    Sheda rebuttal - "Done professionally, a story on post-traumatic stress would do a great story. Have it done with doctors. You don't have to use a certain person. The minute Adam Sheda's name was mentioned, it was like flies to dead meat. They could use that same time and have a good story and maybe it would help veterans. But a story like this didn't help veterans."

    Mrs. Sheda: "I realize you need a hook when you do the story, but using the same footage as when Adam was murdered doesn't make any sense."

    Jensch rebuttal - "It's an important story and it's hard to get the public's attention. The local angle is an important way to drive home a point."

    THE VERDICT

    1. Was it fair to use Adam Sheda as an example in a story about Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)? Yes: 8 No: 9

    2. Was it fair to report that Adam Sheda had a death wish based on a posting he made on his MySpace account? Yes: 7 No: 10

    Analysis - Very scary (to me) that there are 7 people here who thought saying someone may have had a death wish based on a single MySpace posting by a soldier in Iraq was fair.

    Comment on this post

    How the news media polices itself

    Posted at 8:24 AM on June 19, 2008 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Early this afternoon, I'll be live blogging two "cases" at a meeting of the Minnesota News Council, a group in which members of the news media voluntarily participate. Here are two cases. Before the council starts debating it, you decide. Then we can compare notes this afternoon. (Narrative provided by the News Council)

    Case #1

    Tony Sheda called the News Council in December 2007 to complain about a news story (Bob: I couldn't find the story on the station's Web site.) that was broadcast on Duluth station KBJR-TV. In July 2007, his son Adam had been fatally shot just days after returning from service in Iraq. In November 2007, KBJR-TV reporter Barbara Reyelts referenced Adam's death in the context of the "The War at Home," a story on depression and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among Iraq war veterans.

    Tony Sheda complained that the story tarnished his son's memory and was sensationalized. "Adam may have been lonely, but he didn't have a 'death wish,'" Sheda told the News Council.

    In January 2008, Barbara Reyelts, who is also KBJR's news director, offered a response that cited sources for the story. Her sources included police records, statements from the county attorney, and Adam Sheda's MySpace page, which read "my plans when I get back are to drink until my heart stops."

    Hearing Questions

    1. Was it fair to use Adam Sheda as an example in a story about Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)?

    2. Was it fair to report that Adam Sheda had a death wish based on a posting he made on his MySpace account?

    Case #2

    Steven Devich is the city manager for Richfield, MN, and complained to the News Council after a story aired on KSTP-TV featuring a letter he wrote to a Richfield citizen.

    A Richfield resident complained to Devich about noise coming from an air exchange generator located in the roof of the Richfield Middle School. Devich wrote back to the citizen, addressing their concerns.

    KSTP-TV obtained a copy of Devich's letter of response, and featured quotations from it in "Richfield Residents Frustrated Over Noise," a news story they did about the noise coming from Richfield Middle School.

    Devich complains that he was not contacted for comment by KSTP, and was unable to explain the contents of the letter. As a result, Devich believes the story was misleading.

    Hearing Question

    1. Was KSTP's usage of Steven Devich's letter misleading in a 4/20/08 story about noise levels coming from Richfield Middle School?

    Comment on this post

    The science behind the showbiz

    Posted at 7:29 AM on May 21, 2008 by Bob Collins (47 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Why do we care so much about what TV weatherpeople think about climate change/global warming? If there's a scandal to be had, perhaps, it might be that with all the electron-sucking, radar spitting, neutron enhancing gear, determining what the weather is going to be 24 hours from now is a giant crapshoot that the weatherpeople quite often get wrong. We accept the consistency of inaccuracy and we love them anyway. But when it comes to global warming, all bets are off.

    Next to the Chanhassen Dinner Theater (btw, interesting story today on Republicans preventing it from moving to the expanded Mall of America, which appears to run counter to the "too much regulation on business" mantra.), there's no more popular showbiz in these parts than the 5 minutes of TV weather.

    rfairbourne.jpgOn last night's news -- thrown in somewhere among the segments on why people are late and how to save for your kids' college -- WCCO meteorologist Mike Fairbourne -- the last meteorologist standing after Paul Douglas got canned -- defended himself against criticism spawned by a Star Tribune article that outed him as one of 31,000 "scientists" claiming the human impact on global warming is overblown.

    "I'm amazed people won't allow me an opinion," Fairbourne said. "'I'm not debating global warming."

    Huh?

    The WCCO weather offices must've been a fun place to work back when Douglas and Fairbourne were both in it, because Douglas toes the American Meteorological Society line on global warming: it's happening, it's real, and the enemy is us. Douglas, in his Star Tribune articles, would also occasionally relay how much fun he has on his snowmobiles and ATVs, two contributors -- one might argue -- to an increase in carbon emissions.

    On her blog, WCCO reporter Esme Murphy posts an e-mail on the subject from Douglas:

    My attitude: all of us are certainly entitled to our opinions, but I tend to defer to the professional climate scientists on matters of the atmosphere extending beyond 15 days or so. There are thousands of (peer-reviewed) climate scientists all saying pretty much the same thing, man is having an impact. How big? Don't pretend to know, but to just cover your eyes, put your hands over your ears, and make believe that a 38% spike in greenhouse gases (from man) won't have any impact at all on the atmosphere seems like a leap of faith...and believability."

    Smack.

    Media watcher Brian Lambert posits that this whole ruckus is more about politics than science:

    The fundamental issue in this "debate" is, of course, politics, not science. Fringe groups such as the OISM, to which Mike Fairbourne lent his name, are invariably politically conservative--deeply conservative --and attack "consensus science" of actual experts, as opposed to TV weathermen, bio-chemists, and whatever from a partisan political perspective much more than one based in science.

    ... but Lambert gives the TV weather folks who have made their opinions known, credit for doing so. He doesn't explain, however, why a weatherperson's opinion matters so. They're not climatologists.

    As for tomorrow's weather? Your guess is as good as theirs.

    Comment on this post

    How would you reform the media?

    Posted at 6:15 PM on May 20, 2008 by Bob Collins (36 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    If you could reform the "media landscape," what would it look like?

    For Josh Silver, it would mean an end to corporate ownership of the media diverse and independent media ownership, newspaper owners who live in the city in which they publish, political coverage that focuses on issues, an open Internet, more public and community radio and TV and hundreds -- thousands? -- of small TV and radio stations springing up from your computer.

    jsilver.jpgIt's not a pie-in-the-sky vision, he insists. "In St. Petersburg, Florida, there's a community-organization-owned daily newspaper that does a great job, has laid off relatively few reporters in the last decade and turns out some of the best local coverage in the county," according to Silver, who heads Free Press, an organization that wants to reform the media and is hosting a conference in Minneapolis next month.

    (Bob interjects: Last month the St. Petersburg Times eliminated its business section)

    Considering "reform" of the media, however, inevitably invites a "what comes first" discussion. Did the media dumb down the people who consume it? Or did the people who consume the media dumb down the media? Nobody will be surprised that two semi-talented singers competing tonight on American Idol will garner more ratings than the coverage of the Kentucky and Oregon primaries, right?

    "When you do turn on your cable news and you watch the shows covering the primaries, it's all horse-race coverage," Silver says. "You have very little debate and analysis on what the candidates actually stand for ... There is such a lack of the kind of hard-hitting questions that shows like Hardball or Fox News pretend to throw at the candidates. The coverage is pretty pathetic. It's kind of a rational decision to pick American Idol."

    Speakers at the National Conference for Media Reform (June 6-8) include: Bill Moyers, Dan Rather, former anchor of CBS News (question: Does the guy who invented '48 Hours' really have the authority to lecture on media reform?); North Dakota Sen. Byron Dorgan; FCC Commissioners Michael Copps and Jonathan Adelstein; Arianna Huffington of HuffingtonPost.com; Amy Goodman and Juan Gonzalez, co-hosts of Democracy Now!; Naomi Klein, author of No Logo and The Shock Doctrine; law professors Lawrence Lessig of Stanford and Tim Wu of Columbia; Van Jones of the Ella Baker Center for Human Rights; Katrina vanden Heuvel, editor of The Nation; and media scholar Robert W. McChesney, co-founder of Free Press.

    A small -- and fairly liberal -- list of what is actually a pretty substantial lineup.

    "I do believe that conservatives are going to catch up with liberals on this notion of making a workable business model online. The debate in this country has swung so far to the right over the last 10, 20 years that even the notion of just a functioning education system or health care for every American has become some sort of radical, left-wing conspiracy -- or at least certainly a very liberal idea -- when, in fact, it's not," he says. "We're talking about civil society, basic rights of every human being. We're going to see a redefinition of what is left, and what is right. And what we're going to find is those on the right, who are reasonable and what I would call real conservatives, they're going to figure out how to make viable news outlets flourish online, too."

    Of particular interest to conference organizers is the increased use of video on the Web. They've come to the right place. Local efforts such as The Uptake, for example, have done some very impressive work (News Cut interview), and are providing stories the "legacy media" are not.

    Audio segments of the interview with Josh Silver (mp3 ):

  • Fed up with "what is posing as journalism."
  • Three areas of the media need reforming.
  • Political coverage may not be worth missing American Idol for.
  • Why shouldn't reporters be cut if people aren't buying newspapers?
  • Don't news organizations need to be financially successfully to be journalistically successful?
  • What current efforts would you consider successful?
  • Are you bothered that the most successful Internet news sites have a political view?

    Now it's your turn to discuss the situation. How would you reform the media?

    Comment on this post

  • Wanted: Weather anchor

    Posted at 8:59 AM on April 25, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    wcco_anchor.jpg

    Hat tip to commenter Tim T. for catching this ad looking for a weather anchor on WCCO, which, of course, fired Paul Douglas a few weeks ago.

    Comment on this post

    A poke in the 'eye'

    Posted at 10:30 PM on April 22, 2008 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Can the Paul Douglas saga get any weirder?

    Let's review. Douglas Paul Kruhoeffer, popular weatherman with WCCO TV, is fired by Channel 4 while he's on vacation. He's asked to stay through the end of May. He declines and then, shall we say, doesn't go out of his way to dispel the uproar from fans who reached the conclusion that he'd surely say goodbye to them if it weren't for CBS.

    Tonight he pops up on TV, this time on KARE 11, whom he left years ago in search of fame and fortune in Chicago. KARE 11 is going to make Douglas the centerpiece of its Extra segment on Thursday, giving it an opportunity for a ratings boost and a chance to rub the competition's nose in it.

    Meanwhile, the Star Tribune, which bumped then KARE 11 weather dude Ken Barlow from its weather page when Douglas returned from Chicago, gives Douglas a less-than-lukewarm reassurance that "for now," Douglas' weather column will stay. Where's the love for Paul?

    The attention seems to undermine the notion that the era of the "celebrity" newscast personality on TV is over, at least in the Twin Cities, which should, no doubt, make weathercasters at WCCO's competitors nervous.

    Comment on this post

    Is there a (photo) doctor in the house?

    Posted at 2:05 PM on April 22, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    0805timegreencover.jpg

    Is this offensive? On the blog Visual Editors, a site for people mostly in the design/photojournalism end of the news business, there are a couple of controversies being debated. One is the doctoring of images to enhance their impact -- a subject I'll leave alone, and the other is the picture shown above.

    The site says the Business & Media Institute has carried several objections to the photograph -- mostly from Iwo Jima vets, who call it "a disgrace." Is it the picture? Or the assertion that global warming is likened to World War II?

    Comment on this post

    Is there a (photo) doctor in the house?

    Posted at 2:05 PM on April 22, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    0805timegreencover.jpg

    Is this offensive? On the blog Visual Editors, a site for people mostly in the design/photojournalism end of the news business, there are a couple of controversies being debated. One is the doctoring of images to enhance their impact -- a subject I'll leave alone, and the other is the picture shown above.

    The site says the Business & Media Institute has carried several objections to the photograph -- mostly from Iwo Jima vets, who call it "a disgrace." Is it the picture? Or the assertion that global warming is likened to World War II?

    Comment on this post

    The 'more to the story' story

    Posted at 3:24 PM on April 18, 2008 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    There are a couple of intersecting stories in the news today; the thread between them is that there's always more to the story.

    Item #1

    The story: Katherine Kersten's article "Teacher questions Muslim practices at charter school," documented the experiences of a substitute teacher to conclude that Tarek ibn Ziyad Academy in Inver Grove Heights is "an Islamic school, funded by Minnesota taxpayers."

    The "more to the story" - MinnPost's David Brauer reports the sub was a conservative Republican activist in college, who had been shown a previous Kersten column on the school by her parents.

    Item #2:

    The story: During the presidential debate on Wednesday in Philadelphia, a video of a woman was shown, in which she asked Barack Obama if he "believed in the American flag."

    The more to the story: McClatchy reports that the woman appeared in a feature in the Washington Post awhile ago, critical of Obama for not wearing a flag pin. ABC tracked her down specifically to ask the question, as opposed to having randomly submitted video questions from which this was plucked.


    For the record, the "more to the story" doesn't render "the story" false. But when the full story isn't told, it makes it far too easy to question the motives involved, even though they may be pure. Plus, in the age of blogs, it's really a dumb idea not to disclose these things.

    Comment on this post

    The 'more to the story' story

    Posted at 3:24 PM on April 18, 2008 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Media

    There are a couple of intersecting stories in the news today; the thread between them is that there's always more to the story.

    Item #1

    The story: Katherine Kersten's article "Teacher questions Muslim practices at charter school," documented the experiences of a substitute teacher to conclude that Tarek ibn Ziyad Academy in Inver Grove Heights is "an Islamic school, funded by Minnesota taxpayers."

    The "more to the story" - MinnPost's David Brauer reports the sub was a conservative Republican activist in college, who had been shown a previous Kersten column on the school by her parents.

    Item #2:

    The story: During the presidential debate on Wednesday in Philadelphia, a video of a woman was shown, in which she asked Barack Obama if he "believed in the American flag."

    The more to the story: McClatchy reports that the woman appeared in a feature in the Washington Post awhile ago, critical of Obama for not wearing a flag pin. ABC tracked her down specifically to ask the question, as opposed to having randomly submitted video questions from which this was plucked.


    For the record, the "more to the story" doesn't render "the story" false. But when the full story isn't told, it makes it far too easy to question the motives involved, even though they may be pure. Plus, in the age of blogs, it's really a dumb idea not to disclose these things.

    Comment on this post

    I've got a secret

    Posted at 6:08 PM on April 16, 2008 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    Let's suppose you saw a boatload of people overturn not far from shore. You could save their lives by wading out a short distance. Would you do it? It's a no-brainer. Of course you would.

    So does it say something about the problem with the journalistic community that it caused some outrage in 1979 when the late Ed Bradley, who was covering the boat people escaping from Vietnam, waded into the water to help people get to shore after Malaysians on the beach started stoning them? There's a clip of it here if you can stand waiting for the commercial to end.

    "You shouldn't get involved in the story," was some of the milder criticism. To the journalism community's credit, the criticism died down after the documentary won just about every award for journalism.

    I'm reminded of the Bradley story because an incident in Ohio this week shows that there's still a mentality that it's ethical for journalists not to get involved in certain stories, even if people get hurt because of that conviction.

    The way my blogging friend, Dave Gamble, tells it, the reporters and editors at the Columbus Dispatch newspaper got a tip that Skybus Airlines would go belly-up at midnight earlier this month. Sensing a story, the paper bought tickets and...

    They didn't tell any of the passengers departing on flights on the last day of the company's operations that their trips were now involuntarily one-way. In other words, they knowingly and deliberately allowed passengers to get on an airplane and fly hundreds of miles away without telling them that they would be stranded with no way back....

    Dispatch editor Benjamin Marrison confirmed in his column earlier this week that his reporters were not allowed to tell anyone that they were about to be stranded far from home:

    But because we agreed to the 9:30 embargo, (Reporter Amy) Saunders was told to keep quiet about the looming airline shutdown. Her assignment was to report on passengers' reactions after learning Skybus had folded. When the plane landed, Saunders knew she could tell the passengers. "I was anxious," she said, because she didn't know how they'd take the news.

    Marrison's rationalization?

    We don't interfere with the course of news except in extreme circumstances, such as when our silence on an impending event would put someone in harm's way.

    But wouldn't that require the editors/reporters to know all of the passengers ahead of time on all of the flights, to be able to determine whether their being stuck away from home puts them in harm's way?

    On Monday, in the face of criticism that wouldn't go away, Marrison took another stab at it:

    In summary, we don't violate embargoes or source agreements.

    If only Ed Bradley were still around to straighten them out.

    Update 9:36 a.m. Thurs. - Another angle, there's a financial connection between the newspaper and the airline. See the comments.

    Comment on this post

    Doodling the news

    Posted at 11:04 AM on April 16, 2008 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Politics

    Have you ever wondered what guests on MPR's Midmorning do while they're on the show? Me neither, but we get our jollies from different sources.

    Nebraska Sen. Chuck Hagel is in town today, pushing his book, "America: Our Next Chapter." His appearance on Midmorning was fascinating. Listen to the interview here.

    More fascinating than the doodles he left behind? You decide.

    hagel1.jpg

    hagel2.jpg

    On the air, Hagel referred to Iraq as a "noble cause." On the doodles, it's a "Nobel Cause."

    Doodling, All Things Considered host Tom Crann reminds me, is a very presidential thing, as evidenced by this collection gathered on an NPR story a couple of years ago.

    Comment on this post

    Lukewarm on the weatherman

    Posted at 10:19 AM on April 13, 2008 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
    Filed under: Media, Weather

    PaulDouglas.jpg Even more than a week later, the News Cut entries (and here) on the Paul Douglas firing/layoff at WCCO TV are among the most heavily-trafficked pages, a testament, I guess, to the popularity of Douglas.

    The Star Tribune has carried a daily blurb from Douglas since he returned from his misadventure in Chicago and people have wondered whether he'd still have that gig after exiting WCCO.

    Keep wondering.

    Here was Strib editor Nancy Barnes' assessment in her Sunday column today:

    We are working with Paul to determine the future of that column, and I'll let readers know where we end up. For now, the column will remain.

    For now?

    One new factoid of the departure appeared in Neil Justin's interview with Douglas in today's paper. The inability of Douglas to say "goodbye" to the audience (blamed in the comments section of News Cut squarely on the corporate mindset of WCCO) turns out to be a situation entirely of Douglas' choosing. He told Justin that WCCO wanted him to stay until the end of May and Douglas was having none of it.

    The perception that a heartless corporation refused to allow him to say goodbye to viewers is one that Douglas -- perhaps inadvertently -- fostered in his farewell memo by linking the decision to "terminate" him in the same paragraph as the inability to say "so long."

    It's just business, dollars and cents - I get it. My only real regret: not saying goodbye to viewers and radio listeners, who I am indebted to for a glorious 22 year career in this market. I leave with fond memories, having worked with the best anchors, reports, producers, directors in the industry, people who I count as irreplaceable friends as well as colleagues.

    Looking back, however, the distinction was referenced (sort of) by not using the phrase "not being able to say goodbye." At the time he wrote the memo about his regret, he was still in a position, presumably, to change his mind.

    Justin steered clear of examining the Douglas-Star Tribune relationship.

    Unrelated, by the way, in the same Barnes column is a story I guess I missed (I generally avoid both C.J. and Hartman's stuff) when it happened. But Barnes apologizes for the botched apology regarding gossip columnist C.J. apparently following conjoined twins she spotted at the Mall of America.

    "Now, there's something you don't see everyday," I remarked to Walker, returning to our previous conversation as the twins walked by Barnes & Noble. Seconds later, they came into view for Walker, who instantly became the personification of flappable: "Did I just see that? Did I just see what I saw?"

    Wince. Did no editor at the Strib intervene here? Apparently not until later, when a C.J. apology appeared:

    I regret that the item's intent -- the need to accept differences in people and not to follow them around in public, at a place such as the Mall of America -- was misconstrued by their family and friends.

    ...and even then, apparently, nobody at the Strib noticed that the apology sounded a lot like laying the blame on the family., which prompted Barnes to take another whack at the issue today.

    Comment on this post

    A part of the job

    Posted at 7:04 PM on April 9, 2008 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
    Filed under: Bridges and roads, Media

    reporters_stanek.jpg

    Nobody, for the most part, likes to go into a room and be the person nobody wants to see. Newspeople, as far as I know, learn to accept it and we tell ourselves it's part of the job and a small price to pay for preserving truth and democracy and whatever other blather we come up with.

    But the real truth? People in my business need to stop rationalizing traumatizing innocent people over some fictitious justification. And they need to figure out a way to do that while still being able to tell people what the heck is going on.

    At the conference in Brooklyn Park on Wednesday (see several entries below), public safety and behavioral health professionals analyzed the I-35W bridge tragedy and planned for the next big disaster, considering challenges such as counseling, food, shelter, medicine, rescue equipment, organizing volunteers and cooperation among the dozens of entities that are involved in these sorts of things.

    The I-35W bridge disaster brought out the best in these emergency workers of all stripes, especially given the bureaucratic nightmare of it all. "It was a federally-owned bridge, operated and maintained by the state, which fell into a river controlled by the county, and the riverbanks were owned by the city," said conference organizer Jonathan Bundt .

    But a common theme emerged among many speakers on the psychological footprint of disaster -- the trauma inflicted by reporters.

    Granted public safety folks and journalists have always had an adversarial relationship, and there's usually a good reason for that. But when a bridge falls down, and families are in unimaginable pain, we -- the media -- shouldn't be making it worse.

    "The media has got to fill the time," said Bundt, "but every time they'd report something, we'd get inundated by the families and 75 to 80 percent of the time, the information was inaccurate."

    Bundt said the real problem last August with the family assistance center he set up, is that it was set up at the Holiday Inn, near the bridge, a site too accessible to the public and reporters.

    "All the families had to walk through the lobby to get to the room," Bundt said, invoking an image of a gauntlet of reporters anxious to know what it feels like to think your loved one may be dead. The public has a right to know, one supposes. But doesn't the public already know the answer to that question?

    So in addition to the other challenges the behavioral health specialists faced that August night, among the biggest was the psychological trauma inflicted by reporters.

    "The news people are never, ever on your side," Rev. Jeffrey Stewart told the attendees on Wednesday, as he described racing the media to be the first to tell a woman that her husband was dead. (See post)

    Leesa Dentinger, whose cousin, Christina Sacorafas died in the collapse, told the group that among the best things the family assistance center did, was "keeping the media away from us."

    A Minneapolis police official, the group was told, surreptitiously arranged a secret visit to the bridge site for family members, so that they could look over the side of the 10th Street Bridge and not worry about the media. She said he got in trouble for that.

    Another person told me a reporter posed as someone who was related to a bridge victim to try to get into the area where the families were.

    To be sure, not every journalist was -- or is -- a jerk. Bundt said many gave him their business cards, and he put them on a wall with a sign for the families that if they wanted to talk, they could take their pick. "Some people need to tell their story," he said. It was a remarkably civilized and effective way to get a story, and perhaps it should be part of planning for the next disaster.

    Behind the scenes, Bundt was dealing with the "diversity" of the families. Not just ethnic and racial, but rural people who didn't understand the city; and families of divorce coming together in a not-always-pleasant way. "When trauma hits, you can't hold it in," he said, noting that often family members had to get away from other family members.

    It's a long-standing dilemma for journalists: how to cover a story and not make it worse. Before leveling the criticism on Wednesday, each person prefaced it with "the media was just doing its job, but...." And perhaps that's the first step journalists can take to prepare for the next disaster: getting it through our heads -- and yours -- that making things worse isn't part of the job.

    "I hope you didn't take my comments personally," Rev. Stewart said to me afterwards. I did... but not for the reason he thinks.

    Comment on this post

    For your discussion: The news cycle

    Posted at 9:18 AM on April 7, 2008 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
    Filed under: Media

    In this business, like so many others, you never exhale and get comfortable. As the Paul Douglas layoff at WCCO showed last week, the end can come at any time. As many have pointed out, Douglas will be fine. But he was only one of several to get the boot. He had the benefit of being the face in front of the camera. A bunch of others at WCCO are similarly going to be chopped through buyouts.

    Around the CBS empire last week, lots of people lost their jobs, and a lot of flaks -- spokespersons -- had to reassure the public that nothing will change, which sounds like one final insult to the dearly departed.

    For example. In Boston, 30 people were let go last week. Said a spokeswoman:

    "There have been staff reductions stationwide as a result of our restructuring for efficiencies and streamlining our operations while maintaining quality programming and service to the community."

    In San Francisco, five journalists were among those eliminated. And the San Francisco Chronicle reported...

    KPIX spokeswoman Akilah Monifa said the cutbacks won't affect the station's coverage or any of its newscasts. Last month, the station added another 30-minute newscast to its lineup, producing a 10 p.m. program on sister station KBCW, staffed by their prime-time parent news team.

    It's a familiar theme: "we're getting rid of people, but it won't affect our coverage." How is that possible unless those let go weren't contributing quality programming in the first place? And nobody seems to be saying that.

    The term "quality," of course, is a definition in the eye (or ear) of the beholder. On the first night after announcing the cuts, WCCO provided a story on the history of the hockey puck. Two other stories in the newscast were provided by the same reporter.

    The Star Tribune and Pioneer Press have cut back their staffs in recent years. Has it made a difference? The Pulitzers are being announced today and the Star Tribune is in the running for one based on its coverage of the bridge disaster.

    If it has, then what we have here is a Catch 22 situation, the depths of which aren't yet clear. Cutbacks change the quality, the change in quality means a loss in readers/viewers/listeners, which results in lost revenue, which inspires more cutbacks.

    How can that cycle change?

    Comment on this post

    February 2012
    S M T W T F S
          1 2 3 4
    5 6 7 8 9 10 11
    12 13 14 15 16 17 18
    19 20 21 22 23 24 25
    26 27 28 29      


    Master Archive

    MPR News
    Radio

    Listen Now

    Other Radio Streams from MPR

    Classical MPR
    Radio Heartland

    Services